Saṅghabhedavastu · Part 120

piṇḍoddānam
saṃmato devapālaś ca niryūho jīrṇo bhadrakaḥ /
parṣat kauṇḍinya ṛddhiś ca kauśiko bhukpuha ... /
sāvīciś ca kataro bhavati paścimaḥ //
uddānam
mahāsaṃmataḥ siṃhahanuḥ suprabuddhas tathaivaca / ( SBV I 2 )
tuṣitās ca dohado jātiḥ chando 'sito 'py atha pātrī //
kṛmivarmātha baddhālī sahadevas tathaiva ca /
chadanaṃ vaiśālakānirdeśanaṃ prasādanam atha //
yaśodharā haṃsaś cāpy atha kalyāṇī gopikā /
nirdeśanaṃ jambū ca mṛgajā saptamaḥ kulo bhārgavaḥ /
rājagṛhaṃ tapasaś ca ārāḍo duṣkaraṃ nandā / ( SBV I 3 )
kālakaḥ svastikas tathā mārasya nāśanaṃ kṛtvā /
catuṣparṣac ca paścimam //
Lineage of kings
arciṣmantaḥ potalake ekaśatam
arindamaḥ ayodhyāyāṃ catuṣpaṃcāśad
ajitaṃjayo vārāṇasyāṃ triṣaṣṭiḥ
duṣprasaho kimpilāyāṃ caturaśītiḥ
brahmadattaḥ hastināpure dvātriṃśad
hastidattaḥ takṣaśīlāyāṃ paṃcasahasrāṇi
kālīśo urasāyāṃ dvātriṃśan
nagnajid ajitaṃjaye dvātriṃśaj
jayadatto kanyākubjāyāṃ dvādaśa
jayasena caṃpāyām aṣṭādaśa
nāgadeva tālipye paṃcaviṃśatiḥ
naradevaḥ tāmaliptyāṃ dvādaśa
sāgaradevaḥ dantapuryām aṣṭādaśa
sumatiḥ rājagṛhe paṃcaviṃśatiḥ
tamonud vārāṇasyām ekaśataṃ
mahendrasenaḥ kuśāvatyāṃ caturaśītiḥ
samudrasenaḥ potalake sahasraṃ
tapaṃcaraḥ kusāvatyāṃ caturaśītiḥ
mahīmukho vārāṇāsyāṃ śatasahasraṃ
mahīpatir ayodhyāyāṃ śatasahasraṃ
mahīdharo mithilāyāṃ caturaśītiḥ
mahādevo ( A 350b ) punar api mithilāyāṃ caturaśītiḥ ( SBV I 4 )
mahādevo nimiḥ ... peyālam ... dṛḍharathaḥ sāṃkāśye saptasaptatiḥ
ambarīśo nāgasaṃpālo vārāṇasyām ekaśataṃ
kṛkiḥ sujātaḥ potalake ekaśataṃ

karṇa ikṣvākuḥ potalake ekaśataṃ
virūḍhaka ikṣvākvādir gopūrakaḥ kapilavastuni paṃcapaṃcāśatsahasrāṇi
daśarathaḥ ... peyālam ... siṃhahanuḥ siṃhahanoś catvāraḥ caturbhyaḥ dvikayuktiḥ ( SBV I 5 )
Bhikṣus desire to know
the origin of the Śākyas
buddho bhagavān kapilavastuni viharati nyagrodhārāme / atha saṃbahulānāṃ kāpilavāstavānāṃ śākyānāṃ saṃsthāgāre saṃniṣaṇṇānāṃ saṃnipatitānām ayam evaṃ rūpo 'bhūd antarākathāsamudāhāraḥ / kuto nirjātā bhavantaḥ śākyāḥ kimagraṇyāḥ kimanvayāḥ kaś ca śākyānāṃ paurāṇakulavaṃśaś ca / sacet kaścid asmākam upasaṃkramyaivaṃ pṛcchet: kuto nirjātā bhavantaḥ śākyāḥ kimagraṇyāḥ kimanvayāḥ kaś ca teṣāṃ paurāṇaḥ kulavaṃśa iti / evaṃ pṛṣṭā vayaṃ kiṃ vyākuryāmaḥ / na ca punar jānīmaḥ kuto nirjātāḥ śākyāḥ kimagraṇyāḥ kimanvayāḥ kaś ca teṣāṃ paurāṇaḥ kulavaṃśa iti / ete vayaṃ yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāmāmaḥ / upasaṃkramya bhagavantam etam evārthaṃ paripṛcchāmaḥ, yathā cāsmākaṃ bhagavān vyākaroti tathainaṃ dhārayiṣyāmaḥ iti / atha saṃbahulāḥ kāpilavāstavāḥ śākyā yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntāḥ / upasaṃkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte niṣaṇṇāḥ / ekānte niṣaṇṇāḥ saṃbahulāḥ kāpilavāstavāḥ śākyā bhagavantam idam avocan / ihāsmākaṃ bhadanta saṃbahulānāṃ kāpilavāstavānāṃ śākyānāṃ saṃsthāgāre saṃniṣaṇṇānāṃ saṃnipatitānām ayam evaṃrūpo 'bhūd antarākathāsamudhāhāraḥ / kuto nirjātāḥ śākyāḥ kimagraṇyāḥ kimanvayāḥ kaś ca teṣāṃ paurāṇaḥ kulavaṃśaḥ / sacet kaścid asmākam ( SBV I 6 ) upasaṃkramyaivaṃ pṛcchet kuto nirjātā bhavantaḥ śākyāḥ kimagraṇyāḥ kimanvayāḥ kaś ca teṣāṃ paurāṇaḥ kulavaṃśa iti / evaṃ pṛṣṭā vayaṃ kiṃ vyākuryāmaḥ / na ca punar jānīmaḥ kuto nirjātāḥ śākyāḥ kimagraṇyāḥ kimanvayāḥ kaś ca teṣāṃ paurāṇaḥ kulavaṃśa iti / ete vayaṃ yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkramāmaḥ / upasaṃkramya bhagavantam etam evārthaṃ paripṛcchāmaḥ, yathā cāsmākaṃ bhagavān vyākariṣyati tathainaṃ dhārayiṣyāmaḥ iti / te vayam etam evārthaṃ paripṛcchāmaḥ: kuto bhagavan nirjātāḥ śākyāḥ kimagraṇyāḥ kimanvayāḥ kaś ca śākyānāṃ paurāṇaḥ kulavaṃśa iti / atha bhagavata etad abhavat / saced ahaṃ śākyānāṃ paurāṇaṃ kulavaṃśam ārabhya dharmyāṃ kathāṃ kuryāṃ sthānam etad vidyate: yad anyatīrthikaparivrājakā evaṃ vadeyuḥ ātmaślāghī śramaṇo gautamo yad icchati tad vyākarotīti / atha ko nu mama śrāvakaḥ ( A 351a ) pratibalaḥ syād yaḥ śākyānāṃ paurāṇaṃ kulavaṃśam ārabhya bhikṣūṇāṃ dharmyāṃ kathāṃ kuryāt; tena khalu samayenāyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyanas tasyām eva pariṣadi saṃniṣaṇṇo 'bhūt saṃnipatitaḥ
The Buddha asks Maudgalyāyana to narrate
tatra bhagavān āyuṣmantaṃ mahāmaudgalyāyanam āmantrayate: pratibhātu te maudgalyāyana śākyānāṃ paurāṇaṃ kulavaṃśam ārabhya bhikṣūṇāṃ dharmyāṃ kathāṃ kartum / pṛṣṭhaṃ me āvilāyate / tat tāvad āyāmayiṣyāmīti / adhivāsayaty āyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyano bhagavatas tūṣṇīṃbhāvena / atha bhagavān āyuṣmato mahāmaudgalyāyanasya tūṣṇīṃbhāvenādhivāsanāṃ viditvā gaṇapuṭāṃ saṃghāṭīṃ śirasy upanidhāya dakṣiṇapārśvena śayyāṃ kalpayati pāde pādam ādhāyālokasaṃjñī smṛtaḥ saṃprajānann utthānasaṃjñām eva manasikurvāṇaḥ / athāyuṣmato mahāmaudgalyāyanasyaitad abhavat / yanv ahaṃ tadrūpaṃ samādhiṃ samāpadyeyaṃ ( SBV I 7 ) yathā samāhite citte śākyānāṃ paurāṇaṃ kulavaṃśam avalokayeyaṃ kuto nirjātāḥ śākyāḥ kimagraṇyāḥ kimanvayāḥ kaś ca śākyānāṃ paurāṇaḥ kulavaṃśa iti / athāyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyanas tadrūpaṃ samādhiṃ samāpanno yathā samāhite citte śākyānāṃ paurāṇaṃ kulavaṃśam avalokayati / adrākṣīd āyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyanaḥ śākyānāṃ paurāṇaṃ kulavaṃśam avalokya yato nirjātāḥ śākyāḥ yadagraṇyāḥ yadanvayāḥ yaś ca śākyānāṃ paurāṇaḥ kulavaṃśaḥ / dṛṣṭvā ca punas tasmāt samādher vyutthāya purastād bhikṣusaṃghasya prajñapta evāsane niṣaṇṇaḥ / niṣadyāyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyānaḥ kapilavāstavāṃś chākyān āmantrayate
Maudgalyāyana narrates.
The beings in the region of the Ābhāsvara Devas
bhavati gautamā sa samayo yad ayaṃ lokaḥ saṃvartate; saṃvartamāne loke yadbhūyasā satvā ābhāsvare devanikāye upapadyante; te tatra bhavanti rūpiṇo manomayāḥ avikalā ahīnendriyāḥ sarvāṅgapratyaṅgopetāḥ śubhā varṇasthāyinaḥ svayaṃprabhā vihāyasaṃgamāḥ prītibhakṣāḥ prītyāhārāḥ dīrghāyuṣo dīrgham adhvānaṃ tiṣṭhanti / tena khalu samayeneyaṃ mahāpṛthivī ekodakā bhavaty ekārṇavā / yaḥ khalu <ekodakāyā> mahāpṛthivyā ekārṇavāyā upari vāyunā saraḥ saṃgacchati saṃmūrchati santanoti tadyathā payasaḥ pakvasya śītībhūtasya upari vāyunā saraḥ saṃgacchati saṃmūrchati santanoti / evam ekodakāyā mahāpṛthivyā ekārṇavāyā upari vāyunā saraḥ saṃgacchati saṃmūrcchati santanoti / sa bhavati pṛthivīraso varṇasaṃpanno gandhasaṃpanno rasasaṃpannaḥ; evaṃrūpo varṇena tadyathā navanītam; evaṃrūpo rasena tadyathā kṣaudramadhv aneḍakam / bhavati gautamā sa samayo yad ayaṃ loko vivartate; vivartamāne loke tata eke satvā āyuḥkṣayāt karmakṣayāt puṇyakṣayād ābhāsvarād ( A 351b ) ( SBV I 8 ) devanikāyāc cyutvā ittham āgacchanti mānuṣyāṇāṃ sabhāgatāyām / te iha bhavanti rūpiṇo manomayā avikalā ahīnendriyāḥ sarvāṅgapratyaṅgopetāḥ śubhā varṇasthāyinaḥ svayaṃprabhā vihāyasaṃgamāḥ prītibhakṣāḥ prītyāhārāḥ dīrghāyuṣo dīrgham adhvānaṃ tiṣṭhanti / tena khalu samayena na sūryācandramasor loke prādurbhāvo bhavati; na nakṣatrāṇāṃ; na kṣaṇalavamuhūrtānāṃ; na rātrindivasānāṃ; na māsārdhamāsaritusaṃvatsarāṇāṃ loke prādurbhāvo bhavati / na strī prajñāyate na puruṣo nānyatra satvaḥ satva iti saṃkhyā gacchati /
The tasting of the pṛthivīrasa

athānyatamo lolupajātīyaḥ satvaḥ pṛthivīrasam aṅgulyagreṇāsvādayati / yathā yathāsvādayati tathā tathā rocayate; yathā yathā rocayate tathā tathā kavaḍīkārāhāropakrameṇa paribhuṅkte / adrākṣur anye 'pi satvā taṃ satvaṃ pṛthivīrasam aṅgulyagreṇāsvādayamānaṃ yathā yathāsvādayati tathā tathā rocayate; yathā yathā rocayate tathā tathā kavaḍīkāropakrameṇa paribhuktavān iti / dṛṣṭvā ca punas te satvāḥ pṛthivīrasam aṅgulyagreṇa āsvādayitum ārabdhāḥ; yathā yathāsvādayanti tathā tathā rocayante; yathā yathā rocayante tataḥ kavaḍīkāropakrameṇa paribhuktavantaḥ; yatas ca te satvāḥ pṛthivīrasaṃ kavaḍīkārāhāropakrameṇa paribhuktās tatas teṣāṃ satvānāṃ kharatvaṃ ca gurutvaṃ ca kāye 'vakrāntam / teṣāṃ yāsau śubhā varṇanibhā sāntarhitā / andhakāraṃ loke prādurbhūtam / dharmatā khalu gautamā andhakārasya loke prādurbhāvāt sūryācandramasor loke prādurbhāvo bhavati; nakṣatrāṇāṃ kṣaṇalavamuhūrtānāṃ rātrindivasānāṃ māsārdhamāsaritusaṃvatsarāṇāṃ loke prādurbhāvo bhavati ( SBV I 9 ) / te tadbhakṣās tadāhārā dīrghāyuṣo dīrgham adhvānaṃ tiṣṭhanti / teṣāṃ yo 'lpataram āhāram āharati sa varṇavān bhavati; yaḥ prabhūtataram āhāram āharati sa durvarṇo bhavati; ity āhāradvimātratāṃ pratītya varṇadvimātratā prajñāyate / varṇadvimātratāyāṃ satyāṃ satvaḥ satvam avamanyate: hambhoḥ satva varṇavān ahaṃ; duvarṇas tvam iti; teṣāṃ varṇābhimānikānāṃ satāṃ teṣām eva pāpakānām akuśalānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ samādānahetoḥ pṛthivīraso 'ntarhitaḥ / antarhite pṛthivīrase te satvāḥ saṃgamya samāgamya śocanti klāmyanti paridevante / evaṃ cāhur aho rasa aho rasa iti / tadyathaitarhi manuṣyāḥ kiṃcid eva svādu subhojanaṃ bhuktvā tad eva purāṇam akṣarapadavyañjanam anusmaranta evam āhur aho rasa aho rasa iti / evaṃ te satvā antarhite gautamā pṛthivīrase saṃgamya samāgamya śocanti klāmyanti paridevante / evaṃ cāhur aho rasa aho rasa iti / arthaṃ cāsya na jānanti: ayam asya bhāṣitasyārtho 'yam asya bhāṣitasyārtha iti
The appearance of the pṛthivīparpaṭake, etc.
antarhite pṛthivīrase teṣāṃ satvānāṃ pṛthivīparpaṭakaḥ prādurbhūto varṇasaṃpanno gandhasaṃpanno rasasaṃpannaḥ; evaṃrūpo varṇena tadyathā karṇikārapuṣpam; ( A 352a ) evaṃrūpo rasena tadyathā kṣaudramadhv aneḍakam / te tadbhakṣās tadāhārāḥ dīrghāyuṣo dīrgham adhvānaṃ tiṣṭhanti / teṣāṃ yo 'lpataram āhāram āharati sa varṇavān bhavati; yaḥ prabhūtataram āhāram āharati sa durvarṇaḥ; ity āhāradvimātratāṃ pratītya varṇadvimātratā prajñāyate / varṇadvimātratāyāṃ satyāṃ satvaḥ satvam avamanyate: hambhoḥ satva varṇavān aham asmi; durvarṇas tvam iti; teṣāṃ varṇābhimānikānāṃ satāṃ teṣām eva pāpakānām akuśalānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ samādānahetoḥ pṛthivīparpaṭako 'ntarhitaḥ / antarhite pṛthivīparpaṭake te satvāḥ saṃgamya samāgamya śocanti klāmyanti paridevante / evaṃ cāhur aho bata aho bateti / tadyathaitarhi manuṣyāḥ kenacid eva duḥkhadaurmanasyena ( SBV I 10 ) spṛṣṭāḥ tāny eva purāṇāny akṣarapadavyañjanāny anuvyavaharanta evam āhur aho bata aho bateti / evam eva te satvā antarhite pṛthivīparpaṭake saṃgamya samāgamya śocanti klāmyanti paridevante / evaṃ cāhur aho bata aho bateti / arthaṃ cāsya na jānanty: ayam asya bhāṣitasyārtho 'yam asya bhāṣitasyārtha iti
antarhite pṛthivīparpaṭake teṣāṃ satvānāṃ vanalatā prādurbhūtā varṇasaṃpannā gandhasaṃpannā rasasaṃpannā; evaṃrūpā varṇena tadyathā kadambakāpuṣpam; evaṃrūpā rasena tadyathā kṣaudramadhv aneḍakam / te tadbhakṣās tadāhārā dīrghāyuṣo dīrgham adhvānaṃ tiṣṭhanti / teṣāṃ yo 'lpataram āhāram āharati sa varṇavān bhavati; yaḥ prabhūtam āhāram āharati sa durvarṇo bhavatīty āhāradvimātratāṃ pratītya varṇadvimātratā prajñāyate / varṇadvimātratāyāṃ satyāṃ satvaḥ satvam avamanyate: hambhoḥ satva varṇavān ahaṃ; durvarṇas tvam iti; teṣāṃ varṇābhimānikānāṃ satāṃ teṣām eva pāpakānām akuśalānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ samādānahetoḥ vanalatā antarhitā /

antarhitāyāṃ vanalatāyāṃ te satvāḥ saṃgamya samāgamya śocanti klāmyanti paridevante / evaṃ cāhur apaihi purastād apaihi purastād iti / evam eva te satvā antarhitāyāṃ vanalatāyāṃ saṃgamya samāgamya śocanti klāmyanti paridevante / evaṃ āhur apaihi purastād apaihi purastād iti / arthaṃ cāsya na jānanty: ayam asya bhāṣitasyārtho 'yam asya bhāṣitasyārtha iti / antarhitāyāṃ gautamā vanalatāyāṃ teṣāṃ satvānām akṛṣṭoptaṃ taṇḍulaphalaśāliḥ prādurbhūta akaṇa atuṣaḥ śuddhaḥ śuciḥ caturaṅgulaḥ paryavanaddhaḥ / sa sāyaṃ lūnaḥ kālyaṃ pakvaś ca bhavati ( SBV I 11 ) prativirūḍhaś ca / kālyāṃ lūnaḥ sāyaṃ pakvaś ca bhavati prativirūḍhaś ca iti lūno lūnaḥ prativirohaty alūnaś ca prajñāyate / te tadbhakṣās tadāhārāḥ dīrghāyuṣo dīrgham adhvānaṃ tiṣṭhanti / tataś ca te satvā akṛṣṭoptaṃ taṇḍulaphalaśāliṃ kavaḍīkārāhāropakrameṇa paribhuktavantaḥ / ( A 352b ) tatas teṣām indriyanānātvaṃ prādurbhūtam / ekeṣāṃ strīndriyam ekeṣāṃ puruṣendriyam / tatra yeṣāṃ strīndriyaṃ yeṣāṃ ca puruṣendriyaṃ te 'nyonyaṃ cakṣuṣā cakṣur upanidhyāya paśyanti / ye yathā cakṣuṣā cakṣur upanidhyāya paśyanti tathā tathā saṃraktāḥ; yathā yathā saṃraktās tathā tathāvadīrṇāḥ; yathā yathāvadīrṇās tathā tathā vipratipannāḥ / adrākṣur anye 'pi satvāḥ satvaṃ satve vipratipannaṃ; dṛṣṭvā ca punaḥ pāṃśum api kṣipanti, loṣṭam api śarkarā api kapālāny api; evaṃ cāhuḥ: dhig grāmyasatva akāryakāraka dhig grāmyasatva akāryakāraka katham idānīṃ tvaṃ bhoḥ satva satvaṃ dūṣayasīti / tadyathaitarhi manuṣyā vadhukāyām udvāhyamānāyāṃ cūrṇam api kṣipanti gandham api mālyam api vastrajālāny api kṣipanti / evaṃ cāhuḥ sukhinī bhava vadhūke sukhinī bhava vadhūke iti / evam eva te satvāḥ satvaṃ satve vipratipannaṃ dṛṣṭvā pāṃśum api kṣipanti, loṣṭam api śarkarā api kapālāny api; evaṃ cāhuḥ: dhig grāmyasatva <dhig grāmyasatva akāryakāraka> katham idānīṃ tvaṃ bhoḥ satva satvaṃ dūṣayasīti / iti hi gautamā yat pūrvam adharmasaṃmataṃ tad etarhi dharmasaṃmataṃ; yat pūrvam avinayasaṃmataṃ tad etarhi vinayasaṃmataṃ; yat pūrvaṃ garhyasaṃmataṃ tad etarhi praśasyasaṃmatam / te tam ekāham api pravāsayanti dvis triḥ saptāham api pravāsayanti / yataś ca te satvās tasmin pāpake asaddharme 'tyarthaṃ pātakavratam āpannās tatas te udyuktā agārāṇi māpayitum iha vayam akāryaṃ kariṣyāma iha vayam akāryaṃ kariṣyāma iti; agāram agāram iti saṃjñā udapādi / ayaṃ gautamā purāṇo 'graṇīr agāre ( SBV I 12 ) karmāntānāṃ loke prādurbhāvaḥ / yataś ca te dharmeṇa nādharmeṇa tatrāyaṃ dharmaḥ śreṣṭho jinendrāṇāṃ; te sāyaṃ ca sāyamāśārthinaḥ śālikāraṇāt samavasaranti prātaś ca prātarāśārthinaḥ / athānyatareṇālasajātīyena satvena sāyaṃprātikaḥ śālir ānītaḥ / athānyataraḥ satvas taṃ satvam idam avocat: ehi tvaṃ bhoḥ satva śālikāraṇāt samavasarāma iti / atha sa satvas tam idam avocat: pratijānīhi tvaṃ bhoḥ satva svaṃ śālim; ānīto mayā sāyaṃprātikaḥ śālir iti / atha tasya satvasyaitad abhavat: etad bata sādhv etad bata suṣṭhu yanv ahaṃ dvaiyahnikaṃ traiyahnikaṃ yāvat saptāhikaṃ śālim ānayeyam iti / sa dvaiyahnikaṃ yāvat sāptāhikaṃ śālim ānītavān / athānyataraḥ satvas taṃ satvam idam avocat: ehi tvaṃ bhoḥ satva śālikāraṇāt samavasarāma iti / atha sa satvas tam idam avocat: pratijānīhi tvaṃ bhoḥ satva svaṃ śālim; ānīto mayā sa dvaiyahnikaṃ traiyahnikaṃ yāvat sāptāhnikaṃ śālir iti / atha tasya satvasyaitad abhavat: etad bata sādhv etad bata ( A 353a ) suṣṭhu yanv ardhamāsikaṃ māsikaṃ śālim ānayeyam iti / so 'rdhamāsikaṃ māsikaṃ śālim ānītavān / yataś ca te satvā akṛṣṭoptaṃ taṇḍulaphalaśāliṃ saṃnidhīkāraparibhogena paribhuktās tatas tasya śāleḥ kaṇaś ca tuṣaś ca taṇḍulaṃ paryavanahyati; lūno lūno na prativirohaty abalaś ca prajñāyate / ṣaṇḍavanaṣaṇḍeṣu vyavasthitaḥ śāliḥ / atha te satvāḥ saṃgamya samāgamya śocanti klāmyanti paridevante vayaṃ sma bhavantaḥ pūrvaṃ ( SBV I 13 ) rūpiṇo bhavāmo manomayā avikalā ahīnendriyāḥ sarvāṅgapratyaṅgopetāḥ śubhā varṇasthāyinaḥ svayaṃprabhā vihāyasaṃgamāḥ prītibhakṣāḥ prītyāhārāḥ dīrghāyuṣo dīrgham adhvānaṃ tiṣṭhāmaḥ / teṣām asmākaṃ pṛthivīrasaḥ prādurbhūto varṇasaṃpanno gandhasaṃpanno rasasaṃpannaḥ / te vayaṃ pṛthivīrasaṃ kavaḍīkārāhāropakrameṇa paribhuktā yataś ca pṛthivīrasaṃ kavaḍīkārāhāropakrameṇa paribhuktā tato asmākam kharatvaṃ gurutvaṃ ca kāye 'vakrāntaṃ; yāsau śubhā varṇanibhā sāntarhitā; andhakāraṃ loke prādurbhūtam / te vayaṃ tadbhakṣās tadāhārā dīrghāyuṣo dīrgham adhvānaṃ tiṣṭhāmaḥ / teṣām asmākaṃ yo 'lpam āhāram āhṛtavān sa varṇavān bhavati; yaḥ prabhūtam āhāram āhṛtavān sa durvarṇa ity āhāradvimātratāṃ pratītya varṇadvimātratā prajñāyate / varṇadvimātratāyāṃ satyāṃ satvaḥ satvam avamanyate: hambhoḥ satva varṇavān ahaṃ; durvarṇas tvam iti; teṣām asmākaṃ varṇābhimānikānāṃ satāṃ teṣām eva pāpakānām akuśalānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ samādānahetoḥ pṛthivīraso 'ntarhitaḥ / antarhite pṛthivīrase pṛthivīparpaṭakaḥ prādurbhūto varṇasaṃpanno gandhasaṃpanno rasasaṃpannaḥ; teṣām asmākaṃ varṇābhimānikānāṃ satāṃ teṣām eva pāpakānāṃ akuśalānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ samādānahetoḥ pṛthivīparpaṭako 'ntarhitaḥ / antarhite pṛthivīparpaṭake vanalatā prādurbhūtā varṇasaṃpannā gandhasaṃpannā rasasaṃpannā / teṣām asmākaṃ varṇābhimānikānāṃ satāṃ teṣām eva pāpakānāṃ akuśalānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ samādānahetoḥ vanalatā antarhitā / antarhitāyāṃ
vanalatāyām akṛṣṭoptaṃ taṇḍulaphalaśāliḥ prādurbhūtaḥ akaṇa atuṣṭaḥ śuddhaḥ śuciḥ caturaṅgulaḥ paryavanaddhaḥ / sa sāyaṃ lūnaḥ kālyaṃ pakvaś ca bhavati prativirūdhaś ca iti lūnaḥ lūnaḥ prativirohati alūnaś ca prajñāyate sma / te vayaṃ tadbhakṣās tadāhārā dīrghāyuṣo dīrgham adhvānaṃ tiṣṭhāmaḥ / yataḥ vayam akṛṣṭoptaṃ taṇḍulaphalaśāliṃ saṃnidhikāraparibhogena paribhuktavantaḥ / tato 'sya śāleḥ kuṇaś ca tuṣaś ca tanḍulaṃ ( SBV I 14 ) paryavanahyati / lūno lūno na prativirohaty abalaś ca prajñāyate / ṣaṇḍavanaṣaṇḍeṣu vyavasthitaḥ śāliḥ
The establishing of lines of demarcation, boundaries, etc.,
the origin of property, and the first king

yannu vayaṃ saṃgamya samāgamya kṣetrāṇi māpayema sīmāṃ badhnīyāma maryādāṃ sthāpayema idaṃ tava idaṃ mameti; te saṃgamya samāgamya kṣetrāṇi māpitavantaḥ; sīmāṃ ca baddhavantaḥ; maryādāṃ sthāpitavantaḥ / ayaṃ gautamā purāṇo 'graṇīḥ maryādākarmāntānāṃ loke prādurbhāvo bhavati / tac ca dharmeṇa nādharmeṇa / tatrāyaṃ dharmo dharmaḥ śreṣṭho jinendrāṇām / athānyatamaḥ satvaḥ tiṣṭhati sve śālau parakīyaṃ śālim adattam ādatte / adrākṣīd anyataraḥ satvaḥ taṃ satvaṃ tiṣṭhati sve śālau parakīyaṃ śālim adattam ādadānaṃ; dṛṣṭvā ca punas taṃ satvam idam avocat: kasmāt tvaṃ bhoḥ satva tiṣṭhati sve śālau parakīyaṃ śālim ādatse? gaccha bhos tvaṃ satva mā bhūya evaṃ kārṣiḥ; dvir api trir sa satvaḥ tiṣṭhati sve śālau parakīyaṃ śālim adattam ādatte / adrākṣīt sa satvaḥ taṃ satvaṃ dvir api trir api tiṣṭhati sve śālau parakīyaṃ śālim adattam ādadānaṃ; dṛṣṭvā ca punas taṃ satvam idam avocat: kasmāt tvaṃ bhoḥ satva tiṣṭhati sve śālau parakīyaṃ śālim adattam ādatse? sa tam ākarṣati parākarṣati yāvat parṣanmadhye 'py avatārayati ayaṃ bhavantaḥ satvaḥ tiṣṭhati sve śālau parakīyaṃ śālim adatta iti / atha te satvās taṃ satvam idam avocan: kasmāt tvaṃ bhoḥ satva tiṣṭhati sve śālau yāvat trir api parakīyaṃ śālim adattam ādatse? gaccha tvaṃ bhoḥ satva mā bhūya evaṃ kārṣiḥ; atha sa satvas tān satvān idam avocat: anenāsmi bhavantaḥ satvena śālikāraṇād ākṛṣṭaḥ parākṛṣṭo yāvat parṣanmadhye api avadhyāyitaḥ / atha te satvās satvam idam avocan: kasmāt tvaṃ bhoḥ satva satvaṃ śālikāraṇād ākarṣasi parākarṣasi yāvat parṣanmadhye 'py avatarayasi; ( SBV I 15 ) gaccha tvaṃ bhoḥ satva mā bhūya evaṃ kārṣīr iti / atha teṣāṃ satvānām etad abhavad: dṛṣyante khalu śālikāraṇād ākarṣaṇam api parākarṣaṇam api yāvatparṣanmadhye 'py avatāraṇam / yannu vayaṃ saṃgamya samāgamya yo 'smākaṃ satvo 'bhirūpataraś ca darśanīyataraś ca prāsādikataraś ca maheśākhyataraś ca taṃ vayaṃ kṣetrāṇām adhipatiṃ sthāpayema yo 'smākaṃ nigṛhītavyāṃś ca nigrahīṣyati ( A 354a ) pragṛhītavyāṃś ca pragrahīṣyati / yac cāsmākaṃ kṣetrebhyaḥ saṃpatsyate tato 'smai dharmyāṃ kṣitim anupradāsyāma iti te saṃgamya samāgamya yas teṣāṃ satvo 'bhirūpataraś ca darśanīyataraś ca prāsādikataraś ca maheśākhyataraś ca taṃ kṣetrāṇām adhipatiṃ sthāpayanti / evaṃ cāhuḥ: ehi tvaṃ bhoḥ satva asmān nigṛhītavyāṃś ca nigṛhāṇa; pragṛhītavyāṃś ca pragṛhāṇa; yac cāsmākaṃ kṣetrebhyaḥ saṃpatsyate tatas te vayaṃ dharmyāṃ kṣitim anupradāsyāma iti / sa teṣāṃ nigṛhītavyāṃś ca nigṛhṇāti pragṛhītavyāṃś ca pragṛhṇāti / yac ca teṣāṃ kṣetrebhyaḥ saṃpadyate tato 'smai dharmyāṃ kṣitim anuprayacchanti; mahājanena saṃmato mahāsaṃmata iti mahāsaṃmato mahāsaṃmata iti saṃjñodapādi / kṣetrāṇām adhipatiḥ kṣatāc ca trāyata iti kṣatriyaḥ kṣatriya iti saṃjñodapādi / dharmeṇa prajā rañjayati śīlavṛttasamudācāreṇa prajñāvṛttasamudācāreṇeti rājā rājeti saṃjñodapādi / mahāsaṃmatasya gautamā rājño manuṣyāṇāṃ satvā satvā iti saṃjñābhūt / mahāsaṃmatasya gautamā rājño <rocaḥ putraḥ; rocasya rājño mānuṣyāṇām ehikā ehikā iti saṃjñodapādi; rocasya gautamā kalyāṇaḥ putraḥ; kalyāṇasya rājño mānuṣyāṇāṃ tilakās tilakā iti saṃjñodapādi; kalyāṇasya gautamā varakalyāṇaḥ putraḥ varakalyāṇasya gautamā rājño mānuṣyāṇām> abhrakaṇṭhā abhrakaṇṭhā iti saṃjñodapādi / varakalyāṇasya upoṣadhaḥ putraḥ / upoṣadhasya gautamā rājño manuṣyāṇāṃ stālajaṅghā stālajaṅghā iti saṃjñābhūt / upoṣadhasya ( SBV I 16 ) rājño mūrdhni piṭako jātaḥ mṛduḥ sumṛduḥ; tadyathā tūlapicur vā karpāsapicur vā; na kadācid ābādhāṃ janayati / paripākānvayāt sphuṭitaḥ; kumāro jātaḥ abhirūpo darśanīyaḥ prāsādiko dvādriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ samalaṅkṛtaḥ; mūrdhnā jāto iti mūrdhnāto mūrdhnāta iti saṃjñodapādi / jātamātraḥ kumāro 'ntaḥpuraṃ praveśitaḥ / upoṣadhasya rājñaḥ ṣaṣṭistrīsahasrāṇi / sarvāsāṃ stanāḥ prasrutāḥ / ekaikā kathayati mān dhāpaya mān dhāpayeti; māndhātā māndhāteti saṃjñodapādi / yasmin samaye māndhātā rājā rājyaṃ kārayati tasmin samaye manuṣyāḥ cintakā abhūvan tulakā upaparīkṣakāḥ / te cintayitvā tulayitvā upaparīkṣya pṛthakchilpasthānakarmasthānāni māpayantīti teṣāṃ manujā manujā iti saṃjñodapādi / itīme gautamā ṣaḍrājāno 'mṛtāyuṣaś cābhūvann aparimitāyuṣaś ca
antaroddānam
satvā ehikās tilakā abhrakaṇṭhās tathaiva ca /
stālajaṅghāś ca manujā ṣaḍete uditāḥ padā /
Lineage of kings

māndhātur gautamā rājño dakṣiṇe ūrau piṭako jāto mṛduḥ sumṛduḥ; tadyathā tūlapicur vā karpāsapicur vā; sa na kāṃcid ābādhāṃ janayati / paripākānvayāt sphuṭitaḥ; kumāro jātaḥ abhirūpo darśanīyaḥ prāsādiko dvādriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ samalaṅkṛtaḥ; ( A 354b ) dakṣiṇād ūror jātaś cāruś cārur iti saṃjñā udapādi / mahardhikaḥ sa kumāro mahānubhāvaḥ / athedānīṃ caturṣu dvīpeṣu rājyaiśvaryādhipatyaṃ kāritavān / cāror gautamā vāme ūrau piṭako jātaḥ mṛduḥ sumṛdus tadyathā tūlapicur vā karpāsapicur vā; na kāṃcid ābādhāṃ janayati, paripākānvayāt ( SBV I 17 ) sphuṭitaḥ; kumāro jātaḥ abhirūpo darśanīyaḥ prāsādiko dvādriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ samalaṅkṛtaḥ; vāmād ūror jātaḥ upacārur upacārur iti saṃjñā udapādi / mahardhikaḥ sa kumāro mahānubhāvo 'pīdānīṃ triṣu dvīpeṣu rājyaiśvaryādhipatyaṃ kāritavān / upacāror gautamā rājño dakṣiṇe caraṇe piṭako jāto mṛduḥ sumṛdus tadyathā tūlapicur vā karpāsapicur vā; na kāṃcid ābādhāṃ janayati, paripākānvayāt sphuṭitaḥ; kumāro jāto 'bhirūpo darśanīyaḥ prāsādiko dvādriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ samalaṅkṛtaḥ; dakṣiṇāc caraṇāj jātaḥ cārumāṃś cārumān iti saṃjñā udapādi / mahardhikaḥ sa kumāro mahānubhāva ity apīdānīṃ dvayor dvīpayo rājyaiśvaryādhipatyaṃ kāritavān / cārumato gautamā rājño vāme caraṇe piṭako jātaḥ mṛduḥ sumṛdus tadyathā tūlapicur vā karpāsapicur vā; na kāṃcid ābādhāṃ janayati, paripākānvayāt sphuṭitaḥ; kumāro jāto 'bhirūpo darśanīyaḥ prāsādiko dvādriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ samalaṅkṛtaḥ; vāmāc caraṇāj jāta upacārumān upacārumān iti saṃjñā udapādi / mahardhikaḥ sa kumāro mahānubhāvaḥ apīdānīṃ ekasmin dvīpe rājyaiśvaryādhipatyaṃ kāritavān / iti hi gautamā mahāsaṃmatasya rājño rocaḥ putraḥ rocasya kalyāṇaḥ kalyāṇasya varakalyāṇaḥ varakalyāṇasya upoṣadhaḥ upoṣadhasya māndhātā māndhātuś cāruḥ cāror upacāruḥ upacāroś cārumān cārumata upacārumān ruciḥ suruciḥ mucir mucilinda aṅga aṅgīratho bhṛṅgo bhagīrathaḥ sagaraḥ sāgaro mahāsāgaraḥ śakunir mahāśakuniḥ kuśa upakuśo mahākuśaḥ sudarśano mahāsudarśanaḥ praṇayo mahāpraṇayaḥ praṇādo mahāpraṇādaḥ prabhaṅkaraḥ pratāpavān merur merumān merumantaḥ arcir arciṣmān arciṣmantaḥ; arciṣmantasya gautamā rājñaḥ putraprapautṛkayā naptṛpranaptṛkayā ( SBV I 18 ) potalake nagare ekaśatarājaśatam abhūt; teṣām apaścimakaḥ arindamo nāma rājābhūd; arīn damayatīty arindamaḥ arindama iti saṃjñā udapādi; arindamasya gautamā rājñāḥ putraprapautṛkayā naptṛpranaptṛkayā ayodhyāyāṃ catuḥpaṃcāśad rājasahasrāṇy abhūvan; teṣām apaścimakaḥ ajitañjayo nāma rājābhūd; ajitaṃ jayatīty ajitaṃjayaḥ ajitaṃjaya ( A 355a ) iti saṃjñā udapādi / ajitaṃjayasya gautamā rājñaḥ putraprapautṛkayā naptṛpranaptṛkayā vārāṇasyāṃ triṣaṣṭī rājasahasrāṇy abhūvan; teṣām apaścimako duṣprasaho nāma rājābhūt / duṣprasahasya gautamā rājñaḥ putraprapautṛkayā naptṛpranaptṛkayā kiṃpilye nagare caturaśītirājasahasrāṇy abhūvan; teṣām apaścimako brahmadatto nāma rājābhūt / brahmadattasya gautamā rājñaḥ putraprapautṛkayā naptṛpranaptṛkayā hastināpure dvātriṃśad rājasahasrāṇy abhūvan; teṣām apaścimako hastidatto nāma rājābhūt / hastidattasya gautamā rājñaḥ putraprapautṛkayā naptṛpranaptṛkayā takṣaśilāyāṃ paṃca rājasahasrāṇy abhūvan; teṣām apaścimako kālīśo nāma rājābhūt / kālīśasya gautamā rājñaḥ putraprapautṛkayā naptṛpranaptṛkayā urasāyāṃ nagaryāṃ dvātriṃśad rājasahasrāṇy abhūvan; teṣām apaścimako nagnajin nāma rājābhūt / nagnajino gautamā rājñaḥ putraprapautṛkayā naptṛpranaptṛkayā ajitaṃjaye nagare dvātriṃśad rājasahasrāṇy abhūvan; teṣām apaścimako jayadatto nāma rājābhūt / jayadattasya gautamā rājñaḥ putraprapautṛkayā naptṛpranaptṛkayā kanyakubjāyāṃ nagaryāṃ dvādaśarājasahasrāṇy abhūvan; teṣām apaścimako jayaseno nāma rājābhūt / jayasenasya gautamā rājñaḥ putraprapautṛkayā naptṛpranaptṛkayā caṃpāyāṃ nagaryāṃ aṣṭādaśa rājasahasrāṇy abhūvan; teṣām apaścimako nāgadevo nāma rājābhūt / nāgadevasya gautamā rājñaḥ putraprapautṛkayā naptṛpranaptṛkayā tālipye nagare paṃcaviṃśatī ( SBV I 19 ) rājasahasrāṇy abhūvan; teṣām apaścimako naradevo nāma rājābhūt / naradevasya gautamā rājñaḥ putraprapautṛkayā naptṛpranaptṛkayā tāmaliptyāṃ nagaryāṃ dvādaśa rājasahasrāṇy abhūvan; teṣām apaścimakaḥ sāgaradevo nāma rājābhūt / sāgaradevasya gautamā rājñaḥ putraprapautṛkayā naptṛpranaptṛkayā dantapuryāṃ nagaryāṃ aṣṭādaśa rājasahasrāṇy abhūvan; teṣām apaścimakaḥ sumatir nāma rājābhūt / sumater gautamā rājñaḥ putraprapautṛkayā naptṛpranaptṛkayā rājagṛhe nagare paṃcaviṃsatī rājasahasrāṇy abhūvan; teṣām apaścimakas tamonudo nāma rājābhūt / tamonudasya gautamā rājñaḥ putraprapautṛkayā naptṛpranaptṛkayā punar api vārāṇasyāṃ nagaryāṃ ekaśatarājaśatam abhūt; teṣām apaścimako mahendraseno nāma rājābhūt / mahendrasenasya gautamā rājñaḥ putraprapautṛkayā naptṛpranaptṛkayā kuśāvatyāṃ nagaryāṃ caturaśītirājasahasrāṇy abhūvan; teṣām apaścimakaḥ samudraseno nāma rājābhūt / samudrasenasya gautamā rājñaḥ putraprapautṛkayā naptṛpranaptṛkayā punar api potalake nagare rājasahasram abhūt; teṣām apaścimakas tapaṃcaro nāma rājābhūt / ( A 355b ) tapaṃcarasya gautamā rājñaḥ putraprapautṛkayā naptṛpranaptṛkayā punar api kuśāvatyāṃ nagaryāṃ caturaśītirājasahasrāṇy abhūvan; teṣām apaścimako mahīmukho nāma rājābhūt / mahīmukhasya gautamā rājñaḥ putraprapautṛkayā naptṛpranaptṛkayā punar api vārāṇasyāṃ nagaryāṃ rājaśatasahasram abhūt; teṣām apaścimako mahīpatir nāma rājābhūt / mahīpater gautamā rājñaḥ putraprapautṛkayā naptṛpranaptṛkayā punar api ayodhyāyāṃ nagaryāṃ śatasahasram abhūt; teṣām apaścimako mahīdharo nāma rājābhūt / mahīdharasya gautamā rājñaḥ putraprapautṛkayā naptṛpranaptṛkayā mithilāyāṃ nagaryāṃ caturaśītirājasahasrāṇy abhūvan; teṣām apaścimako mahādevo nāma rājābhūt / mahādevasya gautamā rājñaḥ putraprapautṛkayā naptṛpranaptṛkayā punar api mithilāyāṃ nagaryāṃ ( SBV I 20 ) caturaśītimahādevasahasrāṇi rājarṣaya brahmacaryam acārṣuḥ; teṣām apaścimako nimir nāma rājābhūt / nimer nimagno dṛḍhanemiḥ khanur upakhanuḥ khanumān khanumantaḥ sudṛśaḥ samadṛśaḥ śrutaseno dharmaseno vidito mahāvidito viditasena aśoko vigataśoko dṛḍhaseno jarāsandha dhundhumāraḥ aruṇo diśāṃpatir eṇḍaḥ saṃkakarakaḥ ānanda ādarśamukho janakaḥ

saṃjanako janarṣabhaḥ annapānaḥ pracurānnapānaḥ ajito 'parājitaḥ pratiṣṭhitaḥ supratiṣṭhitaḥ mahābalo mahābalavāhanaḥ sumatir dṛḍhavāhanaḥ śatadhanuḥ citradhanuḥ navatidhanuḥ vijitadhanur dṛḍhadhanur daśarathaḥ śataratho navatirathaḥ nararṣabhaḥ citraratho vicitraratho dṛḍharathaḥ; dṛḍharathasya gautamā rājñaḥ putraprapautṛkayā naptṛpranaptṛkayā sāṃkāsye nagare saptasaptatī rājasahasrāṇy abhūvan; teṣām apaścimakaḥ ambarīṣo nāma rājābhūt / ambarīṣasya gautamā rājñaḥ nāgasaṃpālaḥ putraḥ; nāgasaṃpālasya gautamā rajñaḥ putraprapautṛkayā naptṛpranaptṛkayā punar api vārāṇasyāṃ nagaryāṃ ekaśataṃ rājaśatam abhūt; teṣām apaścimako krkir nāma rājābhūt / tena khalu samayena kāśyapo nāma śāstā loke utpannaḥ; tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho vidyācaraṇasaṃpannaḥ sugato lokavid anuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devamanuṣyāṇāṃ buddho bhagavān; yasya antike bodhisatvo bhagavān āyatyāṃ bodhāya praṇidhāya ( SBV I 21 ) brahmacaryaṃ caritvā tuṣite devanikāye upapannaḥ / kṛker gautamā rājñaḥ sujātaḥ putraḥ; sujātasya gautamā rājñaḥ putraprapautṛkayā naptṛpranaptṛkayā punar api potalake nagare ekaśataṃ rājaśatam abhūt; teṣām apaścimako karṇo nāma rājābhūt
Story of Gautama, the progenitor of Ikṣvāku
( A 356a ) karṇasya gautamā rājño dvau gautamo bharadvājaś ca; tayor gautamo naiṣkarmyābhinandi; bharadvājo rājyābhinandī; sa pitaraṃ paśyati dharmādharmeṇa rājyaṃ kārayantaṃ; sa saṃlakṣayati: aham api pitur atyayād rājā bhaviṣyāmy aham api dharmādharmeṇa rājyaṃ kārayitvā narakaparāyaṇo bhaviṣyāmi; kim atra prāptakālam agārād anagārikāṃ pravrajiṣye iti viditvā yena karṇo rājā tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ / upasaṃkramya pādayor nipatya vijñāpayati; tātānujānīhi māṃ pravrajāmi śraddhayā agārād anagārikām iti; sa kathayati: putra yasyārthe yajñā ijyante homā hūyante tapāṃsi tapyante tat tava karatalagataṃ rājyaṃ; mamātyayād rājā bhaviṣyasi / kimarthaṃ pravrajasīti / sa kathayati: tāta na śakyaṃ mayā dharmādharmeṇa rājyaṃ kārayituṃ; tad anujānīhi pravrajāmīti; tato rājñā avaśyaṃ nirbandhaṃ jñātvā anujñātaḥ / tena khalu samayena anyatamasminn āśramapade kṛṣṇadvaipāyano nāma ṛṣiḥ prativasati; tato gautamaḥ kumāro rājñā samanujñāto hṛṣṭatuṣṭapramudita udagraprītisaumanasyajāto yena kṛṣṇadvaipāyano riṣis tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya vinīteryāpathapādābhivandanaṃ ( SBV I 22 ) kṛtvā kathayati pravrajyārthī pravrajāyasva mām iti / sa tena pravrajitaḥ; kṛṣṇadvaipāyano ṛṣiḥ phalamūlāṃbubhakṣaḥ; tasyāpi gautama ṛṣiḥ gautama ṛṣiḥ iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā / yāvad apareṇa samayena karṇo rājā kālagataḥ; bharadvājakumāro rājyaiśvaryādhipatye pratiṣṭhāpitaḥ pitryaṃ rājyaṃ kārayati; yāvad apareṇa samayena gautamo ṛṣir upādhyāyāsya kathayati: upādhyāya na śaknomi āraṇyakābhir oṣadhībhir yāpayituṃ; grāmāntaṃ samavasarāmīti; sa kathayati: putra śobhanaṃ; grāme vā araṇye vā prativasatā riṣiṇā sarvathā indriyāṇi rakṣitavyānīti; gaccha tvaṃ potalasāmantakena śākhāparṇakuṭiṃ kṛtvā vāsaṃ kalpaya; evam upādhyāya ity uktvā gautama riṣiḥ potalakasāmantakena śākhāparṇakuṭiṃ kṛtvā avasthitaḥ; tena khalu samayena potalake nagare bhadrā nāma rūpājīvanī prativasati; mṛṇālaś ca nāmnā dhūrtapuruṣaḥ; tena vastrālaṃkāram anupreṣitaṃ paricāraṇāya; sā tadvastrālaṃkāraṃ prāvṛtya saṃprasthitā; anyatamaś ca puruṣaḥ paṃcakārṣāpaṇaśatāny ādāyopasthitaḥ; bhadre āgaccha paricāraya iti; sā saṃlakṣayati: yadi gamiṣyāmi paṃcakārṣāpaṇaśatāni lapsye; adākṣiṇyaṃ caitad gṛhāgataṃ pratyākhyāyānyatra gamanam iti; tayā preṣyadārikābhihitā: gaccha mṛṇālasya kathaya āryā kathayati na tāvad ahaṃ sajjā paścād āgamiṣyāmīti; tayāpi tasya gatvārocitaṃ; so 'pi puruṣo bahukaraṇīyaḥ; sa ( A 356b ) tāṃ paricārya prathama eva yāme prakrāntaḥ / sā saṃlakṣayati: mahatī velā vartate śakṣyāmy ahaṃ tasyāpi cittagrāhaṃ kartum iti; tayā punar apy asau dārikābhihitā: gaccha mṛṇālasyārocaya āryā sajjā saṃvṛttā kathaya katarad udyānam āgacchatv iti; tayā tasmai gatvārocitaṃ; sa kathayati kṣaṇena tavāryā sajjā kṣaṇenāsajjeti; sā dārikā tasyāḥ sāntarā; tayā samākhyātam: āryputra nāsāv asajjā; kiṃ tarhi; tayā tvadīyena vastrālaṃkāreṇānyena puruṣeṇa sārdhaṃ paricāritam iti; tasya yattat kāmarāgaparyavasthānaṃ ( SBV I 23 ) tad vigataṃ; vyāpādaparyavasthānaṃ samutpannaṃ; sa saṃjātāmarṣaḥ kathayati: dārike gatvā bhadrāyāḥ kathaya mṛṇālaḥ kathayaty amukam udyānaṃ nirgaccheti; tayā gatvā bhadrāyā ārocitaṃ; tataḥ sā tad udyānaṃ nirgatā; mṛṇālena dhūrtapuruṣeṇoktā: yuktaṃ nāma tava madīyena vastrālaṃkāreṇānyena puruṣeṇa sārdhaṃ paricārayitum iti; sā kathayati: āryaputrāsty eva mamāparādhaḥ; kiṃ tu nityāparādho mātṛgrāmaḥ kṣamasveti; tatas tena saṃjātāmarṣeṇa niṣkośam asiṃ kṛtvā jīvitād vyaparopitā; tatas tayā preṣyadārikayā mahān kolāhalaḥ śabdaḥ kṛtaḥ āryā praghātitā āryā praghātiteti; śrutvā samantāj janakāyaḥ pradhāvitaḥ yāvat tasminn evāśramapade gautamariṣiḥ prativasati; tato 'sau mṛṇālo dhūrtapuruṣaḥ saṃtrasto rudhiramrakṣitam asiṃ gautamasya riṣeḥ purastāc chorayitvā tasyaiva mahājanakāyasya madhyaṃ praviṣṭaḥ; mahājanakāyaś ca rudhiramrakṣitam asiṃ dṛṣṭvā kathayati: anena pravrajitena bhadrā jīvitād vyaparopiteti / tatas taṃ gautamariṣiṃ parivārya saṃjātāmarṣāḥ kathayanti: bhoḥ pravrajita riṣidhvajaṃ dhārayasi īdṛśaṃ ca karma karoṣīti / sa kathayati: kiṃ kṛtaṃ; te kathayanti: bhadrayā te sārdhaṃ paricāritaṃ sā ca jīvitād vyaparopiteti; sa kathayati: śāntaṃ nāham asya karmaṇaḥ kārīti; sa śāntavādy api tena mahājanakāyena paścādbāhugāḍhabandhanabaddho rājñe upanāmitaḥ devānena pravrajitena bhadrayā sārdhaṃ paricāritaṃ sā jīvitād vyaparopitā iti; aparīkṣakā rājānaḥ; kathayati: yady evaṃ gacchata; enaṃ śūle samāropayata; parityakto 'yaṃ mayā pravrajita iti / tato 'sau pravrajitaḥ karavīramālāsaktakaṇṭhaguṇo nīlāṃbaravasanaiḥ puruṣair udyataśastraiḥ saṃparivārito rathyāvīthīcatvaraśṛṇgāṭakeṣu śravaṇāsukheṣv anuśrāvya dakṣiṇena

( SBV I 24 ) nagaradvāreṇa niṣkāsya jīvann eva śūle samāropitaḥ; tasyāsāv upādhyāyaḥ kṛṣṇadvaipāyanaḥ kālena kālaṃ tasyāśramapadam upasaṃkrāmati; yāvad apareṇa samayenopasaṃkrāntaḥ na paśyati sa itaś cetaś ca samanveṣitum ārabdho yāvat paśyati śūlasamāropitaṃ ( A 357a ) sa bāṣpagadgadakaṇṭhaḥ aśruparyākulekṣaṇaḥ karuṇadīnavilaṃbitākṣaraṃ kathayati: hā vatsa kim idaṃ; so 'pi gadgadakaṇṭho marmavedanoparodhajanitaviṣādaḥ kathayaty upādhyāya karmāṇi; kim anyad bhaviṣyatīti / sa kathayati: vatsa nāsi kṣata upahato vā; tāta kṣato 'haṃ kāyena no tu cittena; vatsa kathaṃ jñāyate; upādhyāya satyopayācanaṃ kariṣye śṛṇu yena satyena satyavacanena kṣato 'haṃ kāyena no tu cittena tena satyena satyavacanena yeyam upādhyāyasya kṛṣṇavarṇā cchavir iyaṃ suvarṇavarṇā bhaved; bhāvitādhyāśayo 'sau mahātmā; vacanāvasānasamanantaram eva kṛṣṇadvaipāyanasya ṛṣeḥ kṛṣṇavarṇā cchavir antarhitā; suvarṇavarṇā saṃvṛttā / sāmantakena śabdo visṛtaḥ kṛṣṇadvaipāyanariṣiḥ suvarṇavarṇaḥ saṃvṛtta iti / tasya suvarṇadvaipāyanaḥ suvarṇadvaipāyana iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā; sa paraṃ vismayam upagataḥ; tato 'sau gautamariṣiḥ kathayati: upādhyāya itaś cyutasya me kā gatir bhaviṣyati kā upapattiḥ ko 'bhisaṃparāya iti / sa kathayati: vatsa brāhmaṇāḥ kathayanti: aputrasya gatir nāstīti; asti tvayā kiṃcid apatyam utpāditam; upādhyāya kumāra evāhaṃ; strītantre aprakṛtijñaḥ; pitrā rājyanimittaṃ protsāhyamānaḥ pravrajitaḥ; kuto mamāpatyasamutpattiḥ; vatsa yady evaṃ pūrvopabhuktaviṣayānusmaraṇaṃ kuru; upādhyāya gāḍhavedanābhyāhatasya me idānīṃ chidyamāneṣu marmasu mucyamāneṣu sandhiṣu ( SBV I 25 ) maraṇaikāntamanasaḥ kathaṃ pūrvopabhuktaviṣayānusmaraṇaṃ bhavati; sa tasyopādhyāyaḥ paṃcābhijñālābhī; tena ṛddhyā mahān vātavarṣo nirmitaḥ; tasya varṣabindavaḥ kāye nipatitāḥ; tataḥ śītalasalilavātasparśād veedanā viṣṭaṃbhitā; sa pūrvopabhuktaviṣayān smartum ārabdhaḥ; yāvad asya maithunarāgasamanusmaraṇād dvau śukrabindū sarudhire nipatitau; catvāri sthānāny acintanīyāni; ātmacintā lokacintā satvānāṃ karmavipākacintā buddhānāṃ ca buddhaviṣayacintā iti; tau śukrabindū dve aṇḍe prādurbhūte; sūryasyābhyudgamanakālasamaye sūryaraśmiparipācite sphuṭite; dvau kumārau jātau; tato nātidūre ikṣuvāṭaḥ; tau tatra praviṣṭau; tatas sūryaraśmayo bhāsuratarā jātāḥ; gautamariṣiḥ sūryaraśmiparitāpitaḥ kālagataḥ; tataḥ suvarṇadvaipāyanariṣir āgataḥ; paśyati kālagataḥ; sa śūlasāmantake paśyati aṇḍe sphuṭite; kapālāny avasthitāni; so 'nusarann itaś cāmutaś ca ikṣuvāṭaṃ praviṣṭo yāvat paśyati: dvau kumārau; samanvāhartuṃ pravṛttaḥ; kasyaitau putrāv iti; paśyati: gautamasya ṛṣeḥ; tato 'sya sutarāṃ premā utpannaḥ; tena tāv āsramapadaṃ nītvā āpāyitau poṣitau saṃvardhitau; ( A 357b ) tayoś ca nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpayituṃ pravṛttaḥ; sūryasyābhyudgamanakālasamaye sūryaraśmibhiḥ paripācitau jātau bhavataḥ; tasmāt sūryagotrāv iti sūryagotrā iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā; gautamasya riṣeḥ putrau gautamā gautamā iti dvitīyā saṃjñā saṃvṛttā; svāṅgīnisṛtā iti āṅgīrasā āṅgīrasā iti tṛtīyā saṃjñā saṃvṛttā; ikṣuvāṭāl labdhā ikṣvākā ikṣvākā iti caturthī saṃjñā saṃvṛttā; yāvad apareṇa samayena bharadvājo rājā aputra eva kālagataḥ; amātyāḥ saṃnipatya samavāyaṃ kartum ārabdhāḥ; bhavantaḥ kam idānīṃ rājānam abhiṣiñcāma iti; apare kathayanti tasya bhrātā gautamo riṣīṇāṃ madhye pravrajitaḥ; tasyedaṃ kulakramāgataṃ rājyaṃ; tam abhisiñcāma iti; kṛtasañjalpāḥ suvarṇadvaipāyanasya riṣeḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntāḥ; upasaṃkramya pādayor nipatya kathayanti: maharṣe gautamaḥ kva gata iti; sa kathayati yuṣmābhir eva praghātita iti; maharṣe vayaṃ tasya darśanam api na samanusmarāmaḥ; kathaṃ praghātayāmaḥ ( SBV I 26 ) ahaṃ yuṣmān smārayāmi; śobhanaṃ; tena te smāritāḥ kathayanti: maharṣe yady evam alaṃ tasya nāmagrahaṇena; pāpakāry asāv akīrtanīyaḥ; kiṃ tena pāpakaṃ karma kṛtaṃ; idaṃ cedaṃ ca; nāsau pāpakarmakārī; adūṣy anapakāry eva yuṣmābhiḥ praghātitaḥ; kathaṃ; tena vistareṇa yathāvṛttaṃ samākhyātaṃ; te saṃjātadaurmanasyāḥ kathayanti: maharṣe yady evaṃ vayaṃ pāpakarmakāriṇo nāsāv iti; te caivam ālāpaṃ kurvanti; tau ca dārakau riṣeḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntau; amātyāḥ kathayanti: maharṣe kasyetau dārakau kathayati tasyaiva putrau; katham etau samutpannau kā vā anayoḥ saṃjñā; tena sotpattikaṃ vistareṇa samākhyātam; amātyāḥ śrutvāpi paraṃ vismayam upagatāḥ; tais taṃ riṣim anujñāpya tayor jyeṣṭhaḥ kumāro rājyābhiṣekeṇābhiṣiktaḥ; so 'py aputraḥ kālagataḥ; tato 'sau dvitīyaḥ kanīyān abhiṣiktaḥ; tasya ikṣvākurājā ikṣvākurājā iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā; ikṣvākor gautamā rājñaḥ putraprapautṛkayā naptṛpranaptṛkayā punar api potalake nagare ekaśatam ikṣvākurājaśatam
abhūt
The story of Virūḍhaka

teṣām apaścimako virūḍhako nāma ikṣvākurājo 'bhūd; virūḍhakasya gautamā ikṣvākurājasya catvāraḥ putrāḥ; ulkāmukhaḥ karakarṇī hastiniyaṃsaḥ nūpurakaś ca; tasyāpareṇa samayenāgramahiṣī kālagatā; sa kare kapolaṃ datvā cintāparo vyavasthitaḥ; amātyāḥ kathayanti: kimarthaṃ deva kare kapolaṃ datvā cintāparas tiṣṭhati; sa kathayati: mamāgramahiṣī kālagatā; kathaṃ na cintāparas tiṣṭhāmīti; deva yady evaṃ kimarthaṃ devasyāgramahiṣī na samanviṣyate; saṃvidyante pratisāmāntakānāṃ rājñāṃ ( SBV I 27 ) duhitaraḥ; ( A 358a ) rājā kathayati: ime rājyābhinandinaḥ kumārāḥ; eṣu saṃvidyamāneṣu pratyanīkabhūteṣu ko me duhitaraṃ dāsyati: devaś cittaṃ karotu; vayaṃ samanveṣāmaḥ; yāvad anyatamasya rājñaḥ duhitā abhirūpā darśanīyā prāsādikā pratirūpā devītvena; te tāṃ samupalabhya tasya rājñaḥ sakāśaṃ gatāḥ; taiḥ pāraṃparyeṇa rājño niveditaṃ; rājñā ājñā dattā āhūyatām iti; tatas te rājñaḥ sakāśaṃ preṣitāḥ; pādayor nipatya kathālāpapūrvakaṃ niṣaṇṇāḥ; ālāpāvasaraprāptā rājānaṃ saṃmukhaṃ dṛṣṭvā kathayanti: deva svasti svastīti; rājā kathayati: bhavantaḥ kiṃ yācadhve; virūḍhakasyekṣvākurājasyāgramahiṣī kālagatā; tasyārthāya kanyāṃ bhikṣāṃ; rājā kathayati: śobhanaṃ pratirūpo varaḥ; kiṃ tu samayato 'nuprayacchāmi yadi me duhituḥ putro bhavati; taṃ yadi rājyaiśvaryādhipatye pratiṣṭhāpayati; deva evaṃ bhavatu gacchāmaḥ devaṃ śrāvayāmaḥ; tair gatvā virūḍhakasyekṣvākurājasya yathāvṛttam ārocitaṃ; rājā kathayati: bhavanto naitat pratirūpaṃ jyeṣṭhatarān rājyābhinandinaḥ kumārān pratyākhyāya kanīyasaḥ pratiṣṭhāpanaṃ; deva sandigdho 'yam arthaḥ ānīyatāṃ tāvad devī; tayā sārdhaṃ devaḥ krīḍatu ramatāṃ paricārayatu; na jñāyate kim asau kumāraṃ janayiṣyatīty āhosvit kumārikāṃ vandhyā vā bhaviṣyatīti; rājā kathayati: bhavanto yady evaṃ gacchata; tataḥ pratiṣṭā bhavatu; tair gatvā pratigṛhītā; yāvad rājñā mahatā śrīsamudāyena pariṇītā; sā ca rājño 'bhimatā saṃvṛttā; sa tayā sārdhaṃ krīḍati ramate paricārayati; tasya krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ kālāntare devī āpannasatvā saṃvṛttā; sā aṣṭānāṃ vā navānāṃ vā māsānām atyayāt prasūtā; dārako jātaḥ abhirūpo darśanīyaḥ prāsādikaḥ; tasya jātau jātimahaṃ kṛtvā nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpyate kiṃ bhavatu dārakasya nāmeti; amātyā deva yasmād ayam ajāta eva ( SBV I 28 ) rājyam abhinandati tasmād bhavatu dārakasya rājyābhinandīti; sa dārakaḥ aṣṭābhyo dhātrībhyaḥ anupradattaḥ pūrvavad yāvad āśu vardhate hradastham iva paṅkajaṃ; taṃ rājā yauvarājye na pratiṣṭhāpayati; tasya mātāmahena rājñā śrutaṃ; tena tasya dūto 'nupreṣitaḥ; sakarkaśaṃ ca likhitaṃ: tvayā pūrvam anujñātam eva; yadi yathāpratijñātaṃ karoṣi ity evaṃ kuśalaṃ; no ced yat te balaṃ vīryaṃ parākramas ### tenāvatiṣṭhasva; eṣo 'ham āgataḥ rāṣṭrāpamardaṃ karomīti; mahābalasamudito 'sau rājā; sa śrutvā vyathitaḥ; amātyān saṃnipātya pṛcchati: bhavantaḥ mama tena rājñā evaṃ likhitaṃ; katham atra pratipattavyam iti; te kathayanti: deva abhiṣicyatāṃ rājyābhinandī yauvarājye; sa kathayati: bhavantaḥ naitad yuktaṃ jyeṣṭhān rājyābhinandinaḥ kumārān pratyākhyāya kanīyaso rājyābhiṣecanaṃ; te kathayanti: deva udīrṇabalavāhano ( A 358b ) 'sau rājā; sthānam etad vidyate yad āgatya niyataṃ rāṣṭrāpamardaṃ kariṣyati; abhiṣicyatāṃ rājyābhinandī rājyaiśvaryādhipatye; pravāsyantāṃ kumārā rājyād; rājā kathayati: bhavantaḥ katham adūṣiṇo 'napakāriṇaḥ kumārā nirvāsyante; deva vayam amātyā hitādhānatatparāḥ adūṣiṇo 'napakāriṇaḥ pravāsayāmaḥ; dūṣiṇam apakāriṇaṃ pratiṣṭhāpayāmaḥ; rājā apy upekṣya tūṣṇīm avasthitaḥ; amātyāḥ saṃnipatya parasparaṃ saṃjalpaṃ kartum ārabdhāḥ: bhavanta upāyasaṃvidhānaṃ kartavyaṃ yena rājā kumāreṣu vimukhī bhavati; tatas tair udyānaṃ śodhayitvā citram upacitraṃ kāritaṃ; surabhidhūpaghaṭikopanibaddham āmuktadāmapaṭṭakalāpaṃ nānāpuṣpāvakīrṇaṃ ramaṇīyaṃ; tatas tair amātyais tad udyānaṃ tathābhisaṃskṛtaṃ dūrād dṛṣṭaṃ; te kumārāś capalād udyānābhimukhaṃ saṃprasthitāḥ; amātyā udyānaśobhāṃ kārayitvā nirgatāḥ; kumāraiḥ pṛṣṭāḥ kasyedam udyānam ( SBV I 29 ) iti; te kathayanti devasya; te pratinivartitum ārabdhāḥ; amātyāḥ kathayanti: kumārāḥ praviśata kimarthaṃ nivartatha iti; te kathayanti devakīyam udyānaṃ; kathaṃ praviśāma iti; amātyāḥ kathayanti: devo vā krīḍet kumāro vā ko 'tra virodhaḥ; te praviśya krīḍitum ārabdhāḥ; amātyai rājābhihitaḥ: deva udyānaṃ śobhanaṃ parikarmīkṛtaṃ; kālo devasya draṣṭum iti; rājā saṃprasthitaḥ; aśrauṣīd udyāne kolāhalaṃ śabdaṃ; śrutvā ca punar amātyān pṛcchati: bhavanta udyāne kolāhalaḥ

śabdaḥ śrūyate; ko 'trāvatiṣṭhate; amātyāḥ kathayanti: deva kumārāḥ; yady evaṃ parityaktā mayā kumārāḥ; amātyāḥ pādayor nipatya kathayanti: deva kṣamyatāṃ kumārāṇāṃ; mā parityajyantām iti; rājā kathayati evaṃ bhavatv iti; te pravāsayitum ārabdhāḥ rājñaḥ pādayor nipatya kathayanti: deva yady evaṃ yo 'smābhiḥ sārdhaṃ parijano gacchati sa yathā na nivāryate tathājñāṃ dātum arhasi; rājñā ājñā dattā; te saṃprasthitāḥ; anuraktajanapadās te; taiḥ sārdhaṃ mahājanakāyaḥ saṃprasthitaḥ; saptadivasaṃ potalakasya nagaradvāram apāvṛtaṃ sthitaṃ janakāyasya nirgacchataḥ; amātyai rājñe niveditaṃ: deva yadi nagarasya dvāraṃ nāvriyate na cirāt potalakaṃ nirāvāsaṃ bhavatīti; yady evaṃ dvārāṇy āvṛṇuta; tatas te kumārāḥ svakasvakā bhaginīr ādāyānupūrveṇa himavatpārśvaṃ nadyā bhagīrathyās tīraṃ kapilasya riṣer āśramapadasya nātidūram anuprāptāḥ; te tasmiṃś chākhāparṇakuṭīrakāṇi kṛtvā vāsaṃ kalpitavantaḥ mṛgāṃś ca praghātya praghātya jīvikāṃ kalpayanti; triṣkālaṃ ca kapilasya riṣer āśramapadam upasaṃkrāmanti; abhinavayauvanamadākṣiptāḥ kāmarāgeṇātyarthaṃ bādhyamānāḥ utpāṇḍūtpāṇḍūkāḥ kṛśālakāḥ ( A 359a ) saṃvṛttāḥ; yāvad apareṇa samayena kapilena riṣiṇā tathāvidhā dṛṣṭāḥ pṛṣṭāś ca: kasmād yūyam utpāṇḍūtpāṇḍukāḥ; te kathayanti: maharṣe kāmarāgeṇātīva bādhyāmahe; sa kathayati: svakasvakā bhaginīs tyaktvā vaimātṛkābhir bhaginībhiḥ sārdhaṃ vāsaṃ kalpayata; labhyaṃ maharṣe asmābhir evaṃ kartuṃ; labhyaṃ bhavanto yathāpitat kṣatriyai rājyaparibhraṣṭaiḥ; tatas te riṣivacanaṃ pramāṇam iti kṛtvā kāmarāgādhyavasitāḥ prītiprāmodyajātāḥ vaimātṛkābhir bhaginībhiḥ sārdhaṃ ( SBV I 30 ) krīḍanti ramante paricārayanti; teṣāṃ tābhiḥ saṃkrīḍatāṃ ramamāṇānāṃ paricārayatāṃ putrā duhitaraś ca jātāḥ; te vṛddhiṃ gatāḥ
The cities of Kapilavastu and Devadṛśa
kapilariṣiḥ śabdakaṇṭakatvād dhyānānāṃ cittaikāgratāṃ nārāgayati; sa kathayati: bhavantaḥ avalokitā bhavata; aham anyatra gamiṣyāmi; maharṣe kimarthaṃ; cittaikāgratāṃ nārāgayāmi, śabdakaṇṭakāni dhyānāni; maharṣe tvam ihaiva tiṣṭha; vayam anyatra gacchāmaḥ; kiṃ tu bhūbhāgam asmākam anuprayaccha; bhavantaḥ śobhanaṃ; ṛṣayas te mahātmānaḥ īpsitamanorathasādhakāḥ; tena sauvarṇaṃ bhṛṃgāram ādāya nagarākāreṇa udakadhārāpātair nagaraṃ māpitaṃ; kapilena riṣiṇā teṣāṃ vāsāya vastu parityaktam iti kapilavastu kapilavastv iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā; te tatra vṛddhiṃ gatāḥ; mahājanakāyaḥ saṃvṛttaḥ; saṃbādhād vṛddhiṃ na labhante; teṣāṃ cetasā cittam ājñāya devatābhir anyapradeśa upadarśitaḥ; tais tatra gatvā dvitīyaṃ nagaraṃ māpitaṃ; devadriśaṃ devadriśam iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā; tatas te saṃgamya samāgamya saṃjalpaṃ kartum ārabdhāḥ: bhavanto yad vayaṃ nirvāsitāḥ tat sadṛśabhāryopādānāt; tad asmākaṃ na kenacid dvitīyā sadṛśī bhāryā upādātavyā; ekayaiva santoṣaḥ karaṇīya iti; te ekām eva sadṛśīṃ bhāryāṃ pariṇamayanti; na dvitīyām; athāpareṇa samayena virūḍhako rājā priyān putrān samanusmaran amātyān āmantrayate: hambhoḥ grāmaṇyas te kumārāḥ kva sāṃprataṃ; tair vistareṇārocitaṃ; deva kenacid adhikaraṇena nirvāsitāḥ; te svakasvakā bhaginīr ādāya itaḥ prakrāntāḥ; anuhimavatpārśve nadyā bhagīrathyās tīre kapilasya riṣer āśramapadasya nātidūre vāsaṃ kalayanti; svakasvakā bhaginīḥ pratyākhyāya vaimātṛkābhir bhaginībhiḥ sārdhaṃ krīḍanti ramante paricārayanti; teṣāṃ krīḍatāṃ ramamāṇānāṃ paricārayatāṃ putrā ( SBV I 31 ) duhitaraś ca jātāḥ; śakyaṃ grāmaṇyaḥ kumārair evaṃ kartuṃ; deva śakyam; atha virūḍhakaḥ ikṣvākurājaḥ pūrvaṃ kāyam abhyunnamayya dakṣiṇabāhum abhiprasāryodānam udānayati; śakyā bata kumārāḥ, paramaśakyā bata kumārā iti; maheśākhyena satvena vāṅ niścāritā śākyā bata kumārāḥ; paramaśākyā bata kumārā iti śākyā iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā
Successors to Virūḍhaka
apareṇa samayena virūḍhaka ikṣvākurājaḥ kālagataḥ ( A 359b ); rājyābhinandī rājye 'bhiṣiktaḥ; so 'py aputraḥ kālagataḥ; ulkāmukho rājyaiśvaryādhipatye pratiṣṭhāpitaḥ; so 'py aputraḥ kālagataḥ; karakarṇī rājā saṃvṛttaḥ; so 'py aputraḥ kālagataḥ; hastiniyaṃso rājā saṃvṛttaḥ; so 'py aputraḥ kālagataḥ; nūpurako rājā samvṛttaḥ; tasya putra opurakaḥ; opurakasya gopurakaḥ gopurakasya gautamā rājñaḥ putraprapautṛkayā naptṛpranaptṛkayā kapilavastunagare paṃcapaṃcāśad rājasahasrāṇy abhūvan; teṣām apścimako daśarathaḥ śataratho navatirathaḥ citraratho bijitaratho dṛḍharathaḥ daśadhanuḥ śatadhanuḥ navatidhanuḥ vijitadhanur citradhanuḥ dṛḍhadhanur; dṛḍhadhanuṣo gautamā dvau putrau siṃhahanuḥ siṃhanādī ca; yāvantaḥ khalu gautamā jambūdvīpe dhanurdharāḥ siṃhahanus teṣām agra akhyātaḥ; siṃhahanor gautamā catvāraḥ putrāḥ śuddhodanaḥ śuklodanaḥ droṇodanaḥ amṛtodanaḥ; śuddhā śuklā droṇā amṛtikā ceti duhitaraḥ; śuddhodanasya dvau putrau bhagavān āyuṣmāṃś ca nandaḥ; śuklodanasya ( SBV I 32 ) dvau putrau; āyuṣmāṃś ca tiṣyo bhadrakaś ca śākyarājaḥ; droṇodanasya dvau putrau mahānāmā āyuṣmāṃś cāniruddhaḥ; amṛtodanasya dvau putrau āyuṣmān ānando devadattaś ca; śuddhāyāḥ suprabuddhaḥ putraḥ; śuklāyāḥ putro mālī; droṇāyā bhāddālī; amṛtikāyāḥ śaivalaḥ bhagavato rāhulaḥ putra iti gautamā rāhule mahāsaṃmatavaṃśaḥ pratiṣṭhitaḥ; ucchinnā bhavanetrī vikṣīṇo jātisaṃsāro nāstīdānīṃ punarbhavaḥ
Buddha's remarks

atha bhagavān āyuṣmato mahāmaudgalyāyanasya kathāparyavasānaṃ viditvā utthāya niṣaṇṇaḥ; niṣadyāyuṣmantaṃ mahāmaudgalyāyanam āmantrayate: sādhu sādhu maudgalyāyana sādhu sādhu khalu tvaṃ maudgalyāyana yas tvaṃ bhikṣūṇāṃ purastāc chākyānāṃ paurāṇaṃ kulavamśam ārabhya dharmyāṃ kathāṃ kathayasi; punar api tvaṃ maudgalyāyana abhīkṣṇam api tvaṃ śākyānāṃ paurāṇaṃ kulavaṃśam ārabhya dharmyāṃ kathāṃ kathaya; tad eṣāṃ bhaviṣyati dīrgharātram arthāya hitāya sukhāya; tatra bhagavān bhikṣūn āmantrayate sma: udgṛhṇīta yūyaṃ bhikṣavaḥ śākyānāṃ paurāṇaṃ kulavaṃśam ārabhya dharmyāṃ kathāṃ dhārayituṃ grāhayituṃ vācayituṃ; tat kasya hetoḥ; arthopasaṃhitā bhikṣavaḥ śākyānāṃ paurāṇaṃ kulavaṃśam ārabhya dharmyā kathā; arthopasaṃhitā brahmacaryopasaṃhitā; yuktam eva bhikṣavaḥ śraddhayā pravrajitena kulaputreṇa śākyānāṃ ( SBV I 33 ) paurāṇaṃ kulavaṃśam ārabhya dharmyāṃ kathāṃ dhārayituṃ grāhayituṃ vācayitum; atha kāpilavastavāḥ ( A 360a ) śākyā bhagavato bhāṣitam abhinandyānumodya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā bhagavato 'ntikāt prakrāntāḥ
Siṃhahanu's reign

tena khalu samayena kapilavastuni nagare siṃhahanur nāma rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca; devadṛśe nagare suprabuddho rājyaṃ rājā kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca; suprabuddhasya rājño lumbinī nāmāgramahiṣī abhirūpā darśanīyā prāsādikā janapadakalyāṇī; devadṛśe 'nyatamo gṛhapatiḥ prativasaty āḍhyo mahādhano mahābhogo vistīrṇaviśālaparigraho vaiśravaṇadhanasamudito vaiśravaṇadhanapratispardhī; tasyārāmaḥ puṣpasaṃpannaḥ phalasaṃpannaḥ śālisaṃpanno nānāvihaganikūjitaḥ; tasyābhirāmatayā rājā kālānukālaṃ tatra gatvā sārdham antaḥpureṇa ratikrīḍāṃ pratyanubhavati; lumbinyās taṃ dṛṣṭvā spṛhā utpannā; sa kathayati: deva mamaitam ārāmam anuprayaccheti; rājā kathayati: gṛhapatisantako 'yam ārāmaḥ; katham anuprayacchāmi; yadi tvam ārāmeṇārthinī anyaṃ tavārthāya śobhanataraṃ kārayāmīti; tato rājñā suprabuddhena lumbinyā arthāya tadviśiṣṭatara ārāmaḥ kāritaḥ; tasya luṃbinīvanaṃ lumbinīvanam iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā; siṃhahanor dīrgharātram ayam āśāsakaḥ: aho bata me kule cakravartī utpadyeta iti; suprabuddhasyāpi rājño dīrgharātram ayam āśāsakaḥ: aho bata me siṃhahanunā sārdhaṃ saṃbandhaḥ syād iti; yāvat tasyāpareṇa samayena devyā sārdhaṃ krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ kālāntareṇa patnī āpannasatvā saṃvṛttā; sā aṣṭānāṃ vā navānāṃ vā māsānām atyayāt prasūtā; dārikā jātā abhirūpā darśanīyā prāsādikā sarvāṅgapratyaṅgopetā; ( SBV I 34 ) tasyā rūpaśobhayā suprabuddho rājā sāntaḥpuro devadṛśanivāsī janakāyaś ca paraṃ vismayam upagataḥ; sandigdhamanāś ca saṃvṛttaḥ: kim iyaṃ dārikā āhosvid viśvakarmanirmiteyaṃ māyeti; tasyās trīṇi saptakāny ekaviṃśatidivasān vistareṇa jātāyā jātimahaṃ kṛtvā nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpyate: kiṃ bhavatu dārikāyā nāmeti; amātyāḥ kathayanti: deva devadṛśanivāsijanakāyā rathyāvīthīcatvaraśṛṅgāṭakeṣu vipravadante; kecit kathayanti: dārikā evāsau pūrvakarmavipākābhiniṣpannā evaṃ varṇarūpaśobheti; apare kathayanti: nāsau dārikā; kiṃtarhi viśvakarmanirmitā sā māyeti tasmād bhavatu dārikāyā māyeti nāma; tasya māyeti nāma kṛtaṃ; māyā dārikā aṣṭābhyo dhātrībhyo 'nupradattā pūrvavad yāvan mahatī saṃvṛttā; sā naimittikair vyākṛtā; putraṃ janayiṣyaty anekalakṣaṇasaṃpannaṃ; rājā bhaviṣyati balacakravartī; bhūyo 'py asya krīḍato rammāṇasya paricārayataḥ duhitā ( A 360b ) jātā pratirūpā darśanīyā prāsādikā paramayā varṇapuṣkalatayā samanvāgatā; tasyā janmani sarvaṃ tan nagaram udāreṇāvabhāsenāvabhāsitaṃ; na cāsyāḥ śakyate sarvathā rūpaśobhāṃ varṇayituṃ; yathā māyāyās tasyā api vistareṇa jātau jātimahaṃ kṛtvā nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpyate; kiṃ bhavatu dārikā nāmeti; amātyāḥ kathayanti: asyā rūpaśobhā yan māyāṃ vyatiricya vartate tasmād bhavatu mahāmāyeti; sāpy unnītā vardhitā mahatī saṃvṛttā; sā naimittikair vyākṛtā; putraṃ janayiṣyati dvātriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ samalaṅkṛtaṃ; sa rājā bhaviṣyati cakravartīti; suprabuddhena rājñā siṃhahanor dūto 'nupreṣitaḥ; dve duhitarau jāte māyā mahāmāyā ca; tatraikā vyākṛtā putraṃ janayiṣyati lakṣaṇasaṃpannaṃ; sa rājā bhaviṣyati balacakravartīti; dvitīyā vyākṛtā putraṃ janayiṣyati dvātriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣanaiḥ ( SBV I 35 ) samalaṅkṛtaṃ; sa rājā bhaviṣyati cakravartīti; anayor yābhipretā śuddhodanasya kumārasyārthāyānayeti; siṃhahanunā pratisandeśo dattaḥ, dvābhyām api kumārasya prayojanaṃ; kiṃ tu na dve sadṛśe bhārye ekasyopasthāpayitavye iti yaivaṃ vyākṛtā putraṃ janayiṣyati dvātriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ samalaṅkṛtaṃ sa rājā bhaviṣyati cakravartīti, eṣā tāvat pratīṣṭā; dvitīyāyā arthāya gaṇam avalokayiṣyāmīti; tena sā pañcaśataparivārā preṣitā; tena khalu samayena śākyānāṃ pāṇḍavā nāma khaṣāḥ prativiruddhāḥ; śākyāḥ saṃbhūya rājñaḥ siṃhahanoḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntāḥ; deva pāṇḍavaiḥ khaṣair upadrutāḥ sma, sāhāyyaṃ kalpayeti; sa kathayati bhavanto vṛddho 'haṃ na śaknomi taiḥ sārdhaṃ saṃgrāmayituṃ; deva śuddhodanaṃ kumāram anupreṣaya; samayato 'nupreṣayāmi yadi kumārasya yathābhipretaṃ varaṃ prārthayato 'nuprayacchata; te kathayanti: deva evaṃ bhavatu prayacchāmaḥ; rājñā caturaṅgaṃ balakāyaṃ datvā śuddhodanaḥ kumāraḥ preṣitaḥ; tena te khaṣāḥ hataprahatavidhvastāḥ kṛtāḥ; tataḥ śākyāḥ parituṣṭāḥ siṃhahano rājñaḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntāḥ; deva kumāreṇa pāṇḍavā khaṣāḥ hataprahatāḥ vidhvastāḥ kṛtāḥ; parituṣṭā smaḥ; vada kumārasya kaṃ varam anuprayacchāmaḥ; bhavantaḥ śākyaiḥ kriyākāraḥ kṛtaḥ na kenacid dve sadṛśe bhārye upasthāpayitavye iti; deva kiṃ mucyatāṃ kriyākāraḥ; sa kathayati: sutarāṃ baddhavyo na moktavyaḥ; kiṃ tu kumārasyaikaṃ varam anuprayacchatha, dvitīyāṃ sadṛśīṃ bhāryām upasthāpayituṃ; deva śobhanam; evaṃ kriyatāṃ; tataḥ siṃhahanunā suprabuddhasya lekho 'nupreṣitaḥ avalokito
mayā gaṇaḥ; dvitīyāṃ duhitaram anupreṣayeti; tena sāpi pañcaśataparivārā preṣitā; śuddhodanena kumāreṇa dve api pariṇīte ( SBV I 36 )
Śuddhodana succeeds Siṃhahanu and the descent of the Buddha

yāvad apareṇa samayena siṃhahanū rājā kālagataḥ; kapilavastuni śuddhodano rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ( A 361a ) ca; so 'pareṇa samayena mahāmāyādevyā sārdham upariprāsādatalagato niṣpuruṣeṇa tūryeṇa krīḍati ramate paricārayati; dharmatā hy eṣā tuṣitabhavanastho bodhisatvaḥ paṃcabhir avalokanair lokam avalokayati jātyavalokanena deśāvalokanena kālāvalokanena vaṃśāvalokanena stryavalokanena ca; (1) kena kāraṇena bodhisatvā jātyavalokanaṃ kurvanti? tuṣitabhavanasthasya bodhisatvasyaivaṃ bhavati; kīdṛśyāṃ jātau bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti; paśyati brāhmaṇakule vā kṣatriyakule vā; tatra kadācid brāhmaṇā uccakulasaṃmatā bhavanti; kadācit kṣatriyāḥ; idānīṃ tu kṣatriyāḥ uccakulasaṃmatāḥ, yanv ahaṃ kṣatriyakule pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇīyāṃ; mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ bodhisatvena garhaṇīyāyāṃ jātau pratisandhir gṛhīta iti; tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam; <avandhyaphaladharmadeśikā hi buddhā bhagavantaḥ>; anena kāraṇena bodhisatvā jātyavalokanaṃ kurvanti; (2) kena kāraṇena bodhisatvā deśāvalokanaṃ kurvanti? bodhisatvasyaitad abhavat: kīdṛśi deśe bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti; paśyati yo 'sau deśa ikṣuśālimālāgomahiṣīsaṃpanno bhaikṣukaśatakalilo dasyujanavivarjitaḥ āryajanādhyuṣitaḥ; tasyaivaṃ bhavaty ayaṃ madhyadeśa ikṣuśālimālāgomahiṣīsaṃpanno bhaikṣukaśatakalilo dasyujanavivarjitaḥ āryajanādhyuṣitaḥ; yanv ahaṃ madhyadeśe pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇīyāṃ; mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ bodhisatvena ( SBV I 37 ) pratyanteṣu janapadeṣu pratisandhir gṛhīta iti; tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam; avandhyaphaladharmadeśikā hi buddhā bhagavantaḥ; anena kāraṇena bodhisatvā deśāvalokanaṃ kurvanti; (3) kena kāraṇena bodhisatvāḥ kālāvalokanaṃ kurvanti? bodhisatvasyaitad abhavat; kīdṛśe kāle bodhisatvā jaṃbūdvīpe pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇanti; utkarṣe vartamanāyāṃ prajāyām aśītivarṣasahasrāyuṣi prajāyām ūrdhvaṃ pratisandhiṃ na gṛhṇanti; apakarṣe śatavarṣāyuṣāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ <prajāyām arvāk pratisandhiṃ na> gṛhṇanti; kena kāraṇena bodhisatvā aśītivarṣasahasrāyuṣi manuṣyāṇām ūrdhvaṃ pratisandhiṃ na gṛhṇanti? aśītivarṣasahasrāyuṣo hi manuṣyā durudvejyā bhavanti; duḥsaṃvedyā jaḍā mṛdvindriyāḥ pramattāḥ sukhabahulāḥ satyānām abhājanabhūtāḥ; apakarṣe 'py arvāg varṣaśatasya pañcakaṣāyā udriktā bhavanti; tadyathā āyuḥkaṣāyaḥ kleśakaṣāyaḥ satvakaṣāyo dṛṣṭikaṣāyaḥ kalpakaṣāyaś ca; mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ pañcakaṣāyodrikte kāle bodhisatvena pratisandhir gṛhīta iti; tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam; avandhyaphaladharmadeśikāś ( A 361b ) ca buddhā bhagavantaḥ; anena kāraṇena bodhisatvāḥ kālāvalokanaṃ kurvanti; (4) kena kāraṇena kulāvalokanaṃ kurvanti? bodhisatvasyaivaṃ bhavati; kīdṛśe kule bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti; paśyati yat kulam uccasaṃmatam anupākruṣṭacāritraṃ yāvad āsaptamaṃ mātāmahaṃ paitāmahaṃ yugam upādāyeti; tasyaitad abhavad ayaṃ śākyavaṃśa uccakulasaṃmato yāvan mahāsaṃmatam upādāyānupākruṣṭacāritraś ca yanv ahaṃ rājñaḥ śuddhodanasya kule pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇīyāṃ; mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ pratyavare kule bodhisatvena pratisandhir gṛhīta iti; tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma ( SBV I 38 ) kṛtam upacitam; avandhyaphaladharmadeśikāś ca buddhā bhagavantaḥ; anena kāraṇena bodhisatvā vaṃśāvalokanaṃ kurvanti; (5) kena kāraṇena bodhisatvā stryavalokanaṃ kurvanti? bodhisatvasyaivaṃ bhavati; kīdṛśyā striyāḥ kukṣau bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti; paśyati yā strī rūpavatī bhavati śīlavatī kulavatī kulinā kulavardhanī pūrvabuddheṣu kṛtapraṇidhānā aho batāhaṃ buddhasya mātā syām iti; śaknoti bodhisatvaṃ daśamāsaṃ kukṣiṇā dhārayituṃ; na ca svārthaṃ hāpayati; tasyaivaṃ bhavati iyaṃ mahāmāyā yāvad āsaptamaṃ mātāmahaṃ mātāmahaṃ paitāmahaṃ yugam upādāyānupākruṣṭacāritrā rūpavatī śīlavatī kulinā kulavardhanī; śaknoti bodhisatvaṃ daśamāsaṃ kukṣiṇā dhārayituṃ; na ca svārthaṃ hāpayitum; tathā hi mahāmāyā pūrvabuddheṣu kṛtādhikārapraṇidhānā aho batāhaṃ buddhamātā syām iti; mā ca me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ alakṣaṇasaṃpannāyā striyāḥ kukṣau bodhisatvena pratisandhir gṛhīta iti; tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam
anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam; <avandhyaphaladharmadeśikāś ca buddhā bhagavantaḥ>; anena kāraṇena bodhisatvāḥ stryavalokanaṃ kurvanti; atha bodhisatvaḥ pañca vyavalokanāni vyavalokya ṣaṭ kāmāvacarān devāṃs trir anuśrāvayati ito 'haṃ mārṣās tuṣitād devanikāyāc cyutvā manuṣyeṣu pratisandhiṃ grahīṣyāmi rājñaḥ śuddhodanasyāgramahiṣyāḥ kukṣau; tasya putratvam adhigamya amṛtam adhigamiṣyāmi; yo yuṣmākam amṛtenārthī sa manuṣyeṣu pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇātu bhūyo madhyadeśa iti; evam uktās tuṣitakāyikā devā bodhisatvam idam avocan: yat khalu bodhisatva jānīyā etarhi kalikaluṣo lokaḥ krūrasantānaprajā ākulīkṛtaś ca jaṃbūdvipaḥ ṣaḍbhis tārkikaiḥ ṣaḍbhir ānuśravikaiḥ ṣaḍbhiḥ samāpattṛbhiḥ; tatra ṣaṭ tārkikāḥ katame? tadyathā pūraṇaḥ kāśyapaḥ ( SBV I 39 ) maskarī gośāliputraḥ sañjayī vairaṭṭīputraḥ ajitaḥ keśakaṃbalaḥ kakudaḥ kātyāyano nirgrantho jñātiputra; ṣaḍ ānusravikāḥ katamas tadyathā kūṭatāṇḍyo brāhmaṇaḥ śroṇatāṇḍyo brāhmaṇaḥ, cogī brāhmaṇaḥ brāhmāyur brāhmaṇaḥ ( A 362a ) puṣkarasāri brāhmaṇaḥ lohityaś ca brāhmaṇaḥ; ṣaṭ pratipattāraḥ katame? tadyathā udrako rāmaputraḥ; arāḍaḥ kālāmaḥ subhadraḥ parivrājakaḥ sañjayī māṇavaḥ asitariṣiḥ urubilvākāśyapaś ca jaṭilaḥ; iha tu bodhisatvasya dvādaśayojanāni dharmaśravaṇārtham āsanaprajñaptiḥ prajñāpyate; asmākaṃ caivaṃ bhavati: yam asmākaṃ tuṣitabhavanastho bodhisatvo dharmaṃ deśayiṣyati taṃ vayaṃ dharmaṃ śrutvā tathā tathā pratipatsyāmahe; yathāpitad asmākaṃ bhaviṣyati dīrgharātram arthāya hitāya sukhāyeti; evam ukto bodhisatvaḥ tuṣitakāyikān devān idam avocat: tena hi mārṣā sarvavādyāni prahaṇyantām iti
Descent from the Tuṣitas

tuṣitakāyikābhir devatābhiḥ sarvavādyāni prahatāni; bodhisatvenāpi saṅkham āpūryābhihitaṃ: kataro 'tra mārṣāḥ odārikaḥ śabdaḥ? śaṅkhaśabdo bhagavan; yathāyaṃ mārṣāḥ śaṅkhaśabdaḥ sarvavādyāny abhibhūyāvasthitaḥ evam evāhaṃ jambūdvīpam avatīrya ṣaṭ tārkikān, ṣaḍ ānuśravikān, ṣaṭ ca pratipattrīn abhibhūyāmṛtam adhigamiṣyāmi; amṛtena jagat santarpayiṣyāmi; anityatāśaṅkham āpūrayiṣyāmi; śūnyatābherīṃ tāḍayiṣyāmīti; nairātmyasiṃhanādaṃ nadiṣyāmī iti viditvā gāthāṃ bhāṣate:
siṃhaikaḥ pramathati naikaśvāpadaughān
vajraiko vilikhati naikaṣṛṅgaśailān /
śakraiko vijayati naikadānavendrān
sūryaiko vimathati naikam andhakāram // ( SBV.I 40 )
yo yuṣmākaṃ mārṣā amṛtenārthī sa madhyadeśe pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇātu; ṣaṭsu mahānagareṣv iryataha; śakrasya devendrasyaitad abhavat: ayaṃ bodhisatvo bhagavān mahāmāyāyāḥ devyāḥ kukṣāu pratisandhiṃ grahītukāmaḥ; yanv aham asyā ojopasaṃhāraṃ kuryāṃ kukṣiṃ ca viśodhayeyam iti viditvā śakreṇa devānām indreṇa mahāmāyāyā devyāḥ ojopasaṃhāraṃ kṛtavān; kukṣiṃ ca śodhitavān; tatas tuṣitabhavanastho bodhisatvaḥ pañcāvalokitāni vyavalokya ṣaṭ kāmāvacarān devāṃs trir anuśrāvya gajanidarśanena rātryā madhyame yāme māhāmāyāyā devyāḥ kukṣim avakrāntaḥ; āha ca
jagatparitrāṇakṛtapratijño
devān upāmantrya tataś cyuto 'sau /
ikṣvākuvaṃśe praviveśa kukṣim
sandhyābhrarājīm iva bālasūryaḥ //
Conception; auspicious signs in the dream
tathā hi mahāmāyā caturaḥ svapnān paśyati; (1) ṣaḍdanto me śveto hastināgaḥ kukṣiṃ bhitvā praviṣṭaḥ; (2) upari vihāyasā gacchāmi; (3) mahāśailaparvatam abhiruhāmi; (4) mahājanakāyo me praṇāmaṃ karotīti; tayā rajña śuddhodanāyārocitam; rājñā amātyānām ājñā dattā; bhavantaḥ āhūyantāṃ svapnādhyāyavidaḥ naimittikāś ca brāhmaṇā iti; taiś ca svapnādhyāyavido naimittikāś ca brāhmaṇā āhūtāḥ; tato rājñā teṣām svapnāni niveditāni; te kathayanti: deva yathā śāstre dṛṣṭaṃ, putraṃ janayiṣyati dvātriṃśanmahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ samalaṅkṛtam; saced gṛhī agāram adhyāvatsyati, ( A 362b ) rājā bhaviṣyati cakravartī; sacet keśaśmaśrūṇy avatārya kāṣāyāṇi ( SBV I 41 ) vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayā agārād anagārikāṃ pravrajiṣyati, tathāgato bhaviṣyaty arhan samyaksaṃbuddho vighuṣṭaśabdo loka iti
antaroddānam:
cyutir devaputro ratanam aṣṭāṅgaṃ śrāntavratamānasam
The Buddha in mother's womb
dharmatā khalu yasmin samaye bodhisatvas tuṣitād devanikāyāc cyutvā mātuḥ kukṣim avakrānto 'tyarthaṃ tasmin samaye mahāpṛthivīcālo 'bhūt; sarvaś cāyaṃ lokaḥ udāreṇāvabhāsena sphuṭo 'bhūt; yā api tā lokasya lokāntarikā andhās tamaso 'ndhakāratamisrā yatremau sūryācandramasāv evaṃmahardhikāv evaṃmahānubhāvāv ābhayābhāṃ na pratyanubhavataḥ, tā api tasmin samaye udāreṇāvabhāsena sphuṭā abhūvan; tatra ye satvā upapannās te svakam api bāhuṃ pragṛhītaṃ na paśyanti; te tayā ābhayā anyonyaṃ satvān dṛṣṭvā saṃjānate anye 'pīha bhavantaḥ satvā upapannā anye 'pīha bhavantaḥ satvā upapannā iti
yathaiva megho vipulaḥ susaṃbhṛto
bahūdako mārutavegapreritaḥ /
tathopamaṃ kukṣim ivākraman muniś
cirād ghanaṃ sūrya ivābhyupāgataḥ //
avabhāsayitveha diśaḥ samantataḥ
pṛthak ca lokāntarikās tamovṛtāḥ /
yadākramat kukṣim atulyavikramas
tathā tadāsīd iyam atra dharmatā // ( SBV I 41 )
dharmatā khalu yasmin samaye bodhisatvo bhagavān mātuḥ kuksāv avakrāntaḥ tasmin samaye śakro devendrāś caturo devaputrān mātur ārakṣakān sthāpayaty asihastān, prāsahastāṃś chaktihastān tomarahastān, mā kaścid bodhisatvaṃ viheṭayiṣyati manuṣyo vā amanuṣyo veti; dharmatā khalu yasmin samaye bodhisatvo mātuḥ kukṣāv asthāt kośogata evāsthād amrakṣito garbhamalena, juvramalena, rudhiramalena, anyatamānyatamena vāśucinā viprakṛtena; tadyathā maṇiratnaṃ kāśikaratne upakṣiptaṃ naiva maṇiratnaṃ kāśīkaratnena lipyate, nāpi kāśikaratnaṃ maṇiratnena; evam eva yasmin samaye bodhisatvo mātuḥ kukṣāv asthāt kośogata evāsthād amrakṣito garbhamalena, juvramalena, rudhiramalena anyatamānyatamena vā aśucinā viprakṛtena; tadyathā maṇiratnaṃ; dharmatā khalu yasmin samaye bodhisatvo bhagavān mātuḥ kukṣāv asthāt tam enaṃ tasmin sasmaye mātā sarvam antaḥkukṣigataṃ paripūrṇaṃ paśyati; tadyathā maṇir aṣṭāṅgo vaiḍūryaḥ śubhro jātimān accho viprasanno 'nāvilaḥ pañcaraṅgike sūtre 'rpitaḥ syāt; tadythā nīle pīte lohite 'vadāte māñjiṣṭhe; taṃ cakṣuṣmān puruṣo dṛṣṭvā jānīyād idaṃ sūtram ayaṃ maṇiḥ; sūtre maṇir arpitaḥ; evam eva bodhisatvo yasmin samaye mātuḥ kukṣāv asthāt tam enaṃ tasmin samaye mātā sarvam antaḥkukṣigataṃ paripūrṇaṃ paśyati; dharmatā khalu yasmin samaye bodhisatvo bhagavān mātuḥ kukṣāv asthān nāsya tasmin samaye mātā śrāntakāyā vā 'bhūt klāntakāyā vā yaduta bodhisatvaṃ dhārayantī; dharmatā khalu yasmin samaye bodhisatvo bhagavān ( SBV I 43 ) mātuḥ kukṣāv asthāt tasmin samaye mātā yāvajjīvaṃ pañcavratapadāni samādattavatī; yāvajjīvaṃ prāṇātipātaṃ prahāyā prāṇātipātāt prativiratā; adattādānam, ahrahmacaryaṃ, mṛṣāvādaṃ surāmaireyamadyapramādasthānāṃ prahāya surāmaireyamadyapramādasthānāt prativiratā;
prāṇān ahantī nādattam ādadau; mṛṣā nāvocat; na madyalolupā 'bhūt;
abrahmacaryād viratā ca maithunāt siddhārthamātā; iyam atra dharmatā;
dharmatā khalu yasmin samaye bodhisatvo bhagavān mātuḥ kukṣāv asthān nāsya mātā tasmin samaye puruṣeṣu mānasaṃ nibaddhavatī yaduta kāmopasaṃhitam;
na rajyate kleśeṣu; na cāsyāḥ kāmahetoḥ paridahyate manaḥ;
na cāsya mātā puruṣeṣu mānasaṃ badhnāti kāmaguṇopasaṃhitam
Pains of childbirth

atha mahāmāyāyā dohada utpannaḥ aho batāhaṃ caturbhyo mahāsmudrebhyaḥ pānīyaṃ pibeyam iti; tayā rajñe śuddhodanāyārocitam; rājñā śuddhodanena naimittikānāṃ niveditam; kimarthaṃ devyā ayam evaṃrūpo dohada utpannaḥ; naimittikair vyākṛtaṃ: deva devī kumārāṃ janayiṣyati; dvātriṃśatā mahāpuruṣaṇaiḥ samalaṅkṛtamūrtiḥ pravrajitvā sakalaṃ jñeyārṇavaṃ pāsyati; rājñābhihitam; yady asyāḥ mahāsamudrāt pānīyaṃ <na> dīyate, kiṃ tat syāt; vyaṅgaṃ putraṃ janayet; rājñābhihitaṃ: mama tāvat śuddhodanasyāvikalāṅgaḥ putro bhaviṣyatīti; tena khalu samayena kapilavastuni raktākṣo nāma parivrājakas tiṣṭhati indrajāle kṛtāvī; rājñā tasyāhūya niveditam; tena tasyā upariprāsādatalagatāyā yāvac caturo mahāsamudrān darśayitvā pānīyaṃ dattam; tasyā yo dohada utpannaḥ sa ( SBV I 44 ) prativigataḥ; punar apy asyā dohada utpannaḥ aho bata sarvabandhanamokṣaḥ kriyeteti; rājñā sarvabandhanamokṣaḥ kṛta iti tasyā yo dohada utpannaḥ sa prativigataḥ; punar apy asyā dohada utpannaḥ aho bata dānāni dīyeran puṇyāni kriyerann iti; rājñā dānāni dattāni puṇyāni kṛtāni; tasyā yo dohada utpannaḥ sa prativigataḥ; punar apy asyā dohada utpannaḥ; aho batāham udyānāni paśyeyam iti; rājñā udyānāni darśitāni; tasyā yo dohada utpannaḥ sa prativigataḥ; punar apy asyā dohada utpannaḥ aho batāham udyāne tiṣṭheyam iti; rājñaḥ suprabuddhasya lumbinī nāmodyānam; tasya śuddhodanena rājñā sandiṣṭaṃ duhitā te udyānaṃ nirgantukāmā; udyānaṃ śodhayeti; tena pauruṣeyāṇāṃ ājñā dattā, bhavanta udyānaṃ śodhayateti; tair udyānaṃ śodhitam; tataḥ sā paricārikāsahīyā nirgatā; tatas tayā luṃbinīvane vicarantyā sapuṣpitaḥ aśokapādapo dṛṣṭaḥ; sā tam avalokyāvasthitā prasavitukāmā
The birth of the Buddha and the accompanying wonders
śakro ( A 363b ) devendraḥ saṃlakṣayati: bodhisatvamātā hrīmatī; na śaknoti mahājanaparivṛtā prasavitum; upāyasaṃvidhānaṃ kartavyam iti; tena tumulaṃ vātavarṣaṃ nirmitam; tenāsau mahājanakāyaḥ samantād vidrutaḥ; tataḥ śakro devendraḥ vṛddhadhātrīvarṇam ātmānām abhinirmāya mahāmāyāyāḥ purastād avasthitaḥ sā prasavitum ārabdhā; bodhisatvo nirgacchaṃś chakreṇājinaśāṭikāyāṃ pratigṛhītaḥ; sa garbhavāsapariklāntaḥ; atha bodhisatvasyaitad abhavat: madaprāpto 'yaṃ śakro bhaviṣyati mayā bodhisatvaḥ pratīcchita iti; viditvā vajraśarīram ātmānam adhiṣṭhitaḥ; śakro devendraḥ kaṃpayitum ārabdho bodhisatvenābhihitaḥ; muñca muñca kauśika apaihi purastād iti; ( SBV I 45 ) <dharmatā khalu>, yasmin samaye bodhisatvo bhagavān jātaḥ tasmin samaye mahāpṛthivīcālo 'bhūt; pūrvavad yāvad anye 'pīha bhavantaḥ satvā upapannā anye 'pīha bhavantaḥ satvā upapannā iti; dharmatā khalu yasmin samaye bodhisatvo bhagavān mātuḥ kukṣer niṣkrāntaḥ kośogata ivāsir niṣkrāntaḥ amrakṣito garbhamalena juvramalena rudhiramalenānyatamānyatamena vā aśucinā viprakṛtena; dharmatā khalu yasmin samaye bodhisatvo bhagavān mātuḥ kukṣer niṣkrānto nāsya tasmin samaye mātā niṣaṇṇā vā 'bhūn nipannā vā; sthitaiva sā kṣatriyī kṣatriyaṃ prasūtā; dharmatā khalu sāṃpratajāto bodhisatvaḥ saptapadāni prakrāntaḥ parigṛhīto na kenacit; caturdiṣaṃ ca vyavalokayati; vācaṃ ca bhāṣate, iyaṃ pūrvā dik pūrvaṃgamo bhaviṣyāmi nirvāṇāya, iyaṃ dakṣiṇā dakṣiṇīyo bhaviṣyāmi kṛtsnasya <jagataḥ, iyaṃ paścimā dik, mama paścimaṃ janma bhaviṣyati; iyam uttarā dik, bhavasaṃsārād utttariṣyāmi iti; tasya śirasi upari devāḥ śvetaṃ ca chatraṃ maṇidaṇḍakaṃ ca cāmaraṃ ca dhārayanti; dharmatā khalu sāṃpratajātasya bodhisatvasya dve vāridhāre 'ntarikṣāt prādurbhavata ekā śitā ekā uṣṇā ye bodhisatvaṃ snāpitavatye>; dharmatā khalu sāṃpratajātasya bodhisatvasya mātur janayitryāḥ purastān mahad udapānaṃ prādurbhūtaṃ vāriniṣyandi; yato 'sya mātā udakenodakakāryam akārṣīt; dharmatā khalu sāṃpratajātasya bodhisatvasya devatā antarikṣāt divyāny utpalāni kṣipanti; padmāni, kumudāni, puṇḍarīkāny agarucūrṇāni, tagaracūrṇāni; candanacūrṇāni, tamālapatracūrṇāni, ( SBV I 46 ) divyāni ca māndāravāṇi puṣpāṇi kṣipanti; divyāni ca vādyāni pravādayanti

antaroddānām
utpādakośasthitiḥ sapta padāni dve vāridhāre, udapānaṃ devatā
yadā śākyamunir bodhisatvo jātaḥ tadā caturṇāṃ rājñāṃ putrā jātāḥ, śrāvastyām arāḍabrahmadattasya putro jātaḥ; arāḍabrahmadattasyaitad abhavat: mama putrasya janmani prasannaḥ prasanna iva janapadaḥ khyāti; tasmād bhavatv asya prasenajit iti nāma, rājagṛhe nagare mahāpadmasya rājñaḥ putro jātaḥ; tasyaitad abhavat mama putrasya janmani ādityabimbenevodayatā loko 'vabhāsitaḥ; bimbāyāś ca putraḥ; bhavatv asya bimbisāra iti nāma; kauśāṃbyāṃ śatānīkasya rājñaḥ putro jātaḥ; tasyaitad abhavat: mama putrasya janmani ( A 364a ) ādityenevodayatā loko 'vabhāsitaḥ; bhavatv asyodayana iti nāma; ujjayanyāṃ nagaryām anantanemino rājñaḥ putro jātaḥ; anantanemino rājña etad abhavat mama putrasya janmani pradyoteneva loko 'vabhāsitaḥ; bhavatv asya pradyota iti nāma; tac ca naivam; api sarvaṃ tad bodhisatvānubhāvāt.
Asita, Nālada and the yakṣa Śākyavardhana
kiṣkindhe parvate asito nāma riṣiḥ prativasati saṃvartanīyakuśalo vivartanīyakuśalaś ca tasya nālado nāma bhāgineyaḥ; sa tasya kālena kālaṃ saṃvartanīyavivartanīyaṃ kathayati; sa tasya sakāśe pravrajitaḥ; bodhisatvasya ( SBV I 47 ) bhagavato janmani sarvaloka udāreṇāvabhāsena sphuṭo 'bhūt; tena khalu samayena nālado guhāṃ praviśya dhyāyati; sa tam avabhāsaṃ dṛṣṭvā asitam uvāca; upādhyāya upādhyāya
utpadyante hi kiṃ sarve yugapat bhāskarā iha /
tathā hi saguhā śailā dīptā iva gabhastibhiḥ //
asitas tv abravīt tīkṣṇā bhanoḥ śītā tv iyaṃ prabhā /
tad asmin praviśaty ābhir nūnam eṣā muniprabhā //
niṣkrāmati dhruvaṃ kukṣeḥ bodhisatvo mahādyutiḥ /
iyaṃ niṣkrāmatas tasya māhāsatvasya nirmalā /
prabhā kāñcanasaṅkāśā lokeṣu visṛtā triṣu //
nāladaḥ kathayati: upādhyāya gacchāmo bodhisatvaṃ paśyāmaḥ; sa kathayati: vatsa idānīṃ bodhisatvo maheśākhyamaheśākhyābhir devatābhir ākīrṇo viharati; sthānam etad vidyate yad vayam avakāśaṃ na lapsyāmahe; yadā bhagavān kapilavastu praveśito bhavati, nāma cāsya vyavasthāpitam, tadā vayaṃ darśanāyopasaṅkramiśyāma iti; yam eva divasaṃ bodhisatvo bhagavān jātaḥ tam eva divasaṃ rājñaḥ śuddhodanasya chandakapramukhāni pañcopasthāyakaśatāni jātāni; cchandikāpramukhāni pañcopasthāyikaśatāni <jātāni>; pañcahastinīśatāni prasūtāni; pañcavaḍavāśatāni pañcabhir nidhiśatair mukhāny upadarśitāni; prātisīmaiś ca koṭṭarājabhiḥ karapratyayā upanibaddhāḥ
Names of the bodhisatva
amātyai rājñe śuddhodanāya yathāvṛttaṃ samākhyātam; rājā saṃlakṣayati: mama putrasya janmani sarvārthāḥ sarvakarmāntāś ca paripūrṇāḥ; bhavatu kumārasya sarvārthasiddha iti nāma; tatra bodhisatvasyedaṃ prathamaṃ nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpitaṃ yaduta sarvārthasiddha ( SBV I 48 ) iti; kapilavastuni nagare śākyavardhano nāma yakṣo naivāsikaḥ; ācaritaṃ śākyānāṃ, yasya kasyacit chākyasya putro vā jāte duhitā vā sa śākyavardhanasya pādābhivandako nīyate; rājñā pauruṣeyāṇām ājñā dattā: gacchata bhavantaḥ kumāraṃ śākyavardhanasya yakṣasya pādayor nipatya pātayata iti; evaṃ deva ity amātyā rājñāḥ śuddhodanasya pratiśrutya, bodhisatvaṃ catūratnamayāṃ śibikām āropya kapilavastunagaraṃ praveśayitum ārabdhāḥ; kāpilavāstavāḥ śākyāś caṇḍā rabhasāḥ karkaśāḥ sāhasikāś ca; te bodhisatvasya praviśato munaya iva sthitāḥ; rājā śuddhodanaḥ saṃlakṣayati: ime kāpilavāstavāḥ ( A 364b ) śākyāś caṇḍā rabhasāḥ karkaśāś ca kumārāsya praviśato munaya ivāvasthitāḥ; bhavatu kumārasya śākyamunir iti nāmeti; tatra bohisatvasya dvitīyaṃ nāma vyavasthāpitaṃ yaduta śākyamunir iti; bodhisatvaḥ śāyavardhanasya yakṣaya bhavanasasmīpaṃ nītaḥ; adrākṣīc chākyavardhano yakṣo bodhisatvaṃ bhavanasamīpam āgataṃ; dṛṣṭvā ca punar bhavanān nirgamya sarvakāyena bodhisatvasya pādayor nipatitaḥ; janakāyena rājñā śuddhodanāya niveditam: deva śākyavardhana eva yakṣo bodhisatvasya pādayor nipatitaḥ iti; śrutvā ca rājā kathayati: bhavanto devā api kumārasya pādayor nipatanti; devānām apy ayaṃ devaḥ; tasmāt bhavatu kumārasya devātideva iti nāma iti; tatra bodhisatvasya tṛtīyaṃ nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpitaṃ yaduta devātideva iti; sāṃpratajāto bodhisatvaḥ mātāpitṛbhyāṃ dhātryai dattaḥ: ayaṃ te dhātri kumāraḥ kālena kālam udvartayitavyaḥ, kālena kālaṃ snapayitavyaḥ, kālena kālaṃ bhojayitavyaḥ, kālena kālaṃ samyak sukhena parihartavyaḥ iti; tam enaṃ dhātrī āttamanāttamanā ubhābhyāṃ pāṇibhyāṃ pratigṛhya, kālena kālam udvartayati, kālena kālaṃ snapayati, kālena kālaṃ bhojayati, kālena kālam samyak sukhena pariharati; apīdānīṃ ye gandhāḥ sumanojñarūpāḥ tair vilipya, sarvālaṅkārair alaṅkṛtaṃ pituḥ śuddhodanasyānuprayacchati; tam enaṃ rājā śuddhodano gṛhītvā, aṅke niṣādya, punaḥ punaḥ prekṣate harṣajātaḥ ( SBV I 49 )
Predictions of the naimittikas
dharmatā khalu sāṃpratajātaṃ bodhisatvaṃ mātāpitarau brāhmaṇānāṃ, naimittikānām, vipañcanakānām copadarśayataḥ: kaccid bhavantaḥ samanvāgataḥ kumāro dvātriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ? yaiḥ samanvāgatasya mahāpuruṣasya ( A 365a ?) dve gatī bhavato, nānyā; saced gṛhī agāram adhyāvasati, rājā bhavati cakravartī, cāturantāṃ vijetā, dhārmiko, dharmarājaḥ saptaratnasamanvāgataḥ; tasyemāny evaṃrūpāṇi sapta ratnāni bhavanti; tadyathā (1) cakraratnam, (2) hastiratnam, (3) aśvaratnam, (4) maṇiratnam, (5) strīratnam, (6) gṛhapatiratnam, (7) pariṇāyakaratnam eva saptamam; pūrṇaṃ cāsya bhavati sahasraṃ putrāṇāṃ śūrāṇāṃ vīrāṇāṃ varāṅgarūpiṇāṃ parasainyapramardakānām; sa imām eva samudraparyantāṃ mahāpṛthivīm akhilām akaṇṭakām anutpīḍām adaṇḍenāśastreṇa dharmeṇa samenābhinirjityādhyāvatsyati; sacet keśaśmaśrv avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayā agārād anagārikāṃ pravrajati tathāgato bhavaty arhan saṃyaksaṃbuddho vighuṣṭaśabdo loka iti; tathyaṃ deva samanvāgataḥ kumāro dvātriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇāiḥ; yaiḥ samanvāgatasya mahāpuruṣasya dve gatī bhavato nānyā; sacet gṛhī agāram adhyāvasati, rājā bhavati cakravarti, cāturantāṃ vijetā, dhārmiko dharmarājāḥ pūrvavad yāvat tathāgato bhavaty arhan samyakasṃbuddho vighuṣṭaśabdo loke
Lakṣaṇas of a mahāpuruṣa

katamāni tāni bhavanto dvātriṃśat mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇāni? yaiḥ samanvāgatasya mahāpuruṣasya dve gatī bhavato nānyā; pūrvavad yāvad vighuṣṭaśabdo loke ( SBV I 50 ) (1) supratiṣṭhitapādo deva kumāraḥ; apīdānīṃ supratiṣṭhitatvāt pādayoḥ samam ākramate mahīm; idaṃ kumārasya mahāpuruṣasya mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇam; (2) adhastāc cāsya pādatalayoḥ cakre jāte sahasrāre, sanābhike sanemike, sarvākāraparipūrṇe; idaṃ deva kumārasya mahāpuruṣasya mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇam; (3) dīrghāṅgulir deva kumāraḥ (4) āyatapādpārṣṇir (5) mṛdutaruṇapāṇipādaḥ; mṛdukam asya pāṇipādaṃ tadyathā tūlapicur vā karpāsapicur vā; idaṃ deva kumārasya mahāpuruṣasya mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇam; (6) jālinīpāṇipādo deva kumāraḥ; jāliny asya hastayoś ca pādayoś ca, tadyathā abhijātasya haṃsarājasya; idaṃ deva kumārasya mahāpuruṣasya mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇam; (7) ucchāṅkhacāro deva kumāraḥ; (8) eṇījaṅghaḥ; (9) anavanatakāyaḥ anavanamanena kāyena ubhau jānumaṇḍalāv āmārṣṭi parāmārṣṭi; idaṃ deva kumārasya mahāpuruṣasya mahāpuruṣaṇam; (10) kośogatavastiguhyo deva kumāraḥ; kośogatavastiguhyaṃ tadyathā abhijātasya hastyājāneyasya vā aśvājāneyasya vā; ideṃ deva kumārasya mahāpuruṣasya mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇam; (11) nyagrodhaparimaṇḍalo deva kumāraḥ; yāvān kāyena tāvān vyāmena, yāvān vyāmena tāvān kāyena; idaṃ deva kumārasya mahāpuruṣasya mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇam; (12) ūrdhvāṅgaromo deva kumāraḥ; (13) ekaikaromaḥ; ekaikam asya roma kāye jātaṃ nīlam, kuṇḍalajātakāṃ pradakṣiṇāvartam; idaṃ deva kumārasya mahāpuruṣasya mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇam; (14) suvarṇavarṇasaṅkāśo deva kumāraḥ; vyāmaprabhaḥ kāñcanasannibhas tvak; (15) sūkṣmacchaviḥ; apīdānīṃ sūkṣmatvāc cchave rajomalam asya kāye na santiṣṭhate; idaṃ deva kumārasya mahāpuruṣasya mahāpuruṣlakṣaṇam; (16) saptotsadakāyo deva kumāraḥ; saptotsadāḥ kāye jātāḥ; dvau hastayor dvau pādayor dvāu aṃsayor ekaṃ grīvāyām; idaṃ deva kumārasya mahāpuruṣasya mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇam; ( SBV I 51 ) (17) citāntarāṃso deva kumāraḥ, (18) siṃhapūrvārdhakṛyo (19) bṛhadṛjugātrāḥ, (20) susaṃvṛtaskandhaḥ, (21) catvāriṃśaddantaḥ, (22) samadantaḥ (23) aviraladantaḥ, (24) śukladaṃṣṭraḥ, (25) simhahanū (26) rasarasāgraprāptaḥ; idaṃ deva kumārasya mahāpuruṣasya mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇam; (27) prabhūtatanujihvo deva kumāraḥ; apīdānīṃ pradhūtatvāt tanutvāc ca jihvāyā mukhāj jihvāṃ nirṇamayya sarvaṃ mukhamaṇḍalaṃ chādayati yāvat keśaparyantam upādāya; idaṃ deva kumārasya mahāpuruṣasya mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇam; (28) brahmasvaro deva kumāraḥ, kalaviṅkamanojñabhāṇī dundubhisvaranirghoṣaḥ; idaṃ deva kumārasya mahāpuruṣasya mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇam; (29) abhinīlanetro deva kumāraḥ, (30) gopakṣmā; (31) uṣṇīṣaśirāḥ; (32) ūrṇā cāsya bhruvor mādhye jātā śvetā śaṅkhanibhā pradakṣiṇāvartā; idaṃ deva kumārasya mahāpuruṣasya mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇam; imāni tāni ( A 365b ) deva kumārasya mahāpuruṣasya mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇāni, yaiḥ samanvāgatasya dve gatī bhavato nānyā; pūrvavad yāvad vighuṣṭaśabdo loke; yadi ca kumāro na pravrajiṣyati rājā bhaviṣyati cakravartī
Beauty and other qualities of the bodhisatva
dharmatā khalu saptāhajātasya śākyamuner bodhisatvasya mātā janayitrī kālagatā; samanantarakālagatā praṇīte trayastriṃśaddevanikāye upapannā; dharmatā khalu śākyamunir bodhisatva abhirūpo darśanīyaḥ prāsādikaḥ; atikrānto mānuṣavarṇam asaṃprāptaś ca divyaṃ varṇaṃ; apīdānīm narāś ca nāryaś ca nirīkṣamāṇās tṛptiṃ na gacchanti; mudaṃ labhante; tadyathā jāṃbūnadamayī suvarṇaniṣkā karmāraparimṛṣṭā ahate pāṇḍukambala upanikṣiptā atyarthaṃ bhāsate tapati virocate; evam eva śākyamunir bodhisatva abhirūpo darśanīyaḥ prāsādikaḥ atikrānto mānuṣaṃ varṇaṃ asaṃprāptaś ca divyaṃ varṇaṃ; dharmatā khalu śākyamunir bodhisatvo mahājanakāyasya priyaś cābhūn manāpaś ca; apīdānīṃ mahājanakāyam ( SBV I 52 ) aṃsenāṃsaṃ samparivartayati, tadyathā śāradakaṃ padmaṃ mahājanakāyasya priyaṃ ca manāpaṃ ca; apīdānīṃ mahājanakāyas tat pāṇinā pāṇiṃ saṃvārayati; evaṃ pūrvavat
antaroddānam:
animiṣavipākadharmaś ca valgusvaraś ca paṇḍita udyānam //
dharmatā khalu sāṃpratajāto bodhisatva animiṣaṇ; rūpāṇi paśyan nāsau nimiṣati; tadyathā devās trayastriṃśāḥ; dharmatā khalu sāṃpratajāto bodhisatva pūrvakarmavipākajena divyena cakṣuṣā samanvāgato yenāsu paśyati divā ca rātrau ca samantayojanaṃ; dharmatā khalu sāṃpratajāto bodhisatva valgusvaraś cābhūn madhurasvaraś ca manojñasvaraś ca; tadyathā haimavataḥ śakunako valgusvaraś ca madhurasvaraś ca manojñasvaraś ca; evam eva sāṃpratajāto bodhisatvo valgusvaraś cābhūn madhurasvaraś ca manojñasvaraś ca; dharmatā khalu sāṃpratatajāto bodhisatvaḥ paṇḍito 'bhūd vyakto medhāvī tantropamikayā mīmāṃsikyā prajñayā samanvāgataḥ; apīdānīṃ rājñaś ca śuddhodanasyārthādhikaraṇena niṣadya gaṃbhīram arthapadavyañjanaṃ prajñayā pratividhyati
The arrival of Asita and Nālada
tato nāladaḥ kathayati: upādhyāya bodhisatvaḥ kapilavastuni praveśitaḥ; nāmatrayaṃ ca vyavasthāpitam; idānīṃ gacchāmo bodhisatvaṃ darśanāya iti; sa kathayati; evaṃ kurmaḥ; tau saṃprasthitau; bodhhisatvānubhāvād ṛddheḥ parihīṇau; padbhyām eva kapilavastunagaraṃ praviśya rājñaḥ śuddhodanasya gṛhadvāraṃ gatau; tata asitariṣir dauvārikaṃ puruṣaṃ āmantrayate: gaccha bhoḥ puruṣa rajñaḥ śuddhodanasya gatvā kathaya, asitariṣir dvāri tiṣṭhati, devaṃ draṣṭukāma iti; tena praviśya ( SBV I 53 ) rājñe niveditam; rājā kathayati, praviśatu ko bhavantam asitaṃ vārayati; sa praviṣṭaḥ; rājñā śuddhodanena satkārapurassaram arghapādyena pūjitaḥ āsane datte niṣaṇṇaḥ; rājñā śuddhodanena kathālāpena pratisaṃmodyābhihito: maharṣe kim āgamanaprayojitam ( A 366a ); sa kathayati: mahārāja tava putradarśanāya vayam ihāgatāḥ, lokajyeṣṭhasya vināyakasya muner darśanāya; yady evaṃ muhūrtaṃ tāvad udīkṣasva, suptaḥ kumāro yāvat pratibuddhyata iti; sa kathayati suptam eva paśyāmi; evaṃ kuru; sa paśyati; yāvad bodhisatva animiṣaḥ; rūpāṇi paśyati na nimisān; sa gāthāṃ bhāṣate
hayānām iva jātyānām ardharātrāvaśāyinām /
nāhitakāryānāṃ nidrā ciraṃ netreṣu tiṣṭhati // iti

tataḥ sāṃpratajāto bodhisatvo dhātryā aṅke gṛhītvā riṣer upanāmitaḥ; asitena riṣiṇā ubhābhyāṃ pāṇibhyāṃ pratigṛhītaḥ; muhūrtaṃ nirīkṣya kathayati: deva darśitaḥ kumāro brāhmaṇānāṃ naimittikānāṃ vipañcanakānām? rājā kathayati darśitaḥ; kim tair vyākṛtam? rājā bhaviṣyati cakravartī, pūrvavad yāvad vighuṣṭaśabdo loke; athāsitariṣir bodhisatvaṃ dṛṣṭvā gāthāṃ bhāṣate
bhraṣṭā matiḥ pārthiva tārkikāṇāṃ
yugāntakāle na hi cakravartī /
ayaṃ tu puṇyottamadharmakośo
buddho bhaviṣyaty abhijitya doṣān //
avyaktair bhavati hi lakṣaṇair narendro
dvīpānām adhipatir īśvaraś caturṇām /
suvyaktair bhavati hi lakṣaṇair munīndro
saṃbuddho naravara dharmacakravartī // iti ( SBV I 54 )
viditvā ātmana āyuḥprakarṣaṃ vyavalokayitum ārabdho bodhisatvasya cābhisaṃbodhiṃ yāvat; paśyati bodhisatva ekānnatriṃśatko vayasā gṛhān nirgamiṣyati; ṣaḍvarṣāṇi duṣkaraṃ cariṣyati; tato 'mṛtam adhigamiṣyati; ātmanaḥ paśyaty antaraiva kālakriyām; so 'sruparyākulekṣaṇo vyavasthitaḥ; rājā śuddhodano dṛṣṭvā santrastamatir gāthāṃ bhāṣate
narāś ca nāryaś ca hi yaṃ samīkṣya
tṛptiṃ na gacchanti mudaṃ labhante /

dṛṣṭveha taṃ prītikaraṃ śubhāṅgam
kasmāt sabāṣpaṃ vadanaṃ maharṣeḥ //
na me kumārasya bhayaṃ kutaścid
āyuḥkṣayo vā samupasthitaḥ syāt /
tat sādhu me kṣipram idaṃ vadasva
tavāśrupātena vikaṃpito 'smi //
asito 'pi ṛṣir gāthāṃ bhāṣate
asyopariṣṭād yadi vajravarṣaṃ
nabhaḥpramuktaṃ prapatet pracaṇḍam /
mahāmuner naikaśarīracālyam
apy ekakam kaṃpayituṃ samartham //
mahāgnayo vāyubalapraveritās
tīkṣṇāni śatrāṇi sudāruṇāni /
viṣaṃ ca ghorā uragāś ca tīkṣṇāḥ
kṣaṇaṃ naśeyuḥ patitāḥ kumāre //
bhayārditānām abhayapradātā
audaryabhūmiḥ karuṇāvihārī / ( SBV I 55 )
kṛtsnasya lokasya bhayaṃ sa hanti
bhayaṃ bhavet tasya kuto narendra //
sabrahmakāyasya divaukasādyāḥ
kurvanti rakṣāṃ satataṃ madātmanaḥ /
magātmanāṃ śreṣṭhatamasya loke
bhayaṃ bhavet tasya kuto narendra //
saṃprekṣya tu svāṃ nṛpate vipattiṃ
rodimy ahaṃ yena labhe na śāntiṃ /
ayaṃ sa satvottamadharmakośo
yo 'haṃ mariṣyāmy anavāptakāryaḥ //
te dhanyapuṇyāś ca gatajvarāś ca
ye dharmaṃ asyāpratimānasya /
śroṣyanti dharmaṃ vadatāṃ varasya
śrutvā ca yāsyanti parāṃ praśāntim //
Asita's departure
asitarṣiḥ kliṣṭasantānaḥ saṃlakṣayti: ahaṃ bodhiṣatvasyānubhāvād ṛddheḥ parihīṇaḥ; sayadi padbhyāṃ gamiṣyāmi ( A 366b ) mahājanakāyo māṃ pratarkayiṣyati rājā ca ; iti viditvā kathayati: deva tavāyaṃ dīrgharātram āśāsakaḥ, aho batāsitarṣiḥ, padbhyām eva kapilavastu praviśed iti; so 'haṃ padhbhyām kapilavastu praviṣṭaḥ; idānīṃ padbhyām eva niṣkramiṣyāmi; tvaṃ mārgaśobhāṃ ca kārayeti; rājñā śuddhodanena amātyānām ājñā dattā: gacchata bhavanto nagaraśobhāṃ mārgaśobhāṃ ca kārayata rathyāvīthīcatvaraśṛṅgāṭakeṣu ghaṇṭāvaghoṣaṇām; asitiriṣiḥ padbhyāṃ kapilavastuno nagarān niṣkrāmati; yad vaḥ kṛtyaṃ vā karaṇīyaṃ vā tat kurudhvam iti; evaṃ devety amātyaiḥ rājñaḥ pratiśrutya kapilavastunagaram apagataśarkarakaṭhallaṃ ( SBV I 56 ) vyavasthāpitam, candanavāripariṣiktam surabhidhūpaghaṭikopanibaddham āmuktapallavadāmakalāpam, ucchritadhvajapatākaṃ; rathyāvīthīcatvaraśṛṅgāṭakesu ghaṇtāvaghoṣaṇaṃ kāritam: śṛṇvantu bhavantaḥ kapilavāstavāḥ śākyāḥ asitarṣiḥ kapilavastuno nagarān niṣkrāmati; yad vaḥ kṛtyaṃ vā karaṇīyaṃ vā tat kurudhvam iti; tato 'sau kliṣṭabuddhiḥ kṛtopacārī rājñā śuddhodanenāmātyagaṇaparivṛtenānekaiś ca kāpilavāstavair brāhmaṇagṛhapatibhir anugamyamāno madhyamadhyena nagarasya parayā vibhūtyā kapilavastuno niṣkrāntaḥ; rājānaṃ nivartya yatheṣṭagatipracāratayā saṃprasthito 'nupūrveṇa kiṣkindhaṃ parvatam anuprāptaḥ; sa tam adhiruhya itaś cāmutaś ca paribhraman yathābhipretasthānasamanveṣaṇayā anyatamasmin pradeśe niṣaṇṇaḥ; tatas tena mārgaśramaṃ prativinodya dhyānāny utpāditāni; ṛddhiś cābhinirhṛtā; yāvad apareṇa samayena asitariṣir glānaḥ saṃvṛttaḥ; sa upasthīyate mūlagandhapatrapuṣpaphalabhaiṣajyaiḥ; tathāpy asau hīyata eva; tato 'sya nāladaḥ śarīrāvasthāṃ paricchidya kathayati: upādhyāya yatkiṃcid vayaṃ pravrajitās tat sarvam amṛtārthino mṛtagaveṣiṇaḥ; saced upādhyāyenāmṛtam adhigatam asmākam apu amṛtena saṃvibhāgaṃ karotv iti; sa kathayati: māṇava aham api yatkiṃcit pravrajitaḥ sarvaṃ tad amṛtārthī amṛtagaveṣi; na ca mayāmṛtam adhigatam; api tu ya eṣa śākyānāṃ kumāra utpanna eṣo 'mṛtam adhigamiṣyati; amṛtena jagat santarpayiṣyati; tasyāntike pravraja; pravrajya ca tena <na> jātivādaḥ kartavyo na gotravādo na māṇavakavādaḥ; kevalaṃ tu pravrajya brahmacaryaṃ caritavyam; amṛtādhigame codyogaḥ karaṇīyaḥ; tatas te amṛtaṃ bhaviṣyati; iti viditvā gāthāṃ bhāṣate
prācīnān eva seva tvam anveṣāṇas tathāgatam /
durlabhaṃ darśanaṃ bhavati saṃbuddhānāṃ yaśasvinām //
ity uktvā
sarve kṣayāntā nicayāḥ patanāntāḥ samucchrayāḥ /
saṃyogā viprayogāntā maraṇāntaṃ hi jīvitam // ( SBV I 57 )
ity uktvā kāladharmeṇa saṃyuktaḥ; tato nāladas tasya śarīre śarīrapūjāṃ kṛtvā ( A 367a ) vārāṇasīṃ gatvāvasthitaḥ; sa tatra pañcamāṇavakaśatāni brāhmaṇakān mantrān vācayati; nāladaḥ kātyāyano gotreṇa; tasya kātyāyanaḥ kātyāyana iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā; so 'bhisambuddhabodher bhagavataḥ sakāśam upasaṅkramiṣyati; taṃ bhagavān kātyāyanāvavādenāvabodhya saṃsārakāntārād uttārya atyantaniṣṭhe yogakṣeme nirvāṇe pratiṣṭhāpayiṣyati; tasya mahākātyāyano mahākātyāyana iti saṃjñā bhaviṣyati
Siddhārtha, the Nāgasahasrabala

athāpareṇa samayena śākyamunir bodhisatvo dhātryaṃsagataḥ suvarṇapātryāṃ śālimāsaudanaṃ bhuṅkte; sa prabhūtaṃ bhuṅkte; nāvatiṣṭhata iti dhātrī ācchettum ārabdhā; na śaknoty ācchettum; tayā rājñe śuddhodanayā ārocitam; rājā antaḥpurasahīya ācchettum ārabdhaḥ; so 'pi na śaknoti; tato rājñā amātyāḥ kapilavāstavāś ca janakāyāḥ prayukṭāḥ; te 'pi na śaknuvanty ācchettum; tataḥ pañcahastiśatāni yoktritāni; bodhisatvaḥ saṃlakṣayati: mā mameti balaṃ paṃsayiṣyanti; yanv aham kuṭilāṅgulikayā pātrīṃ vidhārayeyam iti; tena kuṭilāṅgulikayā suvarṇapātrī ākṛṣṭā; tāni ca pañcaśatāni pṛṣṭhatomukhāni ākṛṣṭāni, na tu taiḥ suvarṇapātrī ākṛṣṭā; rājā śuddhodanaḥ saṃlakṣayati: bodhisatvena vāmena pāṇinā pañcahastiśatāny ākṛṣṭāni; niyatam ubhābhyāṃ pāṇibhyāṃ nāgasahasram ākrakṣyati; tasmād bhavatu kumārasya nāgasahasrabala iti nāmeti
antaroddānam
dārakā krīḍanakā caiva vidyā prāsāda eva ca /
haṃso yuddhaṃ sārakalyānī yuddham antaḥpureṇa ca // ( SBV I 58 )
Siddhārtha's performances
dharmatā khalu śākyamunir bodhisatvaḥ pañcaśataparivāraḥ kṛmivarmaṇo lipyācāryasya lipiṃ śikṣaṇāyopanyastaḥ; kṛmivarmaṇā lipyācāryeṇa bodhisatvasya lipir likhitvā dattā; bodhisatvaḥ kathayati jānāmy aham enām iti; tatas tena dvitiyā tṛtīyā; evaṃ yāvat pañcalipiśatāni likhitvā dattāni; bodhisatvaḥ kathayati: etām apy ahaṃ jāne anyāṃ kathayeti; kṛmivarmā kathayati: etāvatyo loke lipayaḥ pracaranti, nāham anyāṃ jāne iti; tato bodhisatvena svayam eva lipir likhitvā kṛmivarmaṇo dattā; uktaś ca kathaya kiṃnāmeyaṃ lipir iti; sa kathayati na jānāmīti; bodhisatvaḥ kathayati: dvayor loke pradurbhāvād iyaṃ lipiḥ prajñāyate, bodhisatvasya cakravartino vā iti; gaganatalasthena brahmaṇābhihitam: evam etat kṛmivarman yathā bodhisatvaḥ kathayati; dvayor eva loke prādurbhāvād iyaṃ lipiḥ prajñāyate, bodhisatvasya cakravartino vā iti; bodhisatveneyaṃ lipir brahmasvareṇa vācitā; brahmaṇā ca gaganatalasthena sākṣyaṃ dattam; brāhmī lipir brāhmī lipir iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā; yadā bodhisatvo lipyāḥ pāraṃ gataḥ bhāddālināma bodhisatvasya mātulas tena hastigrīvāyaṃ śikṣāyāṃ śikṣitaḥ; sahadevo nāma iṣvastrācāryaḥ; tena pañcaśataparivāraḥ cchedyaṃ śikṣayitum ārabdhaḥ; bhāddālinā sahadeva ucyate: bodhisatvaḥ kāruṇikaḥ ( A 367b ) sarvāś śikṣāś śikṣayitavyaḥ; evam anye kumārāh; ayaṃ devadattaḥ krūrakarmā; asya marmavedho na vyapadeṣṭavyaḥ mā sarvalokaṃ vyāpādayiṣyatīti; yadā bodhisatvaḥ sarvaśikṣāsu śikṣitaḥ, pañcasu sthāneṣu kṛtāvī saṃvṛttaḥ, dūravedhe, śabdavedhe, marmavedhe, akṣūṇavedhe, dṛḍhaprahāritāyāṃ ca, sāmantakena śabdo visṛtaḥ śākyānāṃ kumāra utpannaḥ pūrvavad yāvad vighuṣṭaśabdo loka iti; tena khalu samayena vaiśālair licchavibhir lakṣaṇasaṃpanno hastī labdhaḥ; te saṃlakṣayanti; rājñaḥ śuddhodanasya putro naimittikair vyākṛtaḥ rājā bhaviṣyati cakravartīti; tasyānubhāvād idaṃ hastiratnam ( SBV I 59 ) utpannam; gacchāmas tasyaiva upanāmayāma iti; te taṃ hastyalaṅkārair alaṅkṛtya mahatyā vibhūtyā saṃprasthitā anupūrveṇa kapilavastv anprāptāḥ; rājakuladvāre hastinaṃ sthāpayitvā sthitāḥ; daivāt krūrakarmā devadatto nirgataḥ; tenāsau hastināgas tathālaṅkāravibhūṣito dṛṣṭaḥ; yato 'sya mahatī īrṣyā samutpannā; īrṣyāṃarṣajātaḥ pṛcchati kasyāyaṃ hastināga iti; taiḥ samākhyātam; śākyamuniḥ kumāro naimittikaiś cakravartī vyākṛtaḥ; tasyedaṃ hastiratnaṃ vaiśālikena gaṇena preṣitam iti; devadattaḥ sutarāṃ sañjātāmarṣaḥ kathayati: yāvad asau cakravartī na bhavati tāvad yuṣmābhir asya hastiratnam upanītam ity uktvā talaprahāreṇāsau hastī jīvitād vyaparopitaḥ; yāvat tena pradeśena nando gacchati; tenāsau dṛṣṭaḥ; sa pṛcchati: bhavantaḥ śobhano 'yaṃ hastī kena praghātitaḥ; taiḥ samākhyātaṃ: devadattena; sa saṃlakṣayati: nūnam atra devadattena balaṃ jijñāsitam, <yannu vayam apy atra balaṃ jijñāsayemaḥ> iti kṛtvā pucche gṛhītvā ekānte sthāpito mā daurgandhyaṃ kariṣyatīti; yavat śākyamunir bodhisatvo nirgataḥ; tenāsau dṛṣṭaḥ; sa pṛcchati; kuto 'yaṃ hastī? tair yathāvṛttaṃ samākhyātam; kena praghātitaḥ? devadattena; na śobhanam; atithīnām atithipūjā kartavyā; kasmmin pradeśe praghātitaḥ? etasmin; kenāyam atrānītaḥ? nandena; saṃlakṣayati: nūnam atra tābhyāṃ balaṃ jijñāsitam; yanv aham apy atra balaṃ jijñāsyeyam iti viditvā pucche gṛhītvā upariṣṭāt prākārasya kṣiptaḥ sapta prākārān, sapta ca parikhā laṅghayitvā patitaḥ; tena patatā gartā kṛtā; hastigartā hastigartā iti ( SBV I 60 ) saṃjñā saṃvṛttā; tatra śrāddhair brāhmaṇagṛhapatibhiś caityaṃ pratiṣṭhāpitam; adyāpi caityavandakā bhikṣavo vandante; āha cātra
yo devadattena hato gajendro
nandena nītaś ca padāni sapta /
sa bodhisatvena kareṇa dūraṃ
kṣipto bahir loṣṭa ivāntarikṣe // iti //
kumārāḥ kathayanti: gacchāmaḥ; cchedyaṃ kurmaḥ iti te nirgatāḥ; śrutvā śākyamunir bodhisatvaḥ pañcāśataparivāraḥ cchedyaṃ kartuṃ nirgataḥ; kumārāḥ kalamacchedyaṃ kurvanti; taiś chinnāś chinnāḥ patanti; bodhisatvaḥ āḍhakacchedyaṃ karoti; tena chinnā na patanti; tathaivāvatiṣṭhante; kumārāḥ kathayanti; bhavantaḥ śākyamunir bodhisatvo balavān śrūyate, pañcasu sthāneṣu kṛtāvīti; tad ayaṃ chedyam api na jānāti kartum; na cāyam asmatto balavān; tathā hy asmābhiḥ pādapāś chinnās te sarve nipatitāḥ; anena tu ye chinnās te tathaivāvatiṣṭhanta iti; atha yā devatā śākyamunau bodhisatve abhiprasannā tasyā etad abhavat: ime śākyā bodhisatvabalam ajānantaḥ śilpe ca kṛtāvitāṃ bodhisatvasyāvajñāṃ kariṣyanti; balaṃ ca paṃsayiṣyanti; tad upāyasaṃvidhānaṃ kartavyam iti; tayā tādṛśaṃ vātam utsṛṣṭaṃ, yena sarve te vṛkṣāḥ karkarāyamāṇāḥ patitāḥ; dṛṣṭvā śākyāḥ paraṃ vismayam āpananāḥ; te vedhyaṃ kartum ārabdhāḥ; teṣāṃ tatra lohā lakṣyāḥ; sapta lohamayās tālā bherī <sūrī> ca <pratiṣṭhāpitāḥ>; devadattena padabandhaṃ kṛtvā nārācaḥ kṣiptaḥ; ekas tālo bhinnaḥ; nandena dvau; bodhisatvena nārācaḥ kṣiptaḥ; sapta tālā bherī sūrī ca bhinnāḥ; sa nārācaḥ pātālaṃ praviṣṭaḥ; nāgair uddḥṛtaḥ; pānīyaṃ prādurbhūtaṃ svādu; tan mahājanakāyaḥ pātum ārabdhaḥ; śrāddhair brāhmaṇagṛhapatibhis tatra caityaṃ pratiṣṭhāpitam; adyāpi caityavandakā bhikṣavo vandante ( SBV I 61 )
Śuddhodana's efforts
For SBV I 61.18-63.3 cf. also GBM 10.3348-3349

kumārā rathābhirūḍhāḥ kapilavastu praviśanti; naimittikāś ca nagarān niṣkrāmanti; taiḥ śākyamuniḥ kumāro rathābhiruḍhaḥ praviśan vyākṛtaḥ; yady ayaṃ dvādaśabhir varṣair na pravrajiṣyati, niyataṃ rājā bhaviṣyati cakravartīti; rājñā śuddhodanena śrutaṃ kumāro naimittikair vyākṛta iti; śrutvā punaḥ prītiprāmodyajataḥ śākyān sannipātya kathayati: śrutaṃ me bhavantaḥ kumāro naimittikair vyākṛtaḥ yadi dvādaśabhir varṣair na pravrajiṣyati, niyataṃ rājā bhaviṣyati cakravartīti; tad yadi kumāro dvādaśabhir varṣair na pravrajati rājā bhavati cakravartī; te vayaṃ gaganatalavicāriṇaś caturo dvīpān anusaṃyāsyāmaḥ; niveśo 'sya kriyatām; amātyāḥ kathayanti: deva kumāro 'narthikaḥ kāmair iti; rājā śuddhodanaḥ kathayati: sarvāḥ kanyāḥ kummārasyopadarśayāmaḥ; yāsyābhipretā bhaviṣyati, tām antaḥpuraṃ praveśayiṣyāmaḥ; apare kathayanti: deva dānābhiruciḥ kumāraḥ; kanyānām alaṅkāro dāpyatām; yāsya paritoṣaṃ janayiṣyati tām antaḥpuraṃ praveśayiṣyāma iti; rājā śuddhodanaḥ kathayaty evaṃ kriyatām; amātyair nānāprakārāṇāṃ ratnavicitrāṇām alaṅkārāṇāṃ rāśir upasthāpitaḥ; tato rājñā śuddhodanena gṛhaśobhāṃ nagaraśobhāṃ ca kārayitvā nakṣatratithimuhūrtair maṇḍape siṃhāsanaṃ prajñapya śākyamunikumāro niṣāditaḥ; siṃhāsanasamīpe cd nānāvicitrāṇām alaṅkārāṇāṃ rāśir vyavasthāpitah; amātyā anyaś ca kāpilavāstavapradhānasaṃmato janakāyaḥ praviṣṭaḥ; tataḥ sarvakanyāḥ svakulavibhavānurūpeṇa veṣālaṅkāraparicchadena praveśitāḥ; bodhisatvena dānarucitayā tāsām alaṅkāraṃ dattam ( SBV I 62 )
Yaśodharā
For SBV I 61.18-63.3 cf. also GBM 10.3348-3349
daṇḍapāṇeḥ śākyasya duhitā yaśodharā nāma rūpayauvanavayasānugatā; daṇḍapāṇinā śākyenoktā: putri bodhisatvo 'laṅkāraṃ dadāti; sā kathayati: tāta kim asmākam ālaṅkārikaṃ nāsti? putri na nāsti; kiṃ tu yā ( A 368b ) bodhisatvasya kanyābhirucitā tām asau varayati; tāta varayatu vā mā vā; api tu sa eva mama bhartā; putri yady evaṃ sutarāṃ gantavyam; gacchataḥ; yaśodharābhinavavayāḥ; suveṣā, mahājanamanonayanāny ākṣipantī sarvās tāḥ kanyāḥ devakanyā ivāvabhāsamānā praviśya śānteneryāpathena bodhisatvasya purastād avasthitā; bodhisatvena sarvālaṅkārikaṃ dattam; aṅgulīyakam eva samavaśiṣṭam; bodhisatvena tasyās tad upadarśitam; tatas tayā anādikālaprakarṣapraṇayanayā siṃhāsanasopānakam abhiruhya bodhisatvahastāt svayam ākṛṣṭam; amātyāḥ kāpilavāstavaś ca pradhānasaṃmato janakāyaḥ kathayanti: bhavantaḥ sarvakanyānām iyaṃ viśiṣṭā; śaknoty eṣā kumārasya cittagrāhaṃ kartum; eṣā praveśyatām iti; tato rājñā śuddhodanena yaśodharā viṃśatikanyāsahasraparivārā śākyamuṇeḥ kumārasyāntaḥpuraṃ praveśitā
The Sārakalyāṇi-tree, the goose and Devadatta's first quarrel
For SBV I 61.18-63.3 cf. also GBM 10.3348-3349
dharmatā khalu yadā buddhā bhagavanto loka utpadyante tadā sārakalyāṇī nāmā vṛkṣo jāyate; sa divasena hastaśataṃ vardhate; yāvac cādityo nodayati tāvan nakhenāpi chidyate; udite tv āditye śastreṇāpi na chidyate; agnināpi na dahyate; antarā ca kapilavastu antarā ca devadṛṣam, ( SBV I 63 ) atrāntarā nadī rohakā nāma, tasyāḥ kūle jātaḥ; kālena kālam udakavṛddhyā tasya mūlaṃ śocitam; vātavaśāt patitaḥ setuvan nadīṃ ruddhvā sthitaḥ; tataḥ suprabuddhasya rājñaḥ anudakena deśo nāśyati; śuddhodanasyāpy udakena; suprabuddhena rājñaḥ śuddhodanasya sandiṣṭam: sārakalyāṇi vṛkṣaḥ patitaḥ; rohakāṃ nadīm avaṣṭabhyāvasthitaḥ; kumārā balavantaḥ śrūyante; tad etān preṣayitum arhasi iti; rājā śuddhodanaḥ kathayati: nāhaṃ kumārāṇām ājñāṃ dadāmīti; chandaḥ kathayati: kevalaṃ devo 'nujānātu; ahaṃ tathā kariṣyāmi yathā na ca kumārāṇām ājñā dīyate, atha ca punaḥ svayam eva gacchantīti; rājñā śuddhodanenādhivāsitaṃ; chandena nadyā rohakāyās tīre pratyekaṃ kumārāṇām udyānāni māpitāni; uktāś ca kumārā gacchāma udyānaṃ; te kathayanti, gacchāmaḥ; te pratyekaṃ ratham abhiruhya udyānaṃ gatāḥ; devadattasyodyānopariṣṭad dhaṃso gacchati; sa devadattena śareṇa viddhaḥ; bodhisatvasyodyāne nipatitaḥ; bodhisatvena gṛhītvā viśalyīkṛtaḥ; upahāraś ca dattaḥ; svastho jātaḥ; devadattena bodhisatvasya sandiṣṭam: mayāyaṃ pūrvaparigṛhīto haṃsaḥ, preṣayainam iti; bodhisatvena sandiṣṭam: yadaiva mayā bodhāya cittam utpāditaṃ, taidaiva mayā sarvasatvāḥ parigṛhītā iti; tatra devadattasya bodhisatvena sārdhaṃ carame bhave tatprathamato vairūkṣyam utpannam; anyabhaveṣu tu bahuśaḥ; suprabuddhena ( SBV I 64 ) kumārā udyānabhūmiṃ sārakalyāṇīvṛksasyāpanayanāya nirgatā iti śrutvā mahājanakāyaḥ preṣitaḥ; tatroccaśabdamahāśabdo mahājanakāyasya ca nirghoṣo jātaḥ; bodhisatvaḥ ( A 369a ) pṛcchati: bhavantaḥ kim eṣa uccaśabdamahāśabdo mahājanakāyasya ca nirghoṣa iti; chandena yathāvṛttaṃ samākhyātam; bodhisatvaḥ kathayati: yady evaṃ gacchāmo 'panayāmaḥ; bodhisatvaḥ saṃprasthitaḥ sārdhaṃ kumāraiḥ; yāvad vivarād āśīviṣo bodhisatvasyābhimukho nirgataḥ; udāyinā mā bodhisatvaṃ daṅkṣyatīti tīkṣṇena śastreṇa madhye chinnaḥ; tena udāyī śvāsena dagdhaḥ kṛṣṇībhūtaḥ; tasya kālodāyī kālodayīti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā; tataḥ kumārāḥ sārakalyāṇīvṛkṣam apanetuṃ pravṛttāḥ; devadattena parikaraṃ baddhvā īṣaccālitaḥ; nandeneṣad utkṣiptaḥ; bodhisatvena tu sarvam upari vihāyasā kṣipto dvikhaṇḍo jātaḥ; nadyā rohakāyā ekasmiṃs tīre ekakhaṇḍo niparitaḥ, dvitīye dvitīyaḥ; bodhisatvaḥ kathayati: bhavantaḥ ayaṃ sārakalyāṇīvṛkṣaḥ śītavipākaḥ, pittaghnaḥ; gaṇḍagaṇḍaṃ kṛtvā nayata; utpātagaṇḍapiṭakānāṃ pralepaṃ dāsyatha; kumārāḥ svakasvakān rathān abhiruhya udyānabhūmeḥ kapilavastu saṃprasthitāḥ; purapraveśe rathābhirūḍho bodhisatvo naimittikair vyākṛtaḥ; yady eṣa saptadivase na pravrajati, rājā bhavati cakravartīti
Meeting with Gopikā

ghāṭāgireḥ śākyasya gopikā duhitā, upariprāsādatalagatā bodhisatvena dṛṣṭā; sahadarśanāc ca rathaḥ pādāṅguṣṭhenāvaṣṭabdho niṣkampo jātaḥ; bodhisatvo gopikāṃ nirīkṣitum ārabdhaḥ; gopikāpi bodhisatvam; bodhisatvasya haste nārācaḥ; sa tena gopikāṃ paśyatā cūrṇīkṛtaḥ; gopikayāpi bodhisatvaṃ ( SBV I 65 ) nirīkṣamāṇayā pādāṅguṣṭhena prāsādatalaṃ chidritam; mahājanakāyena bodhisatvo gopikā ca parasparaṃ niṛīkṣamāṇau bhāvitādhyāśayau dṛṣṭau; <dṛṣṭvā kathayanti>: yādṛśī kanyā śakṣyaty evaiṣā bodhisatvasya cittagrāhaṃ kartum; eṣa vṛttānto rājñā śuddhodanena śrutaḥ; tena <sā> bodhisatvasyāntaḥpuraṃ viṃśatikanyāśahasraparivārā praveśitā
Sight of am old man
dharmatā khalu yadā bodhisatva udyānabhūmiṃ nirgantukāmo bhavati tadā sārathim āmantrayate: aṅga tāvat sārathe kṣipraṃ bhadraṃ yānaṃ yojaya yatrāham abhiruhyodyānabhūmiṃ niryāsyāmi <iti; tato bodhisatvaḥ sārathim āmantrayate: aṅga tāvat sārathe kṣipraṃ bhadraṃ yānaṃ yojaya yatrābhiruhyodyānabhūmiṃ gacchāmi;> evaṃ deveti sārathiḥ śākyamuner bodhisatvasya pratiśrutya bhadraṃ yānaṃ yojayitvā yena śākyamunir bodhisatvas tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya śākyamuniṃ bodhisatvam idam avocat: yuktaṃ devasya bhadraṃ yānaṃ, yasyedānīṃ devaḥ kālaṃ manyate; atha śākyamunir bodhisatvo bhadraṃ yānam abhiruhya udyānabhūmiṃ nirgataḥ; adrākṣīc chākyamunir bodhisatvaḥ puruṣaṃ jīrṇaṃ vṛddhaṃ mahallakaṃ <kubjaṃ> gopānasīvāṅkaṃ daṇḍam avaṣṭabhya purataḥ pravepamānena kāyena gacchantaṃ; keśāś cāsya vivarṇā, na yathānyeṣāṃ puruṣāṇāṃ; dṛṣṭvā ca punaḥ sārathim āmantrayate: ka eṣa sārathe puruṣaḥ? jīrṇo ( A 369b ) vṛddho mahallakaḥ kubjo gapānasīvaṅko daṇḍam avaṣṭabhya purataḥ pravepamānena kāyena gacchati; keśāś cāsya na yathānyeṣāṃ puruṣāṇām; eṣa, deva, puruṣo jīrṇo nāma; ka eṣa sārathe jīrṇo nāma?; anena, deva, puruṣeṇa na cirād eva martavyaṃ bhaviṣyati; sa eṣa jīrno nāma; aham api sārathe jarādharmā, jarādharmatāṃ cānatītaḥ? devo 'pi jarādharmā jarādharmatāṃ cānatītaḥ; tena hi sārathe pratinivartaya ( SBV I 66 ) ratham; antaḥpuram eva gaccha; yad aham antaḥpuramadhyagata etam arthaṃ cintayiṣyāmīti; jarāṃ kilāham avyativṛtta iti; pratinivartayati sārathī ratham; antaḥpuram eva yāti; tatra svic chākyamunir bodhisatvo 'ntaḥpuramadhyagataḥ; athāpratītaḥ karuṇāni dhyāyati, jarāṃ kilāham avyativṛtta iti; āha cātra
puruṣaṃ hi dṛṣṭvā samatītayauvanaṃ
jīrṇaṃ kubjaṃ palitaṃ daṇḍapāṇim /
athāpratītaḥ karuṇāni dhyāyati
jarāṃ kilāsmy avyativṛtta ityasau // iti //
atha rājā śuddhodanaḥ sārathim āmantrayate: kaccit sārathe kumāra āttamanāttamanā udyānabhūmiṃ nirgata abhirato vā udyāne?; no deva: tat kasya hetoḥ? adrākṣīd deva kumāra udyānabhūmiṃ nirgacchan puruṣaṃ jīrṇaṃ vṛddhaṃ mahallakaṃ kubjaṃ gopānasīvaṅkaṃ daṇḍam avaṣṭabhya purataḥ pravepamānena kāyena gacchantam; keśāś cāsya vivarṇā; na yathānyeṣāṃ puruṣāṇām; dṛṣṭvā ca punar mām idam avocat: ka eṣa sārathe puruṣo jīrṇo vṛddho mahallakaḥ kubjo gopānasīvaṅko daṇḍam avaṣṭabhya purataḥ pravepamānena kāyena gacchati; keśāś cāsya vivarṇā na yathānyeṣāṃ puruṣāṇām iti; tam enam evaṃ vadāmi; eṣa deva jīrṇo nāmeti; sa evam āha; ka eṣa sārathe jīrṇo nāmeti; tam enam evaṃ vadāmi: anena deva, puruṣeṇa na cirān martavyaṃ bhaviṣyati; sa eṣa jīrṇo nāmeti; sa evam āha: aham api sārathe jarādharmā, jarādharmatāṃ cānatīta iti; tam enam evaṃ vadāmi: devo 'pi jarādharmā, jarādharmatāṃ cānatīta iti; sa evam āha: tena hi sārathe pratinivartaya ratham; antaḥpuram eva gaccha; yad aham antaḥpuramadhyagata etam arthaṃ cintayāmi, jarāṃ kilāham ( SBV I 67 ) avyativṛtta iti; sa eṣa deva kumāro 'ntaḥpuramadhyagataḥ; athāpratītaḥ karuṇāni dhyāyati, jarāṃ kilāham avyativṛtta iti
Śuddhodanas' anxiety
atha rājñaḥ śuddhodanasya etad abhavat: mā haiva teṣāṃ brāhmaṇānāṃ naimittikānāṃ vipañcanakānāṃ ca vacanaṃ bhūtaṃ satyaṃ bhaviṣyati; mā haiva kumāraḥ keśaśmaśrv avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayā agārād anagārikāṃ pravrajiṣyati; yanv ahaṃ kumārasya bhūyasyā matrayā pañca kāmaguṇān anupradadyām, apy evābhirato na pravrajed iti; atha rājā śuddhodanaḥ śākyamuner bodhisatvasya bhūyasyā mātrayā pañcakāmaguṇān ( A 370a ) anuprayacchaty apy evābhirato na pravrajed iti; āha cātra
śrutvā hi saṅgrāhakavākyam etac
chuddhodanaḥ śākyamuneḥ pitāsau /
dadau tadā kāmaguṇān sa pañca
bhūyo rato 'py eva na māṃ tyajed iti //
Sight of a sick man
dharmatā khalu yadā bodhisatva udyānabhūmiṃ nirgantukāmo bhavati tadā sārathim āmantrayate: aṅga tāvat sārathe kṣipraṃ bhadraṃ yānaṃ yojaya, yatrāham abhiruhyodyānabhūmiṃ niryāsyāmi iti; tato bodhisatvaḥ sārathim āmantrayate: aṅga tāvat sārathe kṣipraṃ bhadraṃ yānaṃ yojaya, yatrāham abhiruhyodyānabhūmiṃ niryāsyāmi ( SBV I 68 ) iti; evaṃ deveti sārathiḥ śākyamuner bodhisatvasya pratiśrutya kṣipaṃ bhadraṃ yānaṃ yojayitvā yena śākyamunir bodhisatvas tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya śāyamuniṃ bodhisatvam idam avocat: yuktaṃ devasya bhadraṃ yānaṃ, yasyedānīṃ devaḥ kālaṃ manyata iti; atha śākyamunir bhadraṃ yānam abhiruhya udyānabhūmiṃ nirgataḥ; adrākṣīc chākyamunir bodhisatvaḥ puruṣam utpāṇḍūtpāṇḍukaṃ kṛśālaṃ durbalakaṃ vyatibhinnendriyaṃ no tu nibandhanīyaṃ bahujanasya cakṣuṣo darśanāya; dṛṣṭvā ca punaḥ sārathim āmantrayate: ka eṣa sārathe puruṣa utpāṇḍūtpāṇḍukaḥ kṛśālo durbalako vyatibhinnendriyo no tu nibandhanīyo bahujanasya cakṣuṣo darśanāya? eṣa deva vyādhito nāma; ka eṣa sārathe vyādhito nāma? anena deva puruṣeṇa sthānam etad vidyate yad anenaivābādhena martavyaṃ bhaviṣyati; sa eṣa vyādhito nāma; aham api sārathe vyādhidharmā vyādhidharmatāṃ cānatitah? devo 'pi vyādhidharmā vyādhidharmatāṃ cānatītaḥ; tena hi sārathe pratinivartaya ratham; antaḥpuram eva gaccha; yad aham antaḥpuramadhyagata etam arthaṃ cintayiṣyāmi, vyādhiṃ kilāham avyativṛtta iti; pratinivartayati sārathī ratham; antaḥpuram eva yāti; tatra svic chākyamunir bodhisatvo 'ntaḥpuramadhyagataḥ; athāpratītaḥ karuṇāni dhyāyati, vyādhiṃ kilāham avyativṛtta iti; āha cātra
dṛṣṭveha rogeṇa viṣaktarūpaṃ
pāṇḍuṃ manuṣyaṃ kṛśam asvatantram /
athāpratītaḥ karuṇāni dhyāyati

vyādhiṃ kilāsmy avyativṛtta ityasau // iti /
atha rājā śuddhodanaḥ sārathim āmantrayate: kaccit sārathe kumāra āttamanāttamanā udyānabhūmiṃ nirgata abhirato vā udyāne? no deva; tat kasya hetoḥ? adrākṣīd deva kumāraḥ udyānabhūmiṃ nirgacchan puruṣam ( SBV I 69 ) utpāṇḍūtpāṇḍukaṃ kṛśālakaṃ durbalakaṃ mlānaṃ vyatibhinnendriyaṃ, no tu nibandhanīyaṃ bahujanasya cakṣuṣā darśanāya; dṛṣṭvā ca punar mām āmantrayate; ka eṣa sārathe puruṣa utpaṇḍūtpāṇḍukaḥ kṛśālako durbalakaḥ mlāno vyatibhinnendriyo no tu nibandhanīyo bahujanasya cakṣuṣā darśanāya; tam enam evaṃ vadāmi: eṣa deva vyādhito nameti; sa evam āha: ka eṣa sārathe vyādhito nāma? tam enam evaṃ vadāmi: anena deva puruṣeṇa sthānam etad vidyate yad anenaivābādhena martavyaṃ bhaviṣyati; sa eṣa deva vyādhito nāmeti; sa evam āha: aham api sārathe vyādhidharmā vyādhidharmatāṃ cānatīta? iti; tam enam evaṃ vadāmi: devo 'pi vyādhidharmā vyādhidharmatāṃ cānatīta iti; sa evam āha: tena hi sārathe pratinivartaya ratham; antaḥpuram eva gaccha; yad aham antaḥpuramadhyagata etam arthaṃ cintayiṣyāmi, vyādhiṃ kilāham avyativṛtta iti; sa eṣa deva kumāro 'ntaḥpuramadhyagata apratītaḥ karuṇāni dhyāyati, vyādhiṃ kilāham avyativṛtta iti; atha rājñaḥ śuddhodanasyaitad abhavat: mā haiva teṣāṃ brāhmaṇānāṃ naimittikānāṃ vipañcanakānāṃ vacanaṃ bhūtaṃ satyaṃ bhaviṣyati; mā haiva kumāraḥ keśaśmaśrv avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayā agārād anagārikāṃ pravrajiṣyatīti; yanv ahaṃ kumārasya bhūyasyā mātrayā pañcakāmaguṇān anupradāsyāmi; apy evābhirato na pravrajed iti; atha rājā śuddhodanaḥ śākyamuner bodhisatvasya bhūyasyā mātrayā pañcakāmaguṇān anuprayacchaty apy evābhirato na pravrajed iti; āha cātra
rūpāṇi śabdāṃś ca tathaiva gandhān
spraṣṭavyān vai premaṇīyān pradhānān / ( SBV I 70 )
dadau tadā kāmaguṇāṃs tu pañca
bhūyo rato 'py eva na māṃ tyajed iti //
Sight of a deceased-man
dharmatā khalu yadā bodhisatva udyānabhūmiṃ nirgantukāmo bhavati tadā sārathim āmantrayate: aṅga tāvat sārathe kṣipraṃ bhadraṃ yānaṃ yojaya; yatrāham abhiruhyodyānabhūmiṃ niryāsyāmi iti; tato bodhisatvaḥ sārathim āmantrayate: aṅga tāvat sārathe kṣipraṃ bhadraṃ yānaṃ yojaya, yatrābhiruhyodyānabhūmiṃ gacchāmi; evaṃ deveti sārathiḥ śākyamuner bodhisatvasya pratiśrutya kṣipraṃ bhadraṃ yānaṃ yojayitvā yena śākyamunir bodhisatvas tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ: upasaṅkramya śākyamuniṃ bodhisatvam idam avocat: yuktaṃ devasya bhadraṃ yānaṃ yasyedānīṃ devaḥ kālaṃ manyata iti; atha śākyamunir bodhisatvo bhadraṃ yānam abhiruhya udyānabhūmiṃ nirgataḥ; adrākṣīc chākyamunir bodhisatva udyānabhūmiṃ nirgacchan nānāraṅgair vastraiś cailavitānaṃ vitataṃ, śibikāṃ ca pragṛhītām, ulkāṃ ca purastān nīyamānāṃ, mahājanakāyaṃ ca purastād gacchantaṃ, nārībhiḥ prakīrṇakeśābhiḥ rudantībhiḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ samanubaddham; dṛṣṭvā ca punaḥ sārathim āmantrayate: kim etat sārathe nānāraṅgair vastraiś cailavitānaṃ vitatam? śibikā ca pragṛhītā? ulkā ca purastān nīyate? mahājanakāyaś ca purastād gacchati? nāryaś ca prakīrṇakeśyo rudantyaḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ samanubaddhā? iti; deva eṣa mṛto nāma; ka eṣa sārathe mṛto nāma? eṣa deva puruṣo na bhūyaḥ priyaṃ mātāpitaraṃ drakṣyati; na putradāraṃ; dāsīdāsakarmakarapauruṣeyaṃ; te 'py enaṃ na bhūyo drakṣyanti; sa eṣa deva mṛto nāma; aham api sārathe maraṇadharmā maraṇadharmatāṃ cānatītaḥ? ( A 371a ) devo 'pi maraṇadharmā maraṇadharmatāṃ cānatītaḥ; sa evam āha: tena hi sārathe pratinivartaya ratham; antaḥpuram eva gaccha; yad ahaṃ ( SBV I 71 ) antaḥpuramadhyagata etam arthaṃ cintayiṣyāmi, maraṇaṃ kilāham avyativṛtta iti; pratinivartayati sārathī ratham; antaḥpuram eva yāti; tatra svic chākyamunir bodhisatvo 'ntaḥpuramadhyagataḥ apratītaḥ karuṇāni dhyāyati, maraṇaṃ kilāham avyativṛtta iti; āha cātra
puruṣaṃ dṛṣṭvā vyapayātacetasaṃ
mṛtaṃ visaṃjñaṃ gatam āyuṣaḥ kṣayāt /
athāpratītaḥ karuṇāni dhyāyati
mṛtyuṃ kilāsmy avyativṛtta ity asau //
atha rājā śuddhodanaḥ sārathim āmantrayate: kaccit sārathe kumāra āttamanāttamanā udyānabhūmiṃ nirgata abhirato vā udyāne? no deva; tat kasya hetoḥ? adrākṣīd deva kumāra udyānabhūmiṃ nirgacchan nānāraṅgair vastraiś cailavitānaṃ vitatam; śibikāṃ ca gṛhītām; ulkāṃ ca purastān nīyamānām; mahājanakāyaṃ ca purastād gacchantaṃ; nārīś ca prakīrṇakeśā rudatīḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ samanubaddhāḥ; dṛṣṭvā ca punar mām āmantrayate: kim etat sārathe nānāraṅgair vastraiś cailavitānaṃ vitatam? śibikā ca pragṛhītā? ulkā ca purastān nīyate? mahājanakāyaś ca purastād gacchati? nāryaś ca prakīrṇakeśyo rudantyaḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ samanubaddhā? iti; tam enam evaṃ vadāmi: eṣa deva mṛto nāmeti; sa evam āha; ka eṣa sārathe mṛto nāmeti; tam enam evaṃ vadāmi: ( SBV I 72 ) eṣa deva puruṣo na bhūyaḥ priyaṃ mātāpitaraṃ drakṣyati; na putradāraṃ; na dāsīdāsakarmakarapauruṣeyam; te 'py enaṃ na bhūyo drakṣyanti; sa eṣa deva mṛto nāmeti; sa evam āha: aham api sārathe maraṇadharmā? maraṇadharmatāṃ cānatītaḥ? iti; tam enam evaṃ vadāmi; devo 'pi maraṇadharmā maraṇadharmatāṃ cānatīta iti; sa evam āha; tena hi sārathe pratinivartaya ratham; antaḥpuram eva gaccha; yad aham antaḥpuramadhyagata etam arthaṃ cintayiṣyāmi, maraṇaṃ kilāham avyativṛtta iti; sa eṣa deva kumāro 'ntaḥpuramadhyagataḥ; athāpratītaḥ karuṇāni dhyāyati, maraṇaṃ kilāham avyativṛtta iti
atha rājñaḥ śuddhodanasyaitad abhavat: mā haiva teṣāṃ brāhmaṇānāṃ naimittikānāṃ vipañcanakānāṃ vacanaṃ bhūtaṃ satyaṃ bhaviṣyati; mā haiva kumāraḥ keśaśmaśrv avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayā agārād anagārikāṃ pravrajiṣyati; yanv ahaṃ kumārasya bhūyasyā mātrayā pañcakāmaguṇān anupradadyām; apy evābhirato na pravrajed iti; atha rājā śuddhodanaḥ śākyamuner bodhisatvasya pañcakāmaguṇān anuprayacchati; apy evābhirato na pravrajed iti; āha cātra
purottame śrīmati tatra ramye
devātidevo daharaḥ samānaḥ /
saṃmodate kāmaguṇair hi pañcabhiḥ
sahasranetra iva nandane vane //
Sight of a mendicant

atha śuddhāvāsakāyikānāṃ devānām etad abhavat: ( A 37lb ) yady api bodhisatvā hetubalinas tathāpi pratyayopasaṃhāraḥ ( SBV I 73 ) kartavyaḥ yasmād dhetubalaṃ pratyayabalam apekṣata iti; taiḥ puruṣo nirmito muṇḍaḥ kāṣāyavastraprāvṛtaḥ, pātrapāṇir anuveśmānuveśma kulāny upasaṅkrāman; dharmatā khalu yadā bodhisatva udyānabhūmiṃ nirgantukāmo bhavati tadā sārathim āmantrayate: aṅga tāvat sārathe kṣipraṃ bhadraṃ yānaṃ yojaya, yatrāham abhiruhyodyānabhūmim <niryāsyāmi iti; tato bodhisatvaḥ sārathim āmantrayate: aṅga tāvat sārathe kṣipraṃ bhadraṃ yānaṃ yojaya yatrāham abhiruhyodyānabhūmiṃ> nirgacchāmi; evaṃ deveti sārathiḥ sākyamunir bodhisatvasya pratiśrutya kṣipraṃ bhadraṃ yānaṃ yojayitvā yena sākyamunir bodhisatvas tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya śākyamumiṃ bodhisatvam idam avocat: yuktaṃ devasya bhadraṃ yānaṃ yasyedānīṃ devaḥ kālaṃ manyata iti; atha śākyamunir bodhisatvo bhadraṃ yānam abhiruhya udyānabhūmiṃ nirgataḥ; adrākṣīc chākyamunir bodhisatvaḥ puruṣaṃ muṇḍam kāṣāyavastraprāvṛtaṃ pātrapāṇim anuveśmānuveśma kulāny upasaṅkrāmantam; dṛṣṭvā ca punaḥ sārathim āmantrayate: ka eṣa sārathe puruṣo muṇḍaḥ pātrapāṇir anuveśmānuveśma kulāny upasaṅkrāmati? vastrāṇi cāsya vivarṇāni; ma yathānyeṣām? eṣa deva pravrajito nāma; ka eṣa sārathe pravrajito nāma; eṣa deva pravrajitaḥ sādhudamaḥ sādhusaṃyamaḥ sādhvarthacaryaḥ sādhukuśalacaryaḥ sādhukalyāṇacarya iti viditvā keśaśmaśrv avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayā agārād anagārikāṃ pravrajitaḥ; sa eṣa deva pravrajito nāma; tena hi sārathe yenaiṣa pravrajitas tena rathaṃ preraya; evam deveti sārathiḥ śākyamuner bodhisatvasya pratiśrutya yena sa pravrajitas tena rathaṃ prerayati; atha śākyamunir bodhisatvas taṃ pravrajitam idam avocat: kasmāt tvaṃ bhoḥ puruṣa muṇḍaḥ pātrapāṇir anuveśmānuveśma kulāny upasaṅkrāmasi? vastrāṇi ca te vivarṇāni na yathānyeṣām? sa evam āha: aham asmi kumāra pravrajito nāma; yathā kathaṃ tvaṃ bhoḥ puruṣa pravrajito nāma? aham asmi kumāra sādhudamaḥ sādhusaṃyamaḥ sādhvarthacaryaḥ sādhudharmacaryaḥ ( SBV I 74 ) sādhukuśalacaryaḥ sādhukalyāṇacarya iti keśaśmaśrv avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya saṃyag eva śraddhayā agārād anagārikāṃ pravrajitaḥ; evam ahaṃ pravrajito nāma; sādhu tvaṃ bhoḥ puruṣa sādhudamaḥ sādhusaṃyamaḥ sādhvarthacaryaḥ sādhudharmacaryaḥ sādhukuśalacaryaḥ sādhukalyāṇacarya iti keśaśmaśrv avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayā agārād anagārikāṃ pravrajitaḥ
atha śākyamunir bodhisatvaḥ sārathim āmantrayate: tena hi sārathe pratinivartaya ratham; antaḥpuram eva gaccha; yad aham antaḥpuramadhyagata etam arthaṃ cintayiṣyāmi; pratinivartayati ( A 372a ) sārathī ratham; antaḥpuram eva yāti; tatra svic chākyamunir bodhisatvo 'ntaḥpuramadhyagata etam arthaṃ cintayaty aho batāhaṃ keśaśmaśrv avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayā agārād anagārikāṃ pravrajeyam iti; atha rājā śuddhodanaḥ sārathim āmantrayate: kaccit sārathe kumāra āttamanāttamanā udyānabhūmiṃ nirgato 'bhirato vā udyāne? no deva; tat kasya hetoh? adrākṣīd deva kumāraḥ udyānabhūmiṃ nirgacchan puruṣaṃ muṇḍaṃ kāṣāyavastraprāvṛtaṃ pātrapāṇim anuveśmānuveśma kulāny upasaṅkrāmantaṃ; dṛṣṭvā ca punar mām āmantrayate: eṣa sārathe muṇḍaḥ pātrapāṇīr anuveśmānuveśma kulāny upasaṅkrāmati; vastrāṇi cāsya vivarṇāni na yathānyeṣām iti; tam enam evaṃ vadāmi eṣa deva pravrajito nāmeti; sa evam āha: ka eṣa sārathe pravrajito nāmeti; tam enam evaṃ vadāmi eṣa deva pravrajitaḥ sādhudamaḥ sādhusaṃyamaḥ sādhvarthacaryaḥ sādhudharmacaryaḥ sādhukuśalacaryaḥ sādhukalyāṇacarya iti keśaśmaśrv avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayā agārād anagārikāṃ pravrajitaḥ; sa eṣa deva pravrajito nāmeti; sa evam āha: tena hi sārathe yenaiṣa pravrajitas tena rathaṃ preraya; evaṃ deveti śākyamuner bodhisatvasya puatiśrutya yena sa pravrajitas tena rathaṃ prerayāmi; atha śākyamunir bodhisatvas taṃ pravrajitam idam avocat: kasmāt tvaṃ bhoḥ puruṣa muṇḍaḥ pātrapāṇir anuveśmānuveśma kulāny upasaṅkrāmasi? vastrāṇi ( SBV I 75 ) ca te vivarṇāni; na yathānyeṣāṃ puruṣāṇām? sa evam āha: aham asmi <kumāra> pravrajito nāmeti; bodhisatvaḥ prāha: yathākathaṃ tvaṃ bhoḥ puruṣa pravrajito nāmeti; sa evam āha: aham asmi kumāra sādhudamaḥ sādhusaṃyamaḥ sādhvarthacaryaḥ <sādhudharmacaryaḥ> sādhukuśalacaryaḥ sādhukalyāṇacarya iti keśaśmaśrv avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayā agārād anagārikāṃ pravrajitaḥ; evam ahaṃ pravrajito nāmeti; bodhisatvaḥ prāha: sādhu tvaṃ bhoḥ puruṣa sādhudamaḥ sādhusaṃyamaḥ sādhvarthacaryaḥ <sādhudharmacaryaḥ> sādhukuśalacaryaḥ sādhukalyāṇacarya iti keśaśmaśrv avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayā agārād anagārikāṃ pravrajita iti; tato deva kumāro mām āmantrayate: tena hi sārathe pratinivartaya ratham; antaḥpuram eva gaccha; yad antaḥpuramadhyagata etam arthaṃ cintayiṣyāmi; tan mayā nivartitaḥ <rathaḥ>; kumāro 'ntaḥpuraṃ praviṣṭaḥ
Visit to a farming village
rājā saṃlakṣayati: mā haiva teṣāṃ brāhmaṇānāṃ naimittikānāṃ vipañcanakānāṃ vacanaṃ satyaṃ bhūtaṃ bhaviṣyati; mā haiva kumāraḥ keśaśmaśrv avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayā agārād anagārikāṃ pravrajiṣyati; yanv ahaṃ kumāraṃ kārṣagrāmakaṃ preṣayeyam; apy eva tatra cittaṃ vinodayed iti viditvā śākyamuniṃ kumāram idam avocat: ehi tvaṃ kumāra kārṣakagrāmakaṃ gaccha; ( A 372b ) karmāntāny avalokaya iti; tato bodhisatvo jīrṇāturamṛtasandarśanād udvignaḥ pravrajyāyām abhiniviṣṭabuddhiḥ pituḥ śākyasya śuddhodanasya vacanānukāritayā ratham abhiruhya kārṣagrāmakaṃ saṃprasthitaḥ kāyena no tu cittena; tasyāntarmārge pañcabhir nidhiśatair mukhāny upadarśitāni; śabdaś ca niścāritaḥ: kumāra vayaṃ tava jñātisantakā nidhayo gṛhāṇāsmān iti; bodhisatvaḥ kathayati: tais tāvan mohaparigrahaṃ kṛtvā kiṃ kṛtam; gacchata mama na yuṣmābhiḥ prayojanam iti; gāthāṃ ca bhāṣate ( SBV I 76 )
yair api kṛtā 'mṛtakathā te 'py asmākaṃ mṛtāḥ kathībhūtāḥ /
vayam api mṛtāḥ pareṣāṃ nacireṇa kathībhaviṣyāmaḥ //

taiḥ punar api śabdo niścāritaḥ: yady asmākaṃ kumāro na gṛhṇāti vayaṃ mhāsamudraṃ viśāma iti; bodhisatvaḥ kathayati: praviśata yathāsukham iti; te mahāsamudraṃ praviṣṭāḥ; bodhisatvaḥ saṃprasthito yāvat paśyati kārṣakān uddhūtaśiraskān sphuṭitapāṇipādān rajasāvacūrṇitagātrān; balīvardāṃś ca pratodavikṣataśarīrān rudhirāvasiktapṛṣṭhakaṭipradeśān kṣutpipāsāśramoparudhyamānaprāṇān, pratataniśvāsoparudhyamānahṛdayān, yutagotpīḍanapragaḍitavraṇapūyaśoṇitān, makṣikākṛmisaṅghātabhakṣyamāṇaskandhaprāṇān, halayugavilikhitacaraṇān, lālāśiṅghāṇakaprasrutamukhanāsān, daṃśamaśakacarmaprāṇakākīrṇān; dṛṣṭvā ca punar anādikālapuṇyopacayasaṃbhṛtayā karuṇayā paryākulīkṛtamanāḥ kārṣakān idam avocat: bhavantaḥ kasya yūyaṃ? te kathayanti: devasya; sa kathayati: gacchata, bhavanto, yūyam adyāgreṇādāsā apreṣyābhujiṣyā yenakāmagamā sukhasparśaṃ viharata; balīvardāś ca uktāḥ: gacchata yūyam apy adyāgreṇa acchinnāgrāṇi tṛṇāni bhakṣayata; anavamarditāni svacchāni ca pānīyāni pibata anāvilāni; caturdiśaṃ ca śītalā vāyavo vāntv iti /
The shadow of the rose-apple tree
tato bodhisatvas tenaiva saṃvegena pituḥ śākyasya śuddhodanasya karmāntān avalokya yena jambūchāyā tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya jambūchāyāyāṃ niṣadya viviktaṃ <kāmair viviktaṃ> pāpakair akuśaladharmaiḥ savitarkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ prītisukhaṃ anāśravasadṛśaṃ prathamaṃ dhyānaṃ samāpannaḥ; janakāyo 'pi pariśiṣṭavṛkṣamūleṣv avasthito bokhisatvaṃ na ( SBV I 77 ) parityajya gacchati; rājā śuddhodanaḥ saṃlakṣayati: bodhisatvaś cirayati; tathā hi bhaktakāIasamayo 'tikrāntaḥ, gacchāmi, paśyāmi iti; sa ratham abhiruhya kārṣakagrāmakaṃ gataḥ; itaś cāmutaś ca bodhisatvaṃ samanveṣamāṇo jambūsamīpam anuprāptaḥ; tena khalu samayena pariṇate madhyāhne anyeṣāṃ vṛkṣāṇāṃ chāyā prācīnanimnā, prācīnapravaṇā, prācīnaprāgbhārā; bodhisatvānubhāvāt tu jambūchāyā bodhisatvasya kāyaṃ na vijahāti; adrākṣīd rājā śuddhodanaḥ pariṇate madhyāhne anyeṣāṃ vṛkṣāṇāṃ chāyā prācīnanimnā, prācīnapravaṇā, prācīnaprāgbhārā; bodhisatvasya <anubhāvāt> tu jambūchāyā bodhisatvasya kayaṃ na vijahāti; dṛṣṭvā ca punar asyaitad abhavat: mahardhikaḥ kumāro mahānubhāvo yatredānīṃ pariṇate madhyāhne anyeṣāṃ vṛkṣāṇāṃ chāyā prācīnanimnā prācīnapravaṇā prācīnaprāgbhārā, ( A 373a ) jambūchāyā tu bodhisatvasya kāyaṃ na vijahāti; tataḥ prasannādhikāraṃ kṛtvā bodhisatvasya pādayor nipatya, gāthāṃ bhāṣate
idaṃ dvitīyaṃ tava bhūrivṛddhe
pādau namasyāmi samantacakṣo /
yathā ca jāte pṛthivī prakaṃpitā
chāyā ca jambor na jahāti kāyam //
tataḥ prasannādhikāraṃ kṛtvā bodhisatvaṃ paryaṅkād utthāpya ratham abhiropya śmaśānamadhyena kapilavastu saṃprasthitaḥ; bodhisatvena śmaśānamadhyena gacchatā vinīlakāni, vipaṭumakāni, vyādhmātakāni śarīrāṇi dṛṣṭāni; tatra sutarāṃ saṃvigno rathābhirūḍha eva paryaṅkaṃ baddhvāvasthitaḥ; tato 'pi rājñā paryaṅkād utthāpitaḥ; sa saṃprasthitaḥ; kapilavastunagarapraveśe naimittikair vyākṛtaḥ yadi kumāraḥ saptame divase na pravrajati rājā bhavati cakravartī iti; viditvā rājānaṃ idam avocan ( SBV I 78 )
prādurbhaviṣyanti divākarodaye
ratnāni sapta nṛpate na saṃśayah/
tasmād dhi rakṣāṃ kuru saptarātriṃ
sutasya śobhāṃ yadi draṣṭum icchasi //
saptaratneśvaro rājā bhaviṣyati sutas tava /
praśāsiṣyaty adaṇḍena sāgarāntāṃ vasundharām //
athavā tyajya vasudhāṃ vanaṃ yāsyati nirbhayaḥ /

sarvajñatām anuprāpya jagad uttārayiṣyati //
Meeting with Mṛgajā
kālakṣemasya śākyasya mṛgajā nāma duhitā; tayā vātāyanasthayā bodhisatvaṃ dṛṣṭvā gāthā bhāṣitā
sukhitā bata sā mātā sukhī cāsya pitā hy asau /
nirvṛtā bata sā nārī yasyā bhartā bhaviṣyati //
nirvāṇaśabdaṃ śrutvā tu dhyāyī sa puruṣottamaḥ /
nirvāṇe śāntatāṃ jñātvā tasmiṃś cittam arocayat //
tato bodhisatvena saubhāṣiṇiko muktāhāraḥ kṣiptaḥ; bodhisatvasyānubhāvena vātāyanenānupraviśya tasyā grīvāyāṃ lagnaḥ; praviśann asau mahājanakāyena dṛṣṭaḥ; tai rājñe śuddhodanāya vistareṇa samākhyātam; rājñā śuddhodanena mṛgajā viṃśatistrīsahasraparivārā bodhisatvasyāntaḥpuraṃ praveśitā; iti tatra bodhisatvasya gopikāmṛgajāyaśodharāpramukhāni ṣaṣṭistrīsahasrāṇy antaḥpuram abhūt
Precautions of Śuddhodana
tato rājā śuddhodanaḥ bhrātṛbhiḥ, droṇodanena, śuklodanena, amṛtodanena ca, sārdham ekadhye sannipatya saṃjalpaṃ kartum ārabdhaḥ: brāhmaṇair naimittikair vipañcanakaiś ca ( SBV I 79 ) vyākṛtaḥ śākyamunir bodhisatvo yadi saptame divase na pravrajati, rājā bhavati cakravartīti; tad asmābhir bodhisatvaḥ sapta rātrindivasān yatnato rakṣaṇīyaḥ; nagaraṃ suguptaṃ kārayāmaḥ; tatas taiḥ kapilavastunagaraṃ saptabhiḥ prākāraiḥ parikṣiptaṃ saptabhiḥ parikhābhiś ca; āyasāś ca kavāṭāḥ puradvāre dattāḥ; ghaṇṭāś ca susvanāḥ kavāṭeṣu nibaddhāḥ; yāsām udghāṭyamāneṣu dvāreṣu samantād yojanam śabdaḥ sphurati; bodhisatvaś ca harmyatale nṛttagītavāditrai strībhiś cābhirūpamanoharābhir upacaryamāṇo 'vasthāpitaḥ; amātyāś ca turaṅgabalakāyasametā bahiḥ prākārasya samantād gulmakeṣu sthāpitāḥ; sañcārisaṃśodhanaṃ kāritam; yat pañcabhiḥ puruṣaśataiḥ sthāpyate antaḥpuradvāraṃ tādṛśaṃ kāritam; yasyodghāṭyamānasya rājñaḥ śuddhodanasya gṛhaṃ śabdena sphurati; tacchravaṇād antaḥpurajano nagaradvāraniyuktaś ca apramatto 'vatiṣṭhate bahirnagaraniyuktā amātyāḥ paurājanapadāś ca; tan mahatyā vibhūtyā bodhisatva upariprāsādatalagato niṣpuruṣeṇa tūryeṇa vīṇāveṇupaṇavasughoṣakādinā upagīyamanas tiṣṭhati; rātrau bahiḥ śuddhodanaś caturaṅgena balakāyena pūrvadvāre 'vahito 'vatiṣṭhate; dakṣiṇe droṇodanaḥ paścime śuklodanaḥ, uttare amṛtodanaḥ; madhye nagarasya mahānāmā śākyaḥ prāhārikaḥ; sa pūrvadvāraṃ gatvā kathayati, ko jāgarti, ko jāgartīti; rājā kathayati: ahaṃ jāgarmi; jāgṛhi deva, jāgratas te śreyān iti; vidivā gāthāṃ bhāṣate
supto mṛtasamo lokaḥ supto māravaśaṃ gataḥ /
jāgratīha sadā santas tasmāj jāgṛta jāgṛta // iti;
dakṣiṇadvāraṃ gatvā kathayati: ko jāgarti, ko jāgartīti; droṇodanaḥ kathayati: ahaṃ jāgarmi; jāgṛhi devaḥ jāgratas te śreyān iti; viditvā gāthāṃ bhāṣate ( SBV I 79 )
supto mṛtasamo lokaḥ supto māravaśaṃ gataḥ /
supto mṛtyuvaśaṃ prāptas tasmāj jāgṛta jāgṛta // iti;
paścimadvāraṃ gatvā kathayati: ko jāgarti ko jāgartīti; śuklodanaḥ kathayati: ahaṃ jāgarmi; jāgṛhi deva, jāgratas te śreyān iti; viditvā gāthāṃ bhāṣate
suptaḥ khalu sadā mattaḥ supto madyāḍhakaṃ pītvā /
aṭavīṣu vaneṣu suptas tasmāj jāgṛta jāgṛta // iti
uttaraṃ dvāraṃ gatvā kathayati: ko jāgarti ko jāgartīti; amṛtodanaḥ kathayati: ahaṃ jāgarmi; jāgṛhi deva; jāgratas te śreyān iti; viditvā gāthāṃ bhāṣate
śayitaṃ giriṣu śayitaṃ darīṣu
śayitaṃ ca sāgarajaleṣv api /
vṛkṣāgreṣv api śayitaṃ
tasmāj jāgṛta jāgṛta // iti;
madhye catvaraśṛṅgāṭakasya gatvā kathayati: ko jāgarti ko jāgartīti; niyuktāḥ kathayanti: vayaṃ jāgṛmaḥ; jāgṛta jāgratāṃ vaḥ śreyān iti; viditvā gāthāṃ bhāṣate
dharmaṃ carata mā 'dharmaṃ satyaṃ vadata mānṛtam /
mahat tamo praveṣṭavyaṃ tasmāj jāgṛta jāgṛta // iti;
tataḥ prabhātāyāṃ rajanyāṃ mahānāmā śākyo rājñe śuddhodanāya ārocayati: deva prabhātā rajanī; nirgataṃ saptānāṃ rātriṃdivasānām ekaṃ rātriṃdivasam; ṣaḍ rātriṃdivasāny avaśiṣṭāni iti; rājā śuddhodanaḥ kathayati: śobhanam; ṣaṇṇāṃ rātriṃdivasānām atyayāt kumāraś cakravartī bhaviṣyati; vayaṃ gaganatalavicāriṇaś caturo dvīpān anusaṃyāsyāmaḥ; ity evaṃ yāvad ekaṃ rātriṃdivasam avaśiṣṭaṃ; śakrasya devānām indrasyādhastāj jñānadarśanaṃ pravartate; sa gāghāṃ bhāṣate; ( SBV I 81 )
asau muniś śākyanarendragarbhaḥ
prapūrṇaṣaḍpāramito mahātmā /
prayātukāmo vanam āryakāntaṃ
tapovanaṃ prītikaraṃ munīnām // iti /
Disgusting sight in harem
tato bodhisatvasyāntaḥpurasametasya niṣpuruṣeṇa tūryeṇa ( A 374a ) krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayata etad abhavat: bhaviṣyanti me atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ śākyamuniḥ kumāro 'pumān, yena yaśodharāgopikāmṛgajāprabhṛtīni ṣaṣṭistrīsahasrāṇy apāsya pravrajita iti; yanv ahaṃ yaśodharayā sārdhaṃ paricārayeyam iti; tena yaśodharayā sārdhaṃ paricāritam; yaśodharā āpannasatvā saṃvṛttā; tasyā etad abhavat: prabhātāyāṃ rajanyāṃ bodhisatvasyārocayiṣyāmi iti; atha bodhisatvas tasyāṃ velāyāṃ pratītyasamutpādayogād gāthāṃ bhāṣate
nārīsahāgāraśayyā apaścimā mamādyeyam /
nāhaṃ punar api vatsye agāre saha yuvatyā // iti:
atha tāḥ striyo nṛttagītavāditrapariśrāntā lālāprasrutavadanā prakīrṇakeśyo vikṣiptabhujavāsasaḥ kāny api kāny apy aślīkāni pralapantyo middham avakrāntāḥ; adrākṣīd bodhisatvas tā striyaḥ prasrutavadanāḥ prakīrṇakeśyaḥ vikṣiptabhujavāsasaḥ kāny api kāny apy aślīkāni pralapantyaḥ middham avakrāntāḥ; dṛṣṭvā ca punar asyāntaḥpure śmaśānasaṃjñā samutpannā; sa gāthāṃ bhāṣate
vātāhataṃ kamalaṣaṇḍam ivāpaviddhaṃ ( SBV I 82 )
vikṣiptabāhucaraṇaṃ dharaṇītale 'smin /
keśākulaṃ vivṛtaguhyakaṭipradeśaṃ
dṛṣṭvāpi śākyatanayodvijito 'smi bhāvāt //

etān śmaśānasadṛśān vikṛtasvabhāvān
paśyāmi cārurahitān yuvatījanaughān /
kiṃ bho vicetanamatismṛtisaṃprayukto
yad bālasatvacarito viṣaye ramed yaḥ //
dhik kāmapaṅkaśaraśaktiviṣāgnitulyān
svapnopamān lavaṇapānaviṣopamāṃś ca /
eṣa tyajāmi bhujagendranibhān durantān
kāmān anarthakalikilbiṣahetubhūtān //iti /
Dreams of Mahāprajāpati, Yaśodharā and Siddhārtha
atrāntare mahāprajāpatiś caturaḥ svapnān paśyati: rāhuṇā candramasaṃ grastam; pūrvasyāṃ diśy ādityam uditaṃ, tatraivāstaṃgatam; mahājanakāyam ātmānaṃ praṇāmaṃ kurvantam; hasantaṃ cātmānam; yaśodharā aṣṭau svapnān adrākṣīt; ātmīyaṃ mātṛkāvaṃśaṃ bhagnam; śrīparyaṅkaṃ bhagnam; valayabāhū bhagne; dantamāle viśīrṇe; keśaveṇīṃ srastām; śriyaṃ gṛhān nirgatām; candramasaṃ rāhuṇā grastam: pūrvasyāṃ diśy ādityam uditaṃ tatraivāstaṃgatam; bodhisatvo 'pi pañca svapnān adrākṣīt: mahāpṛthivīm ātmano mahāśayanam; sumeruṃ parvatarājaṃ viśvopadhānam; vāmaṃ bāhuṃ pūrvamahāsamudre 'ntargatam; dakṣinaṃ bāhuṃ paścimamahāsamudre 'ntargatam; ubhau caraṇau dakṣiṇamahāsamudre 'ntargatau; sthitikāṃ tṛṇajātaṃ nābher abhyudgamya yāvannabha āsādya vyavasthitām; sarvaśvetāṃś chakunakān kṛṣṇaśirasaḥ pādayor nipatya yāvajjānumaṇḍalam utthitān; nānāvarṇāṃś chakunakān caturdiśām ( SBV I 83 ) āgamya purastād ekavarṇān sthitān; amedhyaparvatasyopari ātmānaṃ caṅkramaṇaṃ <kurvantam>; dṛṣṭvā ca punaḥ prītamanāḥ saṃlakṣayati: yādṛśā mayā svapnā dṛṣṭāḥ, na cirād evānuttaraṃ jñānam adhigamiṣyāmi iti; tato yaśodharayā bodhisatvasya svapnā niveditāḥ: deva adya mayā aṣṭau svapnā dṛṣṭāḥ; ( A 374b ) mātṛkāvaṃśo bhagnaḥ; <śriparyaṅko bhagnaḥ>; valayabāhū bhagne; dantamāle viśīrṇe; veṇī srastā; śrī gṛhān nirgatā; candro rāhuṇā grastaḥ; pūrvasyāṃ diśy āditya uditas tatraiva astaṃgataḥ iti; bodhisatvo yaśodharāṃ prativinodayan svapnān āviṣkaroti: yat kathayasi mātṛkāvaṃśo me bhagna iti; nanv ayaṃ tiṣṭhati; yat kathayasi śrīparyaṅko bhagna iti; so 'pi na bhagnaḥ; eṣa tiṣṭhati; yat kathayasi valayabāhū bhagne iti; svayam eva pratyavekṣasva kiṃ bhagne na veti; yat kathayasi dantamāle viśīrṇe iti, etat te pratyātmavedyam; pratyavekṣasva kiṃ viśīrṇe na veti; yat kathayasi veṇī srasteti; etat te pratyātmavedyam; pratyavekṣasva kiṃ srastā na veti; yat kathayasi śrīr me gṛhān nirgateti; striyo bhartā śrīḥ, tad ahaṃ tiṣṭhāmy eva; yat kathayasi rāhuṇā candro grasta iti; nanv eṣa candramāḥ sākṣāt tiṣṭhati; yat kathayasi pūrvasyāṃ diśy āditya uditas tatraivāstaṃgata iti; tad ayam ardharātro vartate; na tāvad udeti; kuto 'staṃgamiṣyati; evaṃ saṃjñaptā yaśodharā tūṣṇīm avasthitā; bodhisatvaḥ saṃlakṣayati: yādṛśāni yaśodharayā svapnāni dṛṣṭāni niyataṃ mayādyaiva gantavyam; tad asyā leśāṃśadeśena kathayām> iti; tena tasya leśāṃśadeśena kathitam; yaśodharā kathayati: deva yatra tvaṃ gamiṣyasi tatra māṃ neṣyasi iti; bodhisatvo nirvāṇaṃ sandhāya kathayaty evaṃ bhavatu; yatra yatra gamiṣyāmi tatra tatra tvāṃ neṣyāmi iti ( SBV I 84 )
Siddhārtha's renunciation
atha śakrabrahmādayo devā bodhisatvasya cetasā cittam ājñāya yena bodhisatvas tenopasaṅkrāntāḥ;
uddāmakiśorakasannibhakaṃ
vanavānaragocaracittasamam /
yadi cittaṃ nivartasi kāmaguṇāt
tato drakṣyasi jyotir anindyapadam //
uttiṣṭhottiṣṭha sumate tyaktvā niṣkrama medinīm /
sarvajñatām anuprāpya jagad uttārayiṣyasi //
bodhisatvenābhihitam: nanu paśyasi kauśika
mṛgapatir iva vāgurāvṛto 'haṃ
dhanurasikhaḍgadharair naraiḥ samarthaiḥ /
hayagajarathasaṅkulair balaughaiḥ
kapilapuraṃ parivāritaṃ samantāt //
śuddhodanapramukha eṣa hi śākyasaṅgho
hastyaśvayānam abhiruhya suvarmitāṅgaḥ /
prāsādatoraṇavimānatalāntarastho
nānāvidhaiḥ praharaṇair amanāpahastaiḥ //
antaḥpuragṛhadvāram <bahiḥ dvāraṃ> tathaiva ca /
baddhaṃ ca yantritaṃ caiva samantād rakṣitaṃ tathā //
āḍiṃbaśaṅkhapaṭahasvarabherinādaiḥ
prāsādatoraṇavimānatalāntarasthaiḥ /
hastyaśvayodhakalilaḥ satatāpramatto
māyaṃ vrajed iti hi rakṣati māṃ janaughaḥ //
śakraḥ kathayati
pūrvapratijñāṃ samanusmarasva
dīpaṅkaravyākaraṇaṃ ca saumya /
duḥkhārditaṃ lokam imaṃ ca bhūyas ( SBV I 85 )
tyaktvā gṛhān niṣkramaṇaṃ kuruṣva //
vayaṃ tathā kariṣyāmaḥ sabrahmādyā divaukasaḥ /
yad bhavān vighnanirmukto vanam ( A 375b ) adyaiva vāsyati // iti;

bodhisatvaḥ śobhanam ityuktvā prītamanāḥ saṃvṛttaḥ; tataḥ śakreṇa devendreṇa svāpanaṃ kṛtvā pāñcikasya mahāyakṣasenāpater ājñā dattā; mārṣa sopānam upānaya; bodhisatvo harmyatalād avataratīti; tena sopānam upanītam; bodhisatvo 'vatīrṇaḥ; tataḥ śakreṇa saha kṛtasaṅketo yena chandaka upasthāyakas tenopasaṅkrānto yāvat paśyati chandakaṃ gāḍhamiddhāvaṣṭabdham; bodhisatvena yatnam āsthāya prabodhito gāthābhir gītena coktaḥ:
uttiṣṭha he chanda mamānayasva
tūrṇaṃ gṛhāt kanthakam aśvaratnam /
yāsyāmy ahaṃ pūrvajinopabhuktaṃ
tapovanaṃ tuṣṭikaraṃ munīnām //
chandakaḥ suptapratibuddhalocanaḥ kathayati: deva
nodyānakālaḥ samupasthitas te
vairaṃ na te kenacid asti saumya /
na cāpi śatrus tava kaścid asti
kim ardharātre hi tavāśvakāryam //
bodhisatvaḥ kathayati
na kadācit tvayā chanda mama vākyaṃ vilopitam /
mā me'dya carame kāle vākyam etad vilopaya // iti;
chandaḥ kathayati: kumāra rātrir iyaṃ bhayabhairavā; nāham aśvam ānayāmi iti; bodhisatvaḥ saṃlakṣayati: uttarād uttare niyataṃ janaprabodho bhavati; gacchāmi svayam eva; kanthakam aśvarājaṃ sajjīkaromi iti; tataḥ svayam eva puradvāram udghāṭya kanthakam aśvarājaṃ grahītum ārabdhaḥ; sa krodhāgnisaṃpradīpta iva kṣipati pādaṃ, vakrayati mukhaṃ, sthānāt sthānaṃ cālayati; nāvatiṣṭhate; tato bodhisatvena cakrasvastikanandyāvartenānekapuṇyaśatanirjātena bhūtānām āśvāsanakareṇa kareṇa śirasi parāmṛṣṭa uktaś ca: ( SBV I 86 )
apaścimaṃ kanthaka bhāram udvahā
vilaṃbitaṃ prāpaya māṃ tapovanam /
avāpya bodhiṃ na cireṇa tarpaye
kṛtsnaṃ jagad dhyānavimokṣavṛṣṭibhiḥ // iti;
dharmatā khalu tiryañco 'py upasāntvyamānā vikṛtiṃ na vikṛtiṃ na bhajante; kanthako 'śvarājo nirvikāro 'vasthitaḥ; tato bodhisatvaḥ saṃjātasaumanasyaṃ kanthakam aśvarājaṃ sajjam avasthitaṃ <dṛṣṭvotthitaḥ>; śakrabrahmādibhir devaiś catvāro devaputrā bodhisatvaṃ niṣkāsanāya samanuśiṣya sthāpitāḥ, kūlaḥ, upakūlaḥ, parṇaḥ śabaraś ca; te bodhisatvenābhihitāḥ: bhavantaḥ ko māṃ neṣyati? kathayanti: vayaṃ neṣyāmaḥ; kiṃ yuṣmākaṃ balam? ekaḥ kathayati: kumāra yāvatī pṛthivyā mṛttikā tām ahaṃ skandhenādāya gacchāmīti; dvitīyaḥ kathayati: yāvac caturṣu mahāsamudreṣu sarittaḍāgodapāneṣu ca salilaṃ tat sarvam ahaṃ skandhenādāya gacchāmi iti; tṛtīyaḥ kathayati: yāvantaḥ pṛthivyāṃ parvatās tān ahaṃ skandhenādāya gacchāmi iti; caturthaḥ kathayati: yāvat pṛthivyāṃ tṛṇakāṣṭhaparṇaśādaṃ tat sarvam ahaṃ skandhenādāya gacchāmi iti; tato bodhisatvena pṛthivyāṃ pādo nyastaḥ; te kampayitum api na śaknuvanti; vismayajātāḥ kathayanti: kumāra nāsmābhir vijñātam īdṛśaṃ balaṃ ( A 375b ) bodhisatvānām iti; yadi vijñātaṃ syān na vayam avasthitā syāma iti; taṃ kathālāpam śrutvā pūrvabuddhaś chandako bodhisatvasamīpam upasaṅkrāntaḥ; tato bodhisatvaḥ kanthakam aśvarājam adhirūḍhaḥ; chandake 'śvapṛṣṭhe lagne kanthako 'śvarāja upari vihāyasam abhyudgataḥ: yathāpi tat bodhisatvasya bodhisatvānubhāvena devatānāṃ ca devatānubhāvena; antaḥpuranivāsinyo devatā bodhisatvavijogād roditum ārabdhāḥ; tāsāṃ rudantīnām aśrubindavaḥ kāye pṛthivyāṃ ca nipatitum ārabdhāḥ; chandakaḥ kathayati: kumāra udakabindavo nipatanti; kiṃ devo varṣati iti; bodhisatvaḥ kathayati: na devo varṣati; kin tv antaḥpuranivāsinyo devatā madviyogād roditum ārabdhāḥ; tāsāṃ ( SBV I 87 ) rudantīnām aśrubindavaḥ kāye nipatantīti; tataś chandako 'śruparyākulekṣaṇo dīrgham uṣṇaṃ ca niśvasya tūṣṇīm avasthitaḥ; bodhisatvo dakṣiṇena sarvakāyena nāgāvalokitena vyavalokayati; cintayati ca: iyaṃ ca me paścimā rātrir <yadā> mātṛgrāmeṇa sārdhaṃ sahāgāraśayyā iti; bhūyas sa lakṣayati: saced ahaṃ pūrvaṃ dvāram apahāyānyena dvāreṇa nirgamiṣyāmi, rājño bhaviṣyaty anyathātvam carame kāle nāhaṃ kumāreṇa vyavalokita <iti>; yāvat paśyati rājānaṃ śuddhodanam gāḍhamiddhāvaṣṭabdham; sa taṃ pradakṣiṇīkṛtya kathayati: tāta nāgauravāt, na śuśrūṣābhāvād gacchāmi; nānyatra jarāmaraṇābhimarditaṃ lokaṃ jarāmaraṇaduḥkhabhayāt parimocayeyam iti; yāvan mahānāmā śākyo jāgarakajanaṃ pratyavekṣamāṇas taṃ pradeśam āgataḥ; paśyati bodhisatvaṃ gamanābhimukham; tato bāṣpagadgadakanṭho 'śruparyākulekṣaṇaḥ kathayati: kim idaṃ prārabdham? mahānāman gamyate; kumāra na yuktam etat; mahānāman yena mayā tribhiḥ kalpāsaṅkhyeyair anekaiś ca duṣkaraśatasahasraiḥ satvānām arthāya bodhiḥ samupārjitaḥ; mayā kiṃ śakyaṃ gṛhe vastum; eṣa niścayaḥ; gato 'smi tapovanam iti; tato mahānāmā śākyo niṣkaruṇavacanasamudācāraparāhato vikroṣṭum ārabdhaḥ; hā kaṣṭaṃ
śākyānām adya sarveṣāṃ rājñaḥ śuddhodanasya ca /
āśā bhaviṣyaty aphalā cintitā yā punaḥ punaḥ //
adya śuddhodano rājā putraśokasamarpitaḥ /
ūrdhvabāhū ravaṃ ghoraṃ kariṣyati suduḥkhitaḥ //
gopikāmṛgajāyaśodharā sphītam antaḥpuraṃ tathā /
siddhārthasya vigoyena bhaviṣyanti suduḥkhitāḥ // ( SBV I 88 )
iti viditvā sasaṃbhramo yaśodharām utthāpayan kathayati:
eṣa gacchati siddhārthas taṃ vāraya patiṃ priyam /
ārodiṣyasi duḥkhārtā patiśokasamarpitā //
bhartā prayāti tava durlabhadarśanīyaṃ
paśyādya paściman idaṃ patidarśanaṃ te /
kaṣṭaṃ na kaścid api me vacanaṃ dadāty
ārto viraumi niśi nātra mamāparādhaḥ // iti;
tasyaivaṃ vipralapato 'py antaḥpure na kaścit pratibuddhyata iti
....................................
araṇyaṃ vā nirākrandaṃ tathā devair adhiṣṭhitam / iti;
tato mahānāmā duḥkhadaurmanasyaparītaḥ saṃtvaramāṇo rājñaḥ ( A 376a ) śuddhodanasya samīpaṃ gatvā rājānaṃ śuddhodanaṃ prabodhayan kathayati
eṣa gacchati siddhārthas taṃ balād vinivāraya /
mā rodiṣyasi duḥkhārtaḥ putraśokasamarpitaḥ // iti;
daivāt so 'pi na pratibuddhyate; tataḥ śakrabrahmādayo devā anekadevatāśatasahasraparivṛtā yena bodhisatvas tenopasaṅkrāntāḥ; upasaṅkramya bodhisatvaṃ parivārya saṃprasthitāḥ; dakṣiṇena pārśvena rūpāvacarā devā śānteryāpathavartinaḥ, vāme kāmāvacarā ucchritadhvajapatākair divyair vādyaviśeṣair; agrataḥ śakrabrahmādayaḥ svena svenācāravihāreṇa gaganatalasthāne cānekāni devatāśatasahasrāṇi bodhisatvasyopariṣṭād divyāny utpalāni, padmāni, kumudāni, puṇḍarīkāni kṣipanti; agarucūrṇāni, ( SBV I 89 ) tagarucūrṇāni, tamālapatracūrṇāni, divyāni māndārakāṇi puṣpāṇi kṣipanti; divyāni ca vividhāni vāditrāṇi pravādayanti; cailavikṣepāṃś cākārṣuḥ; āha cātra

prasphoṭanādatumulaṃ hi divaukasaḥ khaṃ

kurvanti hṛṣṭamanaso bhramayanti vastram /
stunvanti kecid apare 'pi ca bodhisatvam
ākāśam aṅguliśataiś ca samākṣipanti //
dvārāṇi kecit pravighāṭayanti
mandārapuṣpāṇy apare kṣipanti /
aśvasya kecic caraṇau gṛhītvā
nirīkṣamāṇāḥ sugataṃ vrajanti //
vāmena gacchantam anuvrajanti
kecit punar dakṣiṇato vrajanti /
mārgaṃ svayaṃ darśayate kuberaḥ
śakras tathā brahmasahīya eva //
puraskṛto devagaṇair mahātmā
nakṣatrasaṅghair iva pūrṇacandraḥ /
prayāti hṛṣṭo vanam āryakāntaṃ
tapovanaṃ prītikaraṃ munīnām //
tato bodhisatvaḥ kapilavastuno nagarāt pratiniṣkrāntaḥ; śakrabrahmādayo devāḥ prītamanasaḥ protsāhayanti: mārṣa yas te 'bhūd dīrgharātram āśāsakaḥ kadāsvid ahaṃ vighnanirmuktas tapovanaṃ gaccheyam iti sa te 'dya paripūrṇaḥ; yadā tvam anuttarāṃ samyakasaṃbodhim abhisaṃbuddhyethās tadāsmān api samanvāharethā iti; tathāstv iti pratijñāya bodhisatvo dakṣiṇena sarvakāyena nāgāvalokanena vyavalokya kathayati:
anavāpya paraṃ mārgaṃ sarvabuddhaniṣevitam /
na punaḥ saṃpravekṣyāmi puraṃ kapilavastv aham // iti
atha bodhisatvo yāmadvayena dvādaśayojanāni samatikramyāśvād avatīryābharaṇāny avamucya chandakam āmantrayate
nivartaya chandakāśvam ādāyābharaṇāni ca / ( SBV I 90 )
āha cātra
imaṃ hayaṃ hy ābharaṇāni caiva
jñātibhyo me sārathe tvaṃ prayaccha /
ahaṃ hi kāmān vipulān prahāya
ihaiva dīkṣām upayāmi sāṃpratam //
atha chandakaḥ sāśrudurdinavadano bodhisatvam uvāca
siṃhavyāghrasamākīrṇe vane gokaṇṭakācite /
ekākī bandhurahitaḥ katham ārya kariṣyasi // iti;
bodhisatvaḥ kathayati
eko hy ayaṃ jāyate jāyamānas
tathā mriyate mriyamāṇo 'yam ekaḥ /
eko duḥkhāny anubhavatīha jantur
na vidyate saṃsarataḥ sakhā yaḥ //
chandakaḥ kathayati
adṛṣṭaduḥkhaḥ sukumārapādo
hastyaśvayānocito ( A 376b ) hā kumāra /
darbhopalākīrṇatalāṃ kharāṃ mahīm
kathaṃ samākramya vane bhramiṣyasi //
bodhisatvaḥ kathayati
na saukumāryaṃ na sukhocitatvaṃ

na nāthavattāṃ na kulīnabhāvam /
na śauryavīryaṃ na janapriyatvam
avekṣate mṛtyubhayaṃ kadācit //
āgamiṣyati kṛtvā vā jarāmṛtyubhayam kila /
akṛtārtho nirāraṃbho nidhanaṃ yāsyatīti vā //
chandakaḥ kathayati: deva vṛddho rājā putraśokena kālaṃ kariṣyatīti; tathā ( SBV I 91 ) bodhisatvo bodhisaṃbhārasaṃbhṛtatvāt chandakavacanaṃ cittena na karoti; tato bodhisatvena nīlotpalasadṛśaṃ niṣkośam asiṃ kṛtvā cūḍām apanīya upari upari vihāyasi kṣiptā; śakreṇa devendreṇa gṛhītvā mahatā satkāreṇa devāṃs trayastriṃśān nītvā cūḍāmahaḥ prajñaptaḥ; śrāddhair api brāhmaṇagṛhapatibhis tasmin pradeśe keśagrahaṇaṃ nāma caityaṃ pratiṣṭhāpitam adyāpi caityavandakā bhikṣavo vandante; bodhisatvaḥ kathayati: kiṃ manyase chandaka? yasyedṛśo vyavasāyo na sa punar api gṛhī agāram adhyāvaseta? no deva; chandakaḥ saṃlakṣayati: kṣatriyābhimānī kumāro, na śakyam anena pratinivartitum iti /
Return of Kanthaka and Chandaka
tataḥ kanthako 'śvarājo bodhisatvasya pādau jihvayā nirlīḍhe; bodhisatvena cakrasvastikanandyāvartena pāṇinā parāmṛśyābhihitaḥ: gaccha kanthaka so 'ham abhisaṃbuddhabodhir bhavatkṛtajño bhavīṣyāmi iti; chandako 'py uktaḥ: na tvayā kanthako 'ntaḥpuraṃ praveśayitavya iti; evam uktaś chandako bāṣpagadgadakanṭho 'śruparyākulekṣaṇaḥ kanthakam aśvarājam ādāya punar bodhisatvam īkṣamāṇaḥ saṃprasthitaḥ; tau yāṃ bhūmiṃ yāmadvayena gatau tāṃ saptarātreṇa pratinivṛttau; chandakaḥ saṃlakṣayati: yugapat <yadi> pravekṣyāmo mahatā vipralāpena nātmānaṃ sandhārayiṣyāmi; tenodyāne sthitvā kanthakaḥ preṣitaḥ; tena heṣitam; tacchabdapratisaṃvedī antaḥpurajano 'nyaś ca janakāyaḥ sasaṃbhramo nirgato, na paśyati bodhisatvam; kanthakaṃ kaṇṭhe pariṣvajya roditum ārabdhāḥ; dharmatā hy eṣā anye prākṛtās tiryagyonigatāḥ prāṇinaḥ saṃvṛtijñānalābhinaḥ; prāg eva kanthako 'śvarājaḥ; sa mahājanakāyaviklavaṃ śrutvā antargatenaiva bāṣpeṇoparuddhyamānaḥ kālagataḥ; tena viśrute anyatamasmin ṣaṭkarmanirate brāhmaṇakule ( SBV I 92 ) pratisandhir gṛhītaḥ; yadā bodhisatvo 'nuttarāṃ saṃyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbhotsyate tadā taṃ khaṭuṃkāśvavādena avabodhya saṃsārakāntārād uttāryātyantaniṣṭhe yogakṣeme nirvāṇe pratisthāpayiṣyati
The taking of the Yellow Robes
bodhisatvasya kāṣāyaiḥ prayojanam utpannam; anupame nagare 'nyatamo gṛhapatir āḍhyo mahādhano mahābhogo vistīrṇaviśālaparigraho vaiśravaṇadhanasamudito vaiśravaṇadhanapratispardhī; tena sadṛśāt kulāt kalatram ānītam; sa tayā sārdhaṃ krīḍati ramate paricārayati; tasya krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ ( A 377a ) putro jātaḥ; evaṃ yāvad daśaputrā jātāh; sarvaiś ca pravrajya pratyekā bodhiḥ sākṣātkṛtā; teṣāṃ mātā vṛddhā; sā tebhyaḥ śāṇakāni cīvarāṇy anuprayacchati; tair abhihitā: aṃba vayaṃ parinirvāsyāmaḥ; nāsmākam etaiḥ prayojanam; kin tu rājñaḥ śuddhodanasya śākyamunir nāma putraḥ kumāro 'nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbhotsyate; tasyaitāni dāsyasi; tatas te mahatī phalāvāptir bhaviṣyati; ityuktvā jvalanatapanavarṣaṇavidyotanaprātihāryāṇi kṛtvā nirupadhiśeṣe nirvāṇadhātau parinirvṛtāḥ; tayāpi vṛddhayā tāni cīvarāṇi maraṇakāle duhitur dattāni; yathāvṛttaṃ cārocitam; sāpy asyā duhitā glānā saṃvṛttā; tayāpi maraṇāvasthāṃ paricchidya vṛkṣe sthāpitāni; yā devatā tasmin vṛkṣe 'dhyuṣitā sā āyācitā tvayaitāni rājñaḥ śuddhodanaputrasya dātavyānīti; śakrasya devendrasyādhastāj jñānadarśanaṃ pravartate; tena tāni gṛhītvā nītāni; tato jarājīrṇalubdhavarṇam ātmānam abhinirmāya tāni prāvṛtya dhanurbāṇavyagrapāṇiḥ bodhisatvasya pratimārge 'vasthitaḥ; bodhisatvaś cānupūrveṇa taṃ mārgaṃ pratipannaḥ paśyati lubdhaṃ dhanurbāṇavyagrapāṇiṃ kāṣāyavastraprāvṛtam; dṛṣṭvā ca punas taṃ puruṣam āmantrayate: bhoḥ puruṣa etāni sāṇakāni vastrāṇi pravrajitānurūpāṇi; imāni kāśikasūkṣmāṇi gṛhāṇa; mamaitaṇy anuprayaccha iti; sa kathayati: kumāra nāham etāny anuprayacchāmi; mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ, tvayā rājakumāraṃ jīvitād vyaparopya etāni kāśikasūkṣmāṇi vastrāṇi gṛhītāni <iti>; bodhisatvaḥ kathayati: bhoḥ puruṣa sarvaloko ( SBV I 93 ) māṃ jānīte yāḍṛśo 'haṃ śaktisaṃpannaḥ; kaḥ śaknoti māṃ jīvitād vyaparopayitum; ko vā śraddhatte tvayāhaṃ jīvitād vyaparopita iti; nirviśaṅkaḥ prayaccha iti; tataḥ śakro devendro bodhisatvasya pādayor nipatya śāṇakāny anuprayacchati; kāśikāni gṛhṇāti; bodhisatvasya tāni śāṇakāni vastrāṇi na kāyapramāṇikāṇi; tasyaitad abhavat: aho bata me śāṇakāni cīvarāṇi kāyapramāṇikāni syur iti; vākpravyāhārasamanantaram eva bodhisatvasya tāni śāṇakāni cīvarāṇi kāyapramāṇikāni saṃvṛttāni; yathāpitad bodhisatvasya bodhisatvānubhāvena devatānāṃ ca devatānubhāvena; bodhisatvaḥ saṃlakṣayati: idānīm ahaṃ pravrajitaḥ, kariṣyāmi jagato 'nugraham iti; tatas tāni bodhisatvakāśikavastrāṇi <pratigṛhya> śakreṇa deveṣu trayastriṃśeṣu kāśikamahaḥ prajñaptaḥ; śrāddhair brāhmaṇagṛhapatibhir tasmin pradeśe kāṣāyapratigrahaṇaṃ nāma caityaṃ pratiṣṭhāpitam adyāpi caityavandakā bhikṣavo vandante; tato bodhisatvo muṇḍaḥ kāṣāyavastraprāvṛtaḥ itaś cāmutās ca paryaṭan bhārgavasya riṣer āśramapadam anuprāptaḥ
The sage Bhārgava

tasmiṃś ca samaye bhārgavariṣiḥ kare kapolaṃ datvā cintāparo ( A 377b ) vyavasthitaḥ; sa bodhisatvena tathāvidho dṛṣṭaḥ; uktaś ca: maharṣe kim arthaṃ kare kapolaṃ datvā cintāparas tiṣṭhasi iti; sa kathayati: mamāsminn āśramapade tālāḥ sauvarṇaiḥ puṣpaphalair āsan; te yathā paurāṇāḥ saṃvṛttāḥ iti; bodhisatvaḥ kathayati: maharṣe yasyānubhāvād etasminn āśramapade tālāḥ sauvarṇaiḥ puṣpaphalair āsan sa jīrṇāturamṛtasandarśanād udvigno vanaṃ saṃśṛtaḥ; yady asau jīrṇāturamṛtasandarśanād udvignas tapovanaṃ <na> saṃśṛto 'bhaviṣyat tasyaitad udyānam abhaviṣyat; ity evam ukto bhārgavariṣir bodhisatvaṃ nirīkṣitum ārabdhah; tato rūpaśobhāṃ śāntaṃ ca veṣaṃ dṛṣṭvā, ciraṃ nirīkṣya kutūhalajātaḥ kathayati: bhoḥ pravrajita mā haiva tvam eva saḥ; bodhisatvaḥ kathayati: maharṣe vyaktam etat; tato bhārgavena vismayotphulladṛṣṭinā bodhisatvas tatprathamata āsanenopanimantritaḥ puṣpaphalaiś ca; evaṃ pratisaṃmodito muhūrtam āsthāya kathayati: maharṣe kiyad dūram itaḥ kapilavastu nagaram ( SBV I 94 ) iti; sa kathayati: dvādaśayojanānīti; bodhisatvaḥ saṃlakṣayati āsannam kapilavastunagaram, nātrāvasthānaṃ śreyaḥ; śākyāḥ paurāḥ saṃkṣobhaṃ kariṣyanti; yanv ahaṃ gaṅgām uttareyam iti
Arrival at Rājagṛha and Bimbisāra's meeting
sa gaṅgām uttīryānupūrveṇa cārikāṃ caran rājagṛham anuprāptaḥ: kuśalo bhavan bodhisatvas teṣu teṣu śilpasthanākarmasthāneṣu karavīrapatrapuṭakaṃ kṛtvā śānteneryāpathena rājagṛhaṃ piṇḍāya praviṣṭaḥ; tasmiṃś ca samaye rājā biṃbisāra upariprāsādatalagataḥ; tenāsau dṛṣṭaḥ prāsādikena abhikramapratikrameṇa ālokitavyavalokitena saṃmiñjitaprasāritena saṅghāṭīcīvarapātradhāraṇena piṇḍapātam aṭan; dṛṣṭvā ca punar asyaitad abhavat: yāvantaḥ pravrajitasamāpannā rājagṛhe prativasanti, nāsti kasyacid evaṃrūpa īryāpathas tadyathāsya pravrajitasya; ātha cātra
pravrajyāṃ kīrtayiṣyāmi cakṣuṣmān prāvrajad yathā /
yathā mīmāṃsamāno 'sau pravrajyāṃ samarocayat /
saṃbādho 'yaṃ gṛhāvāsa āvāso rajasām ayam /
pravrajyābhyavakāśaś ca jñātvāyaṃ prāvrajat tathā //
pravrajitvā 'tha kāyena karma pāpaṃ pravarjayan /
hitvā ca pāpikāṃ vācam ājīvaṃ paryaśodhayat //
tato rājagṛhaṃ gatvā magadhānāṃ purottamaḥ /
piṇḍāya vyāharan nāthaḥ saṃprajānan pratismṛtaḥ //
prāsādasthas tam adrākṣīc chreṇiko magadhādhipaḥ /
prasannacitto dṛṣṭvātha amātyān idam abravīt //
imaṃ bhavanta īkṣadhvam ākīrṇaṃ varalakṣaṇaiḥ /
āroheṇa ca saṃpannaṃ yugamātraṃ ca paśyati //
nokṣiptacakṣur medhāvi ( A 378a ) nāyam ūnakuloditaḥ /
rājadūtānusaṃyāntu vāsaṃ kvopagamiṣyati //
tataḥ saṃcoditā dūtā anvabadhnaṃś ca pṛṣṭhataḥ / ( SBV I 95 )
bhikṣur gamiṣyati kvāyaṃ kutra vāsam upaiṣyati //
sa piṇḍapātaṃ carati ṣaḍbhir dvāraiḥ susaṃvṛtaḥ /
kṣipraṃ pātraṃ pūrayati saṃprajānan pratismṛtaḥ //
piṇḍapātaṃ caritvātha niṣkramya nagarān muniḥ /
pāṇḍavam abhisārayaty atra vāso bhaviṣyati //
jñātvā ca vāsopagatam eko dūta upāviśat /
apare kṣipram āgamya rājña ārocayaṃs tataḥ //
eṣa bhikṣur mahārāja pāṇḍavasyopari sthitaḥ /
āsīno vyāghraśābo vā siṃho vā girigahvare //
dūtānāṃ vacanaṃ śrutvā ratham āruhya pārthivaḥ /
prāyāsīt kṣipram evāsāv amātyaiḥ parivāritaḥ //

āyānabhūmiṃ niryāya sa yānād avatīrya ca /
padbhyāṃ samupasaṅkramya tathādrākṣīt tathāgatam //
rājā niṣadya saṃmodya kṛtvā saṃrañjanīṃ kathām /
anuddhataṃ so 'paruṣam idam artham abhāṣata //
prathamotpatite bhikṣo yauvane samupasthite /
evaṃtejoguṇopete bhaikṣacaryā na śobhate //
niveśanāni ramyāṇi nārīś ca samalaṅkṛtāḥ /
dadāmi te varān bhogān jātiṃ pṛṣṭo vadātmanaḥ//
santi rājan janapadāḥ pārśve himavato gireḥ /
ākīrṇā dhanadhānyena kausalā iti viśrutāḥ //
ikṣvākavaḥ sūryagotrāḥ śākyās tatra nivāsinaḥ /
kṣatriyṣ me kulaṃ rājan na kāmān prārthayāmy aham //
praśāsya hīmāṃ pṛthivīṃ saśailāṃ
sasāgarāṃ sarvasamṛddharatnām /
na yāti tṛptiṃ puruṣaḥ kadācit
kāṣṭair nidāghe jvalano yathaiva //
vairaprasaṅgāṃs tu vadanti kāmān
duruttarāsāranibhān narendra /
duḥkhasya śokasya bhayasya cāpi
mūlaṃ paraṃ prākṛtabuddhisevyān //
niṣkrāntamātreṇa mayā tu rājan
kṛtā na kāmeṣv abhilāṣabuddhiḥ /
vāntān kathaṃ tān punar ādadeyam ( SBV I 96 )
bhayaṅkarān dharmasapatnabhūtān //
apyeva nānāśikharapravṛddhaḥ
kampeta merur himavāṃś ca vātaiḥ /
na tv eva buddhiṃ mama kāmavegā
mokṣāśritāṃ kaṃpayituṃ samarthāḥ //
loko hy ayaṃ kāmanimagnavāhaḥ
saṃsāracakre paribaṃbhramīti /
trātāham asmīti narendra nānyaḥ
taṃ mokṣayiṣyāmi mahābhayebhyaḥ //
kāmeṣv ādīnavaṃ jñātvā dṛṣṭvā nirvāṇaśāntatām /
prahāṇāya gamiṣyāmi yatra me raṃsyate manaḥ //
rājñā biṃbisāreṇābhihitam: bhoḥ pravrajita anena vratena kiṃ prārthayase? kathayati: anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim; rājā kathayati: bhoḥ pravrajita yadā tvam anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbuddhyethās tadāsmān api samanvāharethā iti; bodhisatvaḥ kathayati: evaṃ bhavatu samanvāhariṣyāmi; ityuktvā rājagṛhān niṣkrāntaḥ
Hermitage of the sages
gṛdhrakūṭasya nātidūre ṛṣīṇām āśramapadam; tatropasaṅkrāntaḥ; teṣāṃ cāravihāratayā dhyānaparo vyavasthitaḥ; ( A 378b ) yadā te ekapādā divasasya praharam avatiṣṭhante, bodhisatvo dvāv avatiṣṭhate; yadi te pañcatapaḥprayogeṇa divasasya praharam avatiṣṭhante, bodhisatvas tenāpi yogena dvāv avatiṣṭhate; tatas te vismayam āpannāḥ saṃjalpaṃ kartum ārabdhāḥ: mahān ayaṃ śramaṇa <iti> mahāśramaṇo mahāśramaṇa iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā; bodhisatvena te pṛṣṭāḥ: bhavanto yūyam anena vratena kiṃ prārthayatha? tatraike kathayanti: śakratvam iti; apare ( SBV I 97 ) kathayanti vayaṃ brahmatvam iti; anye kathayanti māratvam iti; bodhisatvaḥ saṃlakṣayati: punarāvartakā hy ete ṛṣaya unmārgapratipannā iti
Ārāḍa Kālāma
sa taṃ mārgaṃ nālam iti kṛtvā yenārāḍaḥ kālāmas tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya ārāḍaṃ kālāmam idam avocat: sacet te ārāḍa aguru careyam ahaṃ bhavato 'ntike brahmacaryam iti;sa kathayati: na me āyuṣman gautamāguru; vihara tvaṃ yathāsukham iti; bodhisatvaḥ kathayati: kiyanto bhavatā ārāḍena dharmā adhigatāḥ? sa kathayati: yāvad evāyuṣman gautama ākiñcanyāyatanam; atha bodhisatvasyaitad abhavat: ārāḍasyāpi kālāmasya śraddhā, mamāpi śraddhā; ārāḍasyāpi kālāmasya vīryaṃ smṛtiḥ samādhiḥ prajñā, mamāpi vīryaṃ smṛtiḥ samādhiḥ prajñā; ārāḍena kālāmena iyanto dharmāḥ sākṣātkṛtāḥ yāvad eva ākiñcanyāyatanam; kasmād aham imān dharmān na sākṣātkariṣyāmi iti; atha bodhisatvas teṣām eva dharmāṇām aprāptānāṃ prāptaye anadhigatānaṃ adhigamāya asākṣātkṛtānāṃ sākṣātkriyāyai eko vyapakṛṣṭo 'pramatta ātāpī prahitātmā vyāhārṣīd; eko vyapakṛṣṭo 'pramatta ātāpī prahitātmā viharann acirād eva tān dharmān sākṣād akārṣīt; sākṣātkṛtvā ca punas tān dharmān yenārāḍaḥ kālāmas tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya ārāḍaṃ kālāmam idam avocat: nanu bhavatā ārāḍena ime dharmāḥ svayam abhijñayā sākṣātkṛtā yāvad evākiñcanyāyatanam; sa evam āha: tathyaṃ mayā gautama ime dharmāḥ sākṣātkṛtā yāvad evākiñcanyāyatanam; bodhisatvaḥ kathayati: mamāpy āyuṣman ārāḍa ime dharmāḥ svayam abhijñayā sākṣātkṛtā yāvad evākiñcanyāyatanam iti; tarhy āyuṣman gautama yāvat tava tāvan mama; yāvan mama tāvat tava; ehy āvām ubhāv apīmaṃ gaṇaṃ parikarṣāvaḥ; asmīṃś cārthe āvāṃ samasamau sāmānyaprāptau; athārāḍaḥ kālāmo bodhisatvasya pūrvācārya eva san bodhisatvaṃ paramayā mānanayā mānitavān; paramayā pūjanayā pūjitavān; parameṣu cāsya pratyayeṣu āttamanāś cābhūd abhirāddhaś ca; atha bodhisatvasyaitad abhavat: ayaṃ mārgo ( SBV I 98 ) nālaṃ jñānāya, nālaṃ darśanāya, nālam anuttarāyai samyaksaṃbodhaye
Udraka Rāmaputra

atha bodhisatvas taṃ mārgaṃ nālam iti viditvā yenodrako rāmaputras tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramyodrakaṃ rāmaputram idam avocat: sacet te udraka aguru careyam ahaṃ tavāntike brahmacaryam; na me āyuṣman gautamāguru; vihara tvaṃ yathāsukhaṃ; kiyanto bhavatā udrakeṇa dharmāḥ sākṣātkṛtāḥ? yāvad evāyuṣman gautama naivasaṃjñānāsaṃjñāyatanam; bodhisatvasyaitad abhavat: udrakasya rāmaputrasya śraddhā; mamāpi śraddhā; udrakasya rāmaputrasya vīryaṃ smṛtiḥ samādhiḥ prajñā; mamāpi vīryaṃ smṛtiḥ samādhiḥ prajñā; udrakeṇa rāmaputreṇa iyanto dharmāḥ sākṣātkṛtā yāvad eva naivasaṃjñānāsaṃjñāyatanam; kasmād aham imān dharmān na sākṣātkariṣyāmi iti; atha bodhisatvas teṣām eva dharmāṇām aprāptānāṃ prāptaye anadhigatānām adhigamāya asākṣātkṛtānāṃ sākṣātkriyāyai eko vyapakṛṣṭo 'pramatta ātāpī prahitātmā vyāhārṣīt; eko vyapakṛṣṭo 'pramatta ātāpī prahitātmā viharann acirād eva tān dharmān sākṣādakārṣīt; sākṣātkṛtvā ca punas tān dharmān yenodrako rāmaputras tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramyodrakaṃ rāmaputram idam avocat: nanu bhavatā udrakeṇa ime dharmāḥ svayam abhijñayā sākṣātkṛtā yāvad eva naivasaṃjñānāsaṃjñāyatanam? tathyam; mayā āyuṣman gautama ime dharmāḥ sākṣātkṛtā yāvad eva naivasaṃjñānāsaṃjñāyatanam; bodhisatvaḥ kathayati: mayāpy āyuṣmann udraka ime dharmāḥ svayam abhijñayā sākṣātkṛtā yāvad eva naivasaṃjñānāsaṃjñāyatanam iti; tarhy āyuṣman gautama yāvat tava tāvan mama; yāvan mama tāvat tava; ehy āvām ubhāv apīmaṃ gaṇaṃ parikarṣāvaḥ; asmiṃś cārthe āvāṃ samasamau sāmānyaprāptau; athodrako rāmaputro bodhisatvasya pūrvācārya eva san taṃ paramayā mānanayā mānitavān; paramayā pūjanayā pūjitavān; parameṣu cāsya pratyayeṣv āttamanāś cābhūd abhirāddhaś ca; atha bodhisatvasya etad abhavat: ayam api mārgo nālaṃ jñānāya, nālaṃ darśanāya nālam anuttarāyai samyaksaṃbodhaye; atha bodhisatvas tam api mārgaṃ nālam iti kṛtvā prakrāntaḥ ( SBV I 99 )
The river Nairañjanā
rājā śuddhodanaḥ putraśokābhibhūto nityam eva bodhisatvaṃ samanveṣaṇāya dūtān preṣayati; tena śrutaṃ yathā siddhārthaṃ kumāra udrakeṇa rāmaputreṇa sārdhaṃ vihṛtya rājagṛhān niṣkrānto upasthāyakavirahitaḥ paribhramatīti; śrutvā trīṇy upasthāyakānāṃ śatāni preṣitāni; devadṛśe nagare suprabuddhena śākyenaivam eva śrutam; tenāpi dve upasthāyakaśate <preśite> iti; tatra bodhisatvaḥ pañcabhir upasthāyakaśataiḥ parivṛtas tapovane paribhramati; sa saṃlakṣayati: tapovanādhyācaraṇam ( A 379b ) ākīrṇavihāratā ca nālam amṛtādhigamāya; yanv ahaṃ pañcopasthāyakān gṛhītvā pariśiṣṭān preṣayeyam iti; tena mātṛpakṣād dvau gṛhītau, pitṛpakṣāt trayaḥ; te tasyopasthānaṃ kurvanti; atha bodhisatvaḥ pañcabhir upasthāyakaiḥ parivṛto gayādakṣiṇena yenorubilvāsenāyanīgrāmakas tena cārikāṃ prakrāntaḥ; sa itaś cāmutaś ca paribhramann adrākṣīd ramaṇīyaṃ pṛthivīpradeśam, prāsādikaṃ vanaṣaṇḍam, nadīṃ ca nairañjanāṃ śītalasyandanāṃ sasikatāṃ sūpatīrthāṃ haritaśādvalavistīrṇakūlāṃ nānāvṛkṣopaśobhitāṃ ramaṇīyāṃ; dṛṣṭvā ca punar asyaitad abhavat: ramaṇīyo batāyaṃ pṛthivīpradeśaḥ, prāsādikaṃ ca vanaṣaṇḍam, nadī ca nairañjanā śītalasyandanā sasikatā sūpatīrthā haritaśādvalavistīrṇakūlā nānāvṛkṣopaśobhitā ramaṇīyā; aho bata prahāṇārthinā kulaputreṇemaṃ vanaṣaṇḍam niśritya prahāṇaṃ praṇidhātuṃ <yuktam>; ahaṃ ca prahāṇenārthī; yanv aham imaṃ vanaṣaṇḍaṃ niśritya prahāṇaṃ praṇidadhyām iti ( SBV I 100 )
Self-tortures and fastings
atha bodhisatvas taṃ vanaṣaṇḍam abhyavagāhyānyatarad vṛkṣamūlaṃ niśritya danteṣu dantān ādhāya, jihvāgraṃ tāluni pratiṣṭhāpya, cetasā cittam abhigṛhṇāty abhinipīḍayaty abhisantāpayati; tasya cetasā cittam abhigṛhṇato 'bhinipīḍayato 'bhisantāpayataḥ sarvaromakūpebhyaḥ svedo muktaḥ; tadyathā balavān puruṣo durbalataraṃ puruṣaṃ udbāhukaṃ gṛhītvā abhinigṛhṇīyād abhinipīḍayed abhisantāpayet, tasya romakūpebhyaḥ svedo mucyeta; evam eva bodhisatvasya tasmin samaye danteṣu dantān ādhāya jihvāgraṃ tāluni pratiṣṭhāpya cetasā cittam abhinigṛhṇato 'bhinipīḍayato 'bhisantāpayataḥ sarvaromakūpebhyaḥ svedo muktaḥ; ārabdhaṃ cāsya vīryaṃ bhavaty asaṃlīnaṃ, prasrabdhaḥ kāyo bhavaty asaṃrabdhaṃ, upasthitā smṛtir bhavaty asaṃmūḍhā, samāhitaṃ cittaṃ bhavaty ekāgram; evaṃrūpāṃ bodhisatvasya duḥkhāṃ tīvrāṃ kharāṃ kaṭukām amanāpāṃ vedanāṃ vedayataś cittaṃ na paryādāya tiṣṭhati; yathāpitad bhāvitatvāt kāyasya; tasyaitad abhavat: yanv ahaṃ bhūyasyā mātrayā vyādhmātakāni <dhyānāni> dhyāyeyam iti; bhūyasyā mātrayā vyādhmātakāni dhyānāni dhyātum ārabdhaḥ; sa vyādhmātakāni dhyānāni dhyāyan, mukhe nāsikāyāṃ cāśvāsapraśvāsān saṃniruṇaddhi; tasya mukhe nāsikāyāṃ cāśvāsapraśvāseṣu saṃniruddheṣv atyarthaṃ tasmin samaye śirasi śirovedanā vartante; tadyathā balavān puruṣo durbalatarasya puruṣasya dṛḍhena vāratrakeṇa dāmnā śirasy āmreḍakam dadyāt, tasyātyarthaṃ śirasi śirovedanā varteran; evam eva bodhisatvasya vyādhmātakāni dhyānāni dhyāyato 'tyarthaṃ śirasi śirovedanā vartante; ārabdhaṃ cāsya vīryaṃ bhavaty asaṃlīnam; prasrabdhaṃ kāyo bhavaty asaṃrabdhaḥ; upasthitā smṛtir bhavaty asaṃmūḍhā; samāhitaṃ cittaṃ bhavaty ekāgram; evaṃrūpāṃ bodhisatvasya duḥkhāṃ tīvrāṃ kharāṃ kaṭukām amanāpāṃ vedanām vedayataś ( A 380a ) cittaṃ na paryādāya tiṣṭhati; yathāpitad bhāvitatvāt kāyasya; tasyaitad abhavat: yanv ahaṃ bhūyasyā mātrayā vyādhmātakāni ( SBV I 101 ) dhyānāni dhyāyeyam iti; tad bhūyasyā mātrayā vyādhmātakāni dhyānāni dhyātum ārabdhaḥ; sa vyādhmātakāni dhyānāni dhyāyan mukhe nāsikāyāṃ cāśvāsapraśvāsān saṃniruṇaddhi; tasya mukhe nāsikāyāṃ cāśvāsapraśvāseṣu saṃniruddheṣu atyarthaṃ tasmin samaye
[Here there is a gap of about one leaf due to an error of the scribe. The Tib. Transl. That covers this gap has been reproduced below in facsimile, as the Appendix.]

kukṣau kukṣivedanā vartante; tadyathā goghātako vā goghātakāntevāsī vā tīkṣṇayā gokartanyā gokukṣiṃ pāṭayet, tasyātyarthaṃ kukṣau kukṣivedanā varteran; evam eva bodhisatvasya tasmin samaye vyādhmātakāni dhyānāni dhyāyato 'tyarthaṃ tasmin samaye kukṣau kukṣivedanā vartante; ārabdhaṃ cāsya vīryaṃ bhavaty asaṃlīnam, prasrabdhaḥ kāyo bhavaty asaṃrabdhaḥ, upasthitā smṛtir bhavaty asaṃmūḍhā, samāhitaṃ cittaṃ bhavaty ekāgram; evaṃrūpāṃ bodhisatvasya duḥkhāṃ tīvrāṃ khāraṃ kaṭukām amanāpāṃ vedanāṃ vedayataś cittaṃ na paryādāya tiṣṭhati yathāpitad bhāvitatvāt kāyasya; tasyaitad abhavat: yanv ahaṃ bhūyasyā mātrayā vyādhmātakāni dhyānāni dhyāyeyam iti; sa bhūyasyā mātrayā vyādhmātakāni dhyānāni dhyātum ārabdhaḥ; vyādhmātakāni dhyānāni dhyāyan mukhe nāsikāyāṃ cāśvāśapraśvāsān saṃniruṇaddhi; tasya mukhe nāsikāyāṃ cāśvāsapraśvāseṣu saṃniruddheṣv atyarthaṃ tasmin samaye kāye kāyaparidāhā vartante; tadyathā dvau balavattarau puruṣau durbalataraṃ puruṣam udbāhukaṃ gṛhītvā aṅgārakarṣyām upanāmayete, tasyātyarthaṃ kāye kāyaparidāhā varteran; evam eva bodhisatvasya vyādhmātakāni dhyānāni dhyāyato 'tyarthaṃ tasmin samaye kāye kāyaparidāhā vartante; ārabdhaṃ cāsya vīryaṃ bhavaty asaṃlīnam; prasrabdhaḥ kāyo bhavaty asaṃrabdhaḥ; upasthitā ca smṛtir bhavaty asaṃmūḍhā; samāhitaṃ cittaṃ bhavaty ekāgram; evaṃrūpāṃ bodhisatvasya duḥkhāṃ tīvrāṃ kharāṃ kaṭukām amanāpāṃ ( SBV I 102 ) vedanāṃ vedayataś cittaṃ na paryādāya tiṣṭhati yathāpitad bhāvitatvāt kāyasya; tasyaitad abhavat: yanv ahaṃ sarveṇa sarvam anāhāratāṃ pratipadyeya iti
Offer of the devatās
atha saṃbahulā devatā bodhisatvasya cetasā cittam ājñāya yena bodhisatvas tenopasaṅkrāntāḥ; upasaṅkramya bodhisatvam idam avocan: sacet tvaṃ mārṣa mānuṣyakeṇāhāreṇārttīyase jehrīyasi vitarasi vijugupsase, vayaṃ te sarvaromakūpeṣu divyam ojaḥ kāye upasaṃharāmaḥ; tat tvam āsādaya iti; atha bodhisatvasyaitad abhavat: ahaṃ cen manuṣyāṇām anāhāratāṃ pratijānīyām, devatāś ca me sarvaromakūpeṣu divyam ( A 380b ) ojaḥ kāye upasaṃhareyuḥ, tac cāthaṃ svīkuryām, tan mama syān mṛṣā; yan mama syān mṛṣā tan mama syān mithyādṛṣṭiḥ; mithyādṛṣṭipratyayaś ca punar ihaike satvāḥ kāyasya bhedāt paraṃ maraṇād apāyadurgativinipātaṃ narakeṣūpapadyante; yanv ahaṃ devatānāṃ vacanaṃ sarveṇa sarvaṃ pratyākhyāyālpaṃ stokaṃ katipayaṃ parīttam āhāram āhareyam; yadi vā mudgayūṣeṇa yadi vā kulutthayūṣeṇa yadi vā hareṇukāyūṣeṇa iti
New Strivings
atha bodhisatvasya tasmin samaye devatānāṃ vacanaṃ sarveṇa sarvaṃ pratyākhyāyālpaṃ stokaṃ katipayaṃ parīttam āhāram āharataḥ sarvāṇy aṅgapratyaṅgāni mlānāny abhūvan; saṃmlānāni kṛśāni alpamāṃsāni; tadyathā asītakaparvāṇi vā kālakāparvāṇi vā mlānāni bhavanti; saṃmlānāni kṛśāny alpamāṃsāni; evam eva tasmin ( SBV I 103 ) samaye bodhisatvasya alpaṃ stokaṃ katipayaṃ parīttam āhāram āharataḥ śirasi śirastvak mlānābhūt; saṃmlānā saṅkucitā saṃparpaṭakajātā; tadyathā alābūr vṛntāc chinnā mlānāvatiṣṭhate; saṃmlānā saṅkucitā saṃparpaṭakajātā; evam eva bodhisatvasya tasmin samaye alpaṃ stokaṃ katipayaṃ parīttam āhāram āharataḥ śirasi śirastvak mlānābhūt; saṃmlānā saṅkucitā saṃparpaṭakajātā; ārabdhaṃ cāsya vīryaṃ bhavaty asaṃlīnam; prasrabdhaḥ kāyo bhavaty asaṃrabdhaḥ; upasthitā smṛtir bhavaty asaṃmūḍhā; samāhitaṃ cittaṃ bhavaty ekāgram; evaṃrūpāṃ bodhisatvasya tasmin samaye ātmopasaṅkramikāṃ duḥkhāṃ tīvrāṃ kharāṃ kaṭukām amanāpāṃ vedanāṃ vedayataś cittaṃ na paryādāya tiṣṭhati; yathāpitad bhāvitatvāt kāyasya; tasyālpaṃ stokaṃ katipayaṃ parīttam āhāram āharataḥ akṣṇor akṣitārake apagate gaṃbhīre gaṃbhīrānugate dūrānugate dūrānu praviṣṭe; apīdānīm uddhṛte iva khyāyete; tadyathā gaṃbhīrodake udapāne udakatārakā apagatā bhavanti; atyapagatā gaṃbhīrā gaṃbhīrānugatā dūrānupraviṣṭā apīdānīm ākhyāyikābhiḥ śrūyante; evam eva tasmin samaye bodhisatvasyālpaṃ stokaṃ katipayaṃ parīttam āhāram āharata akṣṇor akṣitārake apagate abhūtām; atyapagate gaṃbhīre gaṃbhīrānugate dūrānupraviṣṭe; apīdānīm uddhṛte iva khyāyete; ārabdhaṃ cāsya vīryaṃ bhavaty asaṃlīnam; prasrabdhaḥ kāyo bhavaty asaṃrabdhaḥ; upasthitā smṛtir bhavaty asaṃmūḍhā; samāhitaṃ cittaṃ bhavaty ekāgram; evaṃrūpāṃ bodhisatvasya tasmin samaye ātmopakramikāṃ duḥkhāṃ tīvrāṃ kharāṃ kaṭukām amanāpāṃ vedanāṃ vedayataś cittaṃ na paryādāya tiṣṭhati, yathāpitad bhāvitatvāt kāyasya; tasmin samaye alpaṃ stokaṃ katipayaṃ parīttam āhāram āharataḥ pārśukāntarāṇy ( A 381a ) unnatāvanatāny abhūvan; tadyathā dvivarṣatrivarṣapraticchannāyās tṛṇaśālāyā gopānasyā unnatāvanatā bhavanti; evam eva tasmin samaye bodhisatvasya alpaṃ stokaṃ katipayaṃ parīttam āhāram āharataḥ pārśukāntarāṇy unnatāvanatāny abhūvan; ārabdhaṃ cāsya vīryaṃ ( SBV I 104 ) bhavaty asaṃlīnam; prasrabdhaḥ kāyo bhavaty asaṃrabdhaḥ; upasthitā smṛtir bhavaty asaṃmūḍhā; samāhitaṃ cittaṃ bhavaty ekāgram; evaṃrūpāṃ bodhisatvasya tasmin samaye ātmopakramikāṃ duḥkhāṃ tīvrāṃ kharāṃ kaṭukām amanāpāṃ vedanāṃ vedayataś cittaṃ na paryādāya tiṣṭhati; atha bodhisatvasya alpaṃ stokaṃ katipayaṃ parīttam āhāram āharataḥ pṛṣṭhavaṃśo 'bhūt tadyathā vartanāveṇī; āniṣādo 'bhūt tadyathā uṣṭrapadam; sa ekadā utthāsyāmīty avāṅmukhaḥ patati; ekadā niṣatsyāmīty uttānamukhaḥ patati; sa pūrvaṃ kāyaṃ parigṛhya paścimakaṃ kāyaṃ saṃsthāpayati; paścimakaṃ kāyaṃ saṃparigṛhya pūrvakaṃ kāyaṃ saṃsthāpayati; sa ubhābhyāṃ pāṇibhyāṃ kāyam āmārṣṭi; parāmārṣṭi; tasyobhābhyāṃ pāṇibhyāṃ kāyam āmārjataḥ parimārjato 'pīdānīṃ pratimūlāni romāṇi pṛthivyāṃ śīryante; tasyaitad abhavat: ayam api mārgo nālaṃ jñānāya, nālaṃ darśanāya, nālam anuttarāyai samyaksaṃbodhaya iti; atha tisro devatā yena bodhisatvas tenopasaṅkrāntāḥ; tatraikā evam āha: kṛṣṇaḥ śramaṇo gautama iti: dvitīyā evam āha: naiṣa kṛṣṇo 'pi tu śyāma iti; tṛtīyā evam āha: naiṣa kṛṣṇo nāpi śyāmo 'pi tu madguracchavir iti; bodhisatvasya yā sā śubhā varṇanibhā sā sarveṇa sarvam antarhitābhūt
The three similes

atha bodhisatvasya tasmin samaye aśrutapūrvās tisra upamāḥ pratibhātāḥ; 1) tadyathā ārdraṃ kāṣṭhaṃ sasnehaṃ jala upanikṣiptaṃ syād ārāt sthalāt; atha puruṣa āgacched agnyarthī agnigaveṣī; sa tatrādharāraṇyām uttarāraṇiṃ pratiṣṭhāpya abhimathnan na bhavyo 'gniṃ saṃjanayituṃ, tejaḥ prāviṣkartum; evam eva tad bhavati yathāpitad ārdrāt kāṣṭhāt sasnehāt; evam eva ye kecic chramaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā kāmeṣu na kāyena cittena vā vyapakṛṣṭā viharanti, teṣāṃ yaḥ kāmeṣu kāmacchandaḥ kāmasnehaḥ kāmapremā kāmālayaḥ kāmaniyantrī kāmādhyavasānaṃ <sa> teṣāṃ cittaṃ paryādāya tiṣṭhati; evam eva tad bhavati yathāpitat kāyena cittena ( SBV I 105 ) vāvyapakṛṣṭānāṃ viharatām; kiṃ cāpi te imām evaṃrūpāṃ ātmopakramikāṃ duḥkhāṃ tīvrāṃ kharāṃ kaṭukām amanāpāṃ vedanāṃ vedayanti; atha ca punas te nālaṃ jñānāya, nālaṃ darśanāya, nālam anuttarāyai samyaksaṃbodhaye iti; iyaṃ tatra bodhisatvasya tasmin samaye prathamā aśrutapūrvā upamā pratibhātā; 2) tadyathā ārdraṃ kāṣṭhaṃ sasnehaṃ sthala upanikṣiptaṃ syād ārāt jalāt; <atha> puruṣa āgacched ( A 381b ) agnyarthī agnigaveṣī; sa tatrādharāraṇyām uttarāraṇiṃ pratiṣṭhāpyābhimathnan na bhavyo 'gniṃ saṃjanayitum, tejaḥ prāviṣkartum; evam etad bhavati yathāpitad ārdrāt kāṣṭhāt sasnehāt; evam eva ye kesic chramaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā kāmeṣu kāyena vyapakṛṣṭā viharanti, na tu cittena teṣāṃ tatra yaḥ kāmeṣu kāmacchandaḥ kāmapremā kāmālayaḥ kāmaniyantrī, kāmādhyavasānaṃ sa teṣāṃ cittaṃ paryādāya tiṣṭhati; kiṃcāpi te imām evaṃrūpām ātmopakramikāṃ duḥkhāṃ tīvrāṃ kharāṃ kaṭukām amanāpāṃ vedanāṃ vedayanti; atha ca punas te nālaṃ jñānāya; nālaṃ darśanāya, nālam anuttarāyai samyaksaṃbodhaye iti; iyaṃ tatra bodhisatvasya tasmin samaye dvitīyā aśrutapūrvā upamā pratibhātā; 3) tadyathā śuṣkaṃ kāṣṭhaṃ koṭaraṃ niḥsnehaṃ sthala upanikṣiptaṃ syād ārāj jalāt; atha puruṣa āgacched agnyarthī, agnigaveṣī; sa tatrādharāraṇyām uttarāraṇiṃ pratiṣṭhāpyābhimathnan bhavyo 'gniṃ sañjanayituṃ tejaḥ prāviṣkartum; evam etad bhavati yathāpitat śuṣkāt kāṣṭhāt koṭarāt; evam eva ye kecic chramaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā kāyena vyapakṛṣṭā viharanti cittena ca, teṣāṃ yaḥ kāmeṣu kāmacchandaḥ kāmasnehaḥ kāmapremā kāmālayaḥ kāmaniyanti kāmādhyavasānaṃ sa teṣāṃ cittāṃ na paryādāya tiṣṭhati; kiṃcāpi te na imām evaṃrūpām ātmopakramikāṃ duḥkhāṃ tīvrāṃ kharāṃ amanāpāṃ vedanāṃ vedayante; atha ca punas te alaṃ jñānāya alaṃ darśanāya, alam anuttarāyai samyaksaṃbodhaye iti; iyaṃ tatra bodhisatvasya tasmin samaye tṛtīyā aśrutapūrvā upamā pratibhātā; yanv aham ekatilaphalam āhāram āhareyam iti; sa ekaṃ tilaphalam āhāram ( SBV I 106 ) āharati; na tāvad dvitīyaṃ yāvad asya tad ojaḥ kāyān na vigataṃ bhavati; tasyaikaṃ tilam āhāram āharataḥ sutarām aṅgapratyaṅgāni parikṣīṇāni, yathā ekaṃ tilam, ekaṃ taṇḍulam, ekaṃ kolam, ekaṃ kulattham, ekaṃ māṣam, ekaṃ mudgaṃ
Reaction of Śuddhodana and others
tāṃ duṣkaracaryāvasthāṃ śrutvā rājā śuddhodanaḥ ardhatṛtīyāni vārtāvāhakaśatāni preṣayati; suprabuddho 'pi rājā ardhatṛtīyāni; tayoḥ pratidivasaṃ muhur muhur vārtāṃ kathayanti: bodhisatva īdṛśīṃ duṣkaracaryāṃ carati; ekaṃ tilam āhāram āharati; ekaṃ taṇḍulam, ekaṃ kolam, ekaṃ kulattham, ekaṃ māṣam, ekaṃ mudgam; darbhasaṃstare ca śayyāṃ kalpyati; iti śrutvā rājā śuddhodanaḥ putraśokābhibhūto bhūyasyā mātrayā bāṣpopatapyamānahṛdayo 'śruparyākulekṣaṇaḥ santapyate; darbhasaṃstare ca śayyāṃ kalpayati; sārdham antaḥpureṇa yaśodharā devī bhartus tadavasthāṃ pratiśrutya bhartṛśokābhibhūtā bāṣpārdravadanā vinirmuktamālyābharaṇā viṣaṇṇā ( A 382a ) duṣkaraṃ carati; ekaṃ tilam āhāram āharati; ekaṃ taṇḍulam, ekaṃ kolam, ekaṃ kulattham, ekaṃ mudgam; tṛṇasaṃstare ca śayyāṃ kalpayati; tasyāḥ sa garbho layaṃ gataḥ; rājñā śuddhodanena śrutam; sa saṃlakṣayati: yadi yaśodharā pratidivasaṃ bodhisatvasya vārtāṃ śṛṇoti sthānam etad vidyate yad bhartṛśokābhyāhatā anayā duṣkaracaryayā garbhaṃ na dhārayiṣyati; prāṇair vā viyokṣyate; tad upāyasaṃvidhānaṃ kartvayaṃ yena yaśodharāyā bodhisatvavārtāṃ na kaścit kathayati iti viditvā rājñā śuddhodanena sarvāntaḥpurajanaḥ kriyākāraṃ kārito na kenacit bodhisatvavārtā yaśodharāyā arocayitavyā <iti>; vārtāsaṃcārakāś ca samanuśiṣṭāḥ, māṃ muktvā na kasyacid bodhisatvavārtā nivedayitavyeti; śrutvāpi svayaṃ vārtāṃ yaśodharāpekṣayā antarnigūḍhasantāpo 'nyathāntaḥpurajanaṃ vipralaṃbhayati, yaṃ śrutvā yaśodharā devī prāṇān sandhārayati ( SBV I 107 )
Unpalatable food
atha bodhisatvasyaitad abhavat: ayam api mārgo nālaṃ jñānāya, nālaṃ darśanāya, nālam anuttarāyai samyaksaṃbodhaye; yanv ahaṃ paramavikṛtam āhāram āhareyam iti; sa paramavikṛtabhojanam āhāram āharati; tatredaṃ paramavikṛtabhojanam; ye te vatsakā acirajātakā mātus stanyena yāpayanti teṣām uccāraprasrāvaḥ; tāvac ca na dvitīyam āhāram āharati, yāvad asya tad ojaḥ kāyān na vigataṃ bhavati; dvitīye tu <vigate> dvitīyam āhāram āharati; mahāśmaśānaṃ ca gatvā mṛtakaḍebaraṃ śirasy upanidhāya dakṣiṇena pārśvena śayyāṃ kalpayati pāde pādam ādhāyālokasaṃjñī smṛtaḥ saṃprajānan utthānasaṃjñām eva manasi kurvānaḥ
Village girls and boys

apīdānīm grāmakumārakā grāmakumārikāś cāgamyāsyobhayoḥ karṇasrotasos tūlikā āsārayanty api prasārayanty api; ubhayoḥ karṇasrotasor evaṃ cāhuḥ, pāṃsupiśācakaṃ bata paśyāmaḥ, pāṃsupiśācakaṃ bata paśyāmaḥ iti; apīdānīṃ pāṃsum api kṣipanti, loṣṭam api, śarkarām api; nābhijānāti bodhisatvas teṣāṃ grāmakumārakāṇāṃ grāmakumārikāṇāṃ vā antike praduṣṭaṃ cittam utpādayituṃ, pāpikāṃ vā vācaṃ niścārayitum; evaṃrūpāṇi bodhisatvasya duṣkarāṇi carataḥ etad abhavat: ye kecid duḥkhaprahāṇayogam anuyuktā viharanti sarve te etāvan nāta uttareṇa; ato bhūyas so 'pi mārgo nālaṃ jñānāya, nālaṃ darśanāya, nālam anuttarāyai samyaksaṃbodhaye iti; ārabdhaṃ cāsya vīryaṃ bhavaty asaṃlīnam; prasrabdhaḥ kāyo bhavaty asaṃrabdhaḥ; upasthitā smṛtir bhavaty asaṃmūḍhā; samāhitaṃ cittaṃ bhavaty ekāgram; tasyaitad abhavat: katamo 'sau mārgaḥ alaṃ jñānāya, alaṃ darśanāya, alam anuttarāyai samyaksaṃbodhaye iti; tasyaitad abhavat: abhijānāmy ahaṃ pituḥ śuddhodanasya niveśane karmāntān anusaṅgamya jambūcchāyāyāṃ niṣadya ( A 382a ) viviktaṃ kāmair viviktaṃ pāpakair akuśalair dharmaiḥ savitarkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ prītisukhaṃ ( SBV I 108 ) prathamaṃ dhyānam upasaṃpadya vihartum; syāt sa mārgaḥ, syāt pratipad alaṃ jñānāya, alaṃ darśanāya, alam anuttarāyai samyaksaṃbodhye; sa tu mayā na sukaram utpādayituṃ yathāpitat kṛśena durbalenāplasthāmena; yanv ahaṃ yathāsukham āśvasyāṃ yathāsukhaṃ praśvasyāṃ, yathāsukham audāram āhāram āhareyam odanakulmāṣān; sarpistailābhyāṃ gātrāṇi mrakṣayeyam; sukhodakena ca kāyaṃ pariṣiñceyam iti; sa yathāsukham āśvasiti, yathāsukhaṃ praśvasiti; audārikam āhāram āharaty odanakulmāṣān; sarpistailābhyāṃ gātrāṇi mrakṣayati; sukhodakena ca kāyaṃ pariṣiñcati
The five attendants desert
atha teṣāṃ pañcānām upasthāyakānām etad abhavat: ayaṃ bhavantaḥ śramaṇo gautamaḥ śaithilikaḥ saṃvṛtto, bāhuliko bahulājīvaḥ, prahāṇavibhrānto ya eṣa idānīm audārikam āhāram āharaty odanakulmāṣān; sarpistailābhyāṃ gātrāṇi mrakṣayati; sukhodakena kāyaṃ pariṣiñcati; na śakyam anenādhunā kiṃcid adhigantum; iti viditvā bodhisatvam apahāya prakrāntāḥ, anupūrveṇa vārāṇasīṃ gatvā ye loke arhantas tān uddiśya pravrajitāḥ; te pañca samagrāḥ sahitāḥ saṃmodamānā avivadamānā ṛṣivadane viharanti mṛgadāve iti pañcakāḥ pañcakā iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā
Nandā and Nandabalā

bodhisatvo 'py anupūrveṇa kāyasya sthāmaṃ ca balaṃ ca viryaṃ ca saṃjanayya anupūrveṇa senāyanīgrāmaṃ gataḥ; tatra seno nāma grāmikaḥ; tasya dve duhitarau nandā ca nandabalā ca; tābhyāṃ śrutam: śākyānāṃ kumāra utpanno 'nuhimavatpārśve nadyā bhāgīrathyās tīre kapilasya ṛṣer āśramapadasya nātidūre: sa brāhmaṇair naimittikair vipañcanakair vyāktṛaḥ rājā bhaviṣyati cakravartī; sa cābhirūpo darśanīyaḥ prāsādikaḥ sarvalakṣaṇasaṃpannaḥ sarvajanamanoharaḥ; yā nārī dvādaśavarṣāṇi idam evaṃrūpaṃ vrataṃ samādāya vartate tasyā ( SBV I 109 ) asau bhartā bhavati iti; puruṣābhiprāyo mātṛgrāmaḥ; tābhyāṃ dvādaśavārṣikaṃ vrataṃ taptam; tasya samāptau ṣoḍaśaguṇitaṃ madhupāyasaṃ tapaḥparikhinnāya ṛṣaye pratipādyate āgantukāya iti śrutvā ca punas tābhyāṃ gosahasraṃ dohayitvā tad eva gosahasraṃ pāyitam; tatas tad eva gosahasraṃ dohayitvā pañcaśatāni pāyitāni; tatas tāni pañcaśatāni dohayitvā tāny eva <pañcaśatāni> pāyitāni; <tataḥ tāni> pañcaśatāni dohayitvā ardhatṛtīyāni śatāni pāyitāni; tatas tāny ardhatṛtīyāni śatāni dohayitvā <tāny evārdhatṛtīyāni śatāni pāyitani; tatas tāny ardhatṛtīyāni śātāni dohayitvā> pañcaviṃśatyuttaram śataṃ pāyitam; tatas tat pañcaviṃṣatyuttaraṃ śataṃ dohayitvā <tad eva pañcaviṃśatyuttaraṃ śataṃ pāyitam; tataḥ tat pañcaviṃśatyuttaraṃ śataṃ dohayitvā> triṣaṣṭiḥ pāyitā; tatas tāṃ triṣaṣṭiṃ dohayitvā saiva triṣaṣṭiḥ pāyitā; tatas tāṃ triṣaṣṭiṃ dohayitvā dvātriṃśat pāyitā; tatas tā dvātriṃśat dohayitvā tā eva dvātriṃśat pāyitāḥ; tatas tā dvātriṃśat dohayitvā ṣoḍaśa pāyitāḥ; tatas tāḥ ṣoḍaśa dohayitvā tā eva ṣoḍaśa ( A 383a ) pāyitāḥ; tatas tāḥ ṣodaśa dohayitvā aṣṭau pāyitāḥ; tatas tā aṣṭau dohayitvā tā evāṣṭau pāyitāḥ; tatas tā aṣṭau dohayitvā sphaṭikamayyāṃ sthālyāṃ ṣoḍaśaguṇitaṃ madhupāyasaṃ sādhayitum ārabdhāḥ; śuddhāvāsakāyikā devāḥ saṃlakṣayanti; bodhisatvaḥ idaṃ pāyasaṃ bhuktvā adyaivānuttaraṃ jñānam adhigamiṣyati; tatas tejaupasaṃhāraḥ kartavya iti taiḥ sadyobalā oṣadhayaḥ prakṣiptāḥ; tatra ca kṣīre saṃparivartamāne cakrasvastikanandyāvartāni cihnāni dṛśyante; tatra ca upago nāmājīvakaḥ paribhramaṃs taṃ pradeṣam anuprāptaḥ; tena tat pāyasaṃ dṛṣṭam; sa saṃlakṣayati: ya etat pāyasaṃ bhuṅkte so 'nuttaraṃ jñānam adhigamiṣyati; yanv aham etat prārthayeyam iti; sa muhūrtam ekānte prakramya sthito yāvad avatāritam iti; sa upasaṅkramya kathayati: kṣuttarṣaśramapīḍito 'smi; mamaitat prayaccha iti; te kathayataḥ: nānuprayacchāma iti; sa tūṣṇīṃ prakrāntaḥ; tatas tābhyāṃ sphaṭikamayyāṃ sthālyāṃ ratnamayyāṃ pātryāṃ prakṣiptam; śakrasya devendrasyādhastāj jñānadarśanaṃ pravartate: tasyām avasthāyāṃ brāhmaṇaveṣam abhinirmāya tayoḥ purato 'vasthitaḥ; brahmāpy avatīrya tasyādūre avasthitaḥ; te śakrāya dātum ārabdhe; sa kathayati: kiṃ mamānuprayacchatha āhosvid yo mamāntikād viśiṣṭataraḥ? yas tavāntikād viśiṣṭataraḥ tasyānuprayacchāvaḥ; ayaṃ brahmā mamāntikāt prativiśiṣṭaḥ; tad asyānuprayacchatam; te tasmai dātum ārabdhe; ( SBV I 110 ) sa kathayati: kiṃ mamānuprayacchatha āhosvid yo mamāntikāt prativiśiṣṭatamaḥ; yas tavāntikāt prativiśiṣṭatamaḥ; amī śuddhāvāsakāyikā devāḥ; ebhyo 'nuprayacchatam; te tebhyo dātum ārabdhe; te kathayanti: kiṃ asmākam anuprayacchatha āhosvid yo 'smadviśiṣṭatamaḥ? yo yuṣmadviśiṣṭatamaḥ; te kathayanti: ayaṃ bodhisatvo bhagavān nairañjanām abhyavagāhya gātrāṇi pariṣicya alpasthāmavatvān na śaknoti pratyuttartum; eṣo 'smadviśiṣṭatamaḥ; asmāy anuprayacchatam; te tasya sakāśam saṃprasthite; tadā devatābhir arjunaśākhāvanāmitā yām avalaṃbya bodhisatvo nadīṃ nairañjanām uttīrya cīvarakāṇi prāvṛtya nadyā nairañjanāyās tīre niṣaṇṇaḥ; tatas tābhyāṃ satkṛtya tīvreṇāśayena tan madhupāyasaṃ tasmai pratipāditam; bodhisatvenāpi tayor anugrahārthaṃ pratisaṅgṛhītam; pratigṛhya kathayati: kim eṣāpi pātrī parityaktā? te kathayataḥ: bhagavann eṣāpi parityaktā; tato boshisatvena madhupāyasaṃ paribhujya sā pātrī prakṣālya nadyāṃ nairañjanāyāṃ prakṣiptā; nāgaiḥ pratigṛhītā; devānām adhastāj jñānadarśanaṃ pravartate; śakreṇa devānām indreṇa garuḍaveṣam abhinirmāya nadīṃ nairañjanāṃ kṣobhayitvā, nāgān vitrāsya, tāṃ pātrīm apahṛtya, deveṣu trayastriṃśeṣu pātrīmahaḥ prajñaptaḥ; tato nandā nandabalā bodhisatvenokte: anena dānena kiṃ prārthayatha iti; te kathayataḥ: bhagavan yo 'sau śākyānāṃ kumāra utpanno 'nuhimavatpārśve ( A 383b ) nadyā bhāgīrathyās tīre kapilasya ṛṣer āśramapadasya
nātidūre sa brāhmaṇair naimittikair vipañcanakair vyākṛtaḥ rājā bhaviṣyati cakravartī iti; so 'smākam anena kuṣalamūlena cittotpādenānnaparityāgena bhartā bhaved iti; bodhisatvaḥ kathayati: pravrajito 'sāv anarthikaḥ kāmair iti; te kathayataḥ: bhagavan yady anarthī kāmaiḥ
praṇītadānāt tu yad asti puṇyaṃ
saṃpadyatāṃ tasya yaśonvitasya /
sarvārthasiddhasya narottamasya
sarvārthasiddhir bhṛśam agrabuddheḥ //

evam astv ityuktvā bodhisatvaḥ madhupāyasaṃ paribhujya santarpitaḥ ṣaḍindriyabalasthāmaprāptaḥ, ( SBV I 111 ) nadyā nairañjanāyās tīre itaś cāmutaś ca niṣadya bhūmiṃ paryeṣate; yāvat paśyati mahāśailaṃ parvataṃ nānāpuṣpaphalopetam; sa tam abhiruhya viviktāvakāśe pṛthivīpradeśe paryaṅkam ābhujya niṣaṇṇaḥ; niṣādakālasamanantaram evāsau parvato viśīrṇaḥ; bodhisatvaḥ saṃlakṣayati: nūnaṃ mayāpakṣālāni karmāṇi kṛtāni yenāyaṃ parvato viśīrṇaḥ; devatā bodhisatvasya cetasā cittam ājñāya kathayanti: bhagavan na tvayā pāpakāni karmāṇi kṛtāni; api tu dharmatā hy eṣā, sarvāpi dvau pṛthivī na śaknoti dhārayituṃ yaś cocchinnakuśalamūlo yaś cottaptakuśalamūlaḥ; sa tvam uttaptakuśalamūlaḥ; naitad bhagavan bodhisatvānāṃ sthānam; api tu nadīṃ nairañjanām uttīryāmuṣmin pradeśe gaccha vajrāsanam; tatra atītānāgatapratyutpannās sarve bodhisatvā niṣadyānuttaraṃ jñānam adhigatavantaḥ; adhigamiṣyanti ca iti; tato bodhisatvo devatopadiṣṭena mārgeṇa saṃprasthitaḥ; tasya caraṇanipāte padmaṃ prādurbhavati; caturbhyaś ca mahāsamudrebhyas salilam āgacchati; padminī prādurbhavati; caraṇanipāte saṃpīditā ceyaṃ mahāpṛthivī kāṃsapātrīva raṭitum ārabhdā; cāṣā mṛgāś ca bodhisatvasya pradakṣiṇīkurvanti; vātabalāhakā api devaputrā mandamandaṃ pravātum ārabdhāḥ; varṣabalāhakā api devaputrā īṣat pravarṣitum ārabdhāḥ; bodhisatvaḥ saṃlakṣayati: yādṛśīni me nimittāni prādurbhavanti adyaiva mayā anuttaraṃ jñānam adhigataṃ bhaviṣyatīti
Kālika Nāgarāja
nadyāṃ nairañjanāyāṃ kālikasya nāgarājasya pūrvakarmavipākajaṃ bhavanam abhinirvṛttam; sa buddhotpāde buddhotpāde cakṣuṣī pratilabhate; sa raṇantyāḥ pṛthivyāḥ śabdena bhavanād abhyudgataḥ; paśyati bodhisatvaṃ dūrād eva dvātriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ samalaṅkṛtam, aśītyā cānuvyañjanair virājitagātraṃ, vyāmaprabhālaṅkṛtaṃ, sūryasahasrātirekaprabhaṃ, jaṅgamam iva ratnaparvataṃ, ( SBV I 112 ) samantatobhadrakam; sahadarśanāc ca bodhisatvaṃ gāthābhir gītena cābhiṣṭotum ārabdhaḥ:
raṇantīṃ ptṛhivīṃ śrutvā nadīṃ ghoṣasamākulām /
bhavanād udgato nāgo diśas samavalokayan //
adrākṣīd uragaśreṣṭho nāgarājo mahardhikaḥ /
nairañjanāyās tīreṇa āyāntaṃ ( A 384a ) lokanāyakam //
buddhotpādaprabhāvāc ca cakṣur āsādya pannagaḥ /
prahṛṣṭacittaḥ sumanā imāṃ giram uvāca ha //
pūrvakā hi mayā dṛṣṭās te 'pi buddhā mahardhikāḥ /
teṣāṃ tava ca paśyāmi na nānākaraṇaṃ mune //
yathokṣipasi pūrvaṃ hi pādaṃ dakṣiṇakaṃ mune /

dakṣiṇīyasya lokasya tvaṃ buddho 'dya bhaviṣyasi //
yathā cīvaravikṣepo yathā caivāvagāhase /
nairañjanāṃ śītajalāṃ tvaṃ buddho 'dya bhaviṣyasi //
sudṛḍhavikrama vikramase yathā
laḍitagovṛṣavikramavikrama /
sa puruṣarṣabha dharmabhṛtāṃ vara
tvam iha buddhavaro 'dya bhaviṣyasi //
nabhasi cāṣaśataiḥ kriyate yathā
paripatadbhir idaṃ paridakṣiṇam /
tava śarīram udārodārakṛtīty
avarabuddhavaro 'dya bhaviṣyasi //
surabhayaḥ parivānti yathānilās
trasati nāpi gaṇo mṛgapakṣiṇām /
na taravaḥ pracalanty anileritāḥ
avarabuddhavaro 'dya bhaviṣyasi //
tava bhadanta yathā vimalaprabhā ( SBV I 113 )
jvalitakāñcanadīptisamaprabhā /
mukham idaṃ ca virājati varṇavat
avarabuddhavaro 'dya bhaviṣyasi //
antaroddānam:
raṇanty, adrākṣīt, buddhaś ca, pūrva, caraṇa, cīvara, sudṛḍha
cāṣa, anilāś caiva, tava, kṛtvātha te daśa /
Svastika and Buddha's determination
tato bodhisatvaḥ kālikanāgarājena saṃstūyamāno vajrāsanābhimukhaḥ saṃprasthitaḥ; sa saṃlakṣayati: tṛṇasaṃstare niṣadyāṃ kalpayāmīti; tasya tṛṇaiḥ prayojanam iti śakro devānām indro bodhisatvasya cetasā cittam ājñaya gandhamādanāt parvatāt tūlasaṃsparśānāṃ tṛṃānāṃ bhāram ādāya svastikayāvasikavarṇam ātmānam abhinirmāya bodhisatvasya purastād avasthitaḥ; bodhisatvaḥ kathayati: bhadramukha dīyantāṃ mamaitāni tṛṇānīti; śakreṇa devendreṇa bodhisatvasya pādayor nipatya sagauraveṇa dattāni; tato bodhisatvaḥ svastikasya yāvasikasyāntikāt tṛṇāny ādāya devatopadiṣṭena mārgeṇa yena bodhimūlaṃ tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya anākulam asaṅkulaṃ tṛṇasaṃstarakaṃ prajñapayitum ārabdhaḥ; tatas tāni tṛṇāni pradakṣiṇāni patitum ārabdhāni; bodhisatvaḥ saṃlakṣayati: yathaitāni tṛṇāni pradakṣiṇaṃ patanti, niyataṃ mayādyānuttaraṃ jñānam adhigantavyam; iti viditvā vajrāsanam abhiruhya suptoragarājabhogaparipiṇḍīkṛtaṃ paryaṅkaṃ baddhvā niṣaṇṇaḥ; ṛjuṃ kāyaṃ praṇidhāya pratimukhāṃ smṛtim upasthāpya cittam utpādayati; vācaṃ ca bhāṣate:
na tāvad bhetsyāmi paryaṅkaṃ yāvad aprāpta āsravakṣayaḥ ( A 384b )
sa na tāvat bhindati paryaṅkaṃ yāvad aprāpta āsravakṣayaḥ
Māra's mischief
mārasya pāpīyaso dvau dhvajau harṣasthānīyaḥ śokasthānīyaś ca; yāvac chokasthānīyo dhvajaḥ kampitum ( SBV I 114 ) ārabdhaḥ māraḥ pāpīyān saṃlakṣayati: yathaiṣa kampate dhvajaḥ, nūnam anarthena bhavitavyam; sa samanvāhartuṃ pravṛttaḥ yāvat paśyati bodhisatvaṃ vajrāsane niṣaṇṇam; tasyaitad abhavat: ayaṃ śuddhodanaputro vajrāsane niṣaṇṇo yāvan madviṣayaṃ nākrāmati, tāvad asya vighnaḥ kartavyaḥ; iti viditvā uddhūtaśiraskaḥ śaṇaśāṭīnivasitaḥ, lekhavāhakavarṇam ātmānam abhinirmāya, yena bodhisatvas tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya sasaṃbhramaḥ kathayati: kimarthaṃ bhavān niṣaṇṇo 'vatiṣṭhate; kapilavastu nagaraṃ devadattenāvaṣṭabdham; antaḥpuraṃ vidhvaṃsitam; śākyāḥ praghātitā iti; tatra bodhisatvasya trayaḥ pāpakā akuśalā vitarkāḥ samutpannāḥ; tadyathā, kāmavitarko, vyāpādavitarko, vihiṃsāvitarkaś ca; tatra yaśodharāmṛgajāgopikāsu kāmavitarkaḥ, devadatte vyāpādavitarkaḥ, tadanujīviṣu śākyeṣu vihiṃśāvitarkaḥ; bodhisatvasyaitad abhavat: kim arthaṃ me trayaḥ pāpakā akuśalā vitarkāḥ samutpannāḥ; yāvat paśyati, māraḥ pāpīyān upasaṅkrānto yaduta vyākṣepakarmaṇeti; tato bodhisatvasya trayaḥ kuśalāḥ samutpannāḥ; tadyathā naiṣkramyavitarkaḥ, avyāpādavitarkaḥ, avihiṃsāvitarkaś ca
bhūyo māraḥ kathayati: kim arthaṃ tvaṃ bodhimūle niṣaṇṇa iti; bodhisatvaḥ kathayati: anuttaraṃ jñānam adhigamiṣyāmīti; māraḥ kathayati: kumāra kutas tava anuttaraṃ jñānam iti; bodhisatvaḥ kathayati: tava tāvat pāpīyan ekaṃ yajñam iṣṭvā kāmadhātvīśvaratvaṃ saṃpannam; prāg eva yena mayā triṣu kalpāsaṅkhyeyeṣv anekāni yajñakoṭīniyutaśatasahasrāṇīṣṭāni; satvānāṃ cārthāya śiraḥkaracaraṇanayanamāṃsarudhirasutadārahiraṇyasuvarṇādi parityaktam anuttarajñānādhigamāya; so 'ham anuttaraṃ jñānaṃ nādhigamiṣyāmīti kuta etat? evam ukto māraḥ kathayati: sa tāvat bhavān eva sākṣī yathā mayā ekena yajñena kāmadhātvīśvaratvaṃ prāptam iti; bhavataḥ kaḥ sākṣī; yathā tvayā triṣu kalpāsaṅkhyeyeṣv anekāni yajñakoṭīniyutaśatasahasrāṇīṣṭāni; satvānāṃ cārthāya śiraḥkaracaraṇanayanamāṃsarudhirasutadārahiraṇyasuvarṇādi parityaktam anuttarajñānādhigamāyeti? tato bhagavatā cakrasvastikanandyāvartena jālāvanaddhena anekapuṇyaśatanirjātena bhītānām ( SBV I 115 ) āśvāsanakareṇa kareṇa pṛthivī parāmṛṣṭā pṛthivī sākṣiṇī yathā mayā ( A 385a ) triṣu kalpāsaṅkhyeyeṣv anekāni yajñakoṭīniyutaśatasahasrāṇiṣṭāni; satvānāṃ cārthāya śiraḥkaracaraṇanayanamāṃsarudhirasutadārahiraṇyasuvarṇādi parityaktam iti; tataḥ pṛthivīdevatā pṛthivīm udbhidya kṛtāñjalipuṭā śabdam udīrayati: evam etat pāpīyan yathā bhagavān kathayatīti; evam ukte māraḥ pāpīyāṃs tūṣṇīṃbhūto madgubhūtas srastaskandho 'dhomukho niṣpratibhaḥ pradhyānaparamo vyavasthitaḥ

sa duḥkhī durmanāḥ saṃlakṣayati: evam apy ahaṃ kurvan na labhe śākyasya śuddhodanaputrasya avatāraṃ; yanv aham asya bhūyasyās mātrayā vighnaṃ kuryām ityuktvā prakrāntaḥ; tatas tena tisro duhitaraḥ preṣitāḥ tṛṣṇā ca ratā ca ratiś ca; tā rūpayauvanamadamattā divyavastrālaṅkāravibhūṣitā bodhisatvasya purastāt strīsādhyāni vidarśayitrm ārabdhāḥ; tato bodhisatvenopāyakauśalena tathādhiṣṭhitā yathā vṛddhāḥ saṃvṛttāḥ; yena māras tenopasaṅkrāntāḥ; māras tās tathāvidhā dṛāṭvā viṣaṇṇaḥ kare kapolaṃ datvā cintāparo vyavasthitaḥ: ko 'sāv upāyas syād yena śākyasya śuddhodanaputrasya tapovighnaṃ kuryām iti; ṣaṭtriṃśadbhūtakoṭibalāgram ādāya hastyaśvoṣṭramṛgamahiṣavarāhakukkurolūkanakulaśākhāmṛgādyākārāṇām asitomarabhiṇḍipālacakrakuntakadhanuṣpāśaparaśubhusuṇḍyādyāyudhānām, svayaṃ cākarṇād dhanuḥ pūrayitvā bodhisatvaṃ parivāryāvasthitaḥ; tato bodhisatvas tān anekarūpān bahuvividhapraharaṇasahitān dṛṣṭvā saṃlakṣayati: yas tāvat prākṛtapuruṣeṇa sārdhaṃ saṃraṃbham ārabhate, sa pratipakṣaṃ yojayati; prāg evāyaṃ kāmadhātvīśvaro yanv ahaṃ pratipakṣaṃ yojayeyam; iti viditvā tadupaśamanopāyaṃ cintayitum ārabdhaḥ; māraś ca ṣaṭtriṃśadbhūtakoṭisahito bodhisatvasyopari kuntakacakratomarabhiṇḍipālaśarādi nikṣeptum ārabdhaḥ; tato bodhisatvo maitrīṃ samāpannaḥ; tāni cāsya praharaṇāni divyāny utpalapadmakumudapuṇḍarīkāṇi bhūtvā bodhisatvasya samantāt patitum ārabdhāni; tato māra upari vihāyasam abhyudgamya pāṃsuvarṣaṃ varṣitum ārabdhaḥ; tad api ( SBV I 116 ) divyāni māndārakāṇi puṣpāṇi bhūtvā bodhisatvasyopari nipatitum ārabdhāni; tato māreṇa viṣavāyur utsṛṣṭaḥ upalavarṣaś ca; śuddhāvāsakāyikābhir devatābhis tato bodhisatvasyopari parṇikākuṭir abhinirmitā; upalavarṣeṇāpi viṣavāyusametena bodhisatvasya na kiñcit kṛtam iti; māraḥ saṃlakṣayati: kiyac ciraṃ mayā parivārya avasthātavyam; śabdakaṇtakāni dhyānāni; bodhivṛkṣaṃ sphaṭikamayam abhinirmāya gacchāmi; tasya patrāṇi nityaṃ śabdaṃ kariṣyanti; tenāsya cittaikāgratā na bhaviṣyati; iti viditvā bodhivṛkṣaṃ sphaṭikamayam abhinirmāya śrotrāvadhānatatparo 'vasthitaḥ; bodhipatrāṇi ( A 385b ) sphaṭikamayāni muhur muhuḥ svanitum ārabdhāni; bodhisatvaś śabdakaṇṭakatvād dhyānānāṃ cittaikāgratāṃ nāsādayati; śuddhāvāsakāyikā devāḥ saṃlakṣayanti: bodhisatvaḥ sphaṭikabodhipatranisvanāc cittaikāgratāṃ nāsādayati; upāyasaṃvidhānaṃ kartavyam iti; tatas taiḥ patraṃ vidhāritam; tathāpi mārabalaṃ tiṣṭhaty eva; śuddhāvāsakāyikā devāḥ saṃlakṣayanti: ayaṃ māraḥ pāpīyāṃś ciraṃ bodhisatvaṃ viheṭhayiṣyati; iti viditvā tan mārabalaṃ cakravāṭasyopariṣṭāt kṣiptam iti
Experiences of suernatural powers
tatra bodhisatvo bhagavān urubilvāyāṃ viharati; nadyā nairañjanāyās tīre bodhimūle yuktaḥ sātatye naipakye saṃbodhipakṣeṣu dharmeṣu bhāvanāyogam anuyukto viharati; sa rātryā prathame yāme riddhiviṣayajñānasākṣātkriyāyām abhijñāyāṃ cittam abhinirṇamayati; so 'nekavidham ṛddhiviṣayaṃ pratyanubhavati; eko bhūtvā bahūdhā bhavati; bahudhā bhūtvā eko bhavati; āvirbhāvatirobhāvaṃ jñānadarśanaṃ pratyanubhavati; tiraḥ kuḍyaṃ tiraḥśailaṃ tiraḥ prākāram asajjamānena kāyena gacchati, tadyathā ākāśe; pṛthivyām unmajjananimajjanaṃ karoti tadyathā udake; udake abhinnasroto gacchati; tadyathā pṛthivyām, ākāśaṃ paryaṃkena krāmati tadyathā pakṣī śakuniḥ; imaū vā punaḥ sūryācandramasau evaṃmahardhikāv evaṃmahānubhāvau pāṇinā āmārṣṭi parimārṣṭi; yāvat, ( SBV I 117 ) brahmalokaṃ kāyena vaśe vartayati; bhūyo māraḥ saṃlakṣayati: śabdakaṇṭakāni dhyānāni; yanv ahaṃ dūrastha eva śabdaṃ kuryām iti; tena ṣaṭtriṃśadbhūtakoṭiparivāreṇa mahābhayabhairavaśabda utsṛṣṭaḥ; bodhisatvenāpi tadāvaranāya dvādaśayojanāni kadalīvanaṃ nirmitaṃ yenāsau śabdaḥ parāhataḥ śrūyate; bodhisatvaḥ saṃlakṣayati: yanv ahaṃ divyaśrotrajñānasākṣātkriyāyām abhijñāyaṃ cittam abhinirṇamayeyaṃ, yena yān śabdān ākāṅkṣāmi śrotuṃ tān śṛṇomi, divyān api mānuṣān api; iti viditvā divyaśrotrajñānasākṣātkriyāyām abhijñāyāṃ cittam abhinirṇamayati; sa divyena śrotreṇa viśuddhenātikrāntamānuṣeṇa ubhayān śabdān śṛṇoti mānuṣān apy amānuṣān api, ye 'pi dūre, ye'py antike
Reasoning within, and enlightenment

tato bodhisatvaḥ saṃlakṣayati: ṣaṭtriṃśadbhūtakoṭiparivārasya <mārasya> kena mamāntike cittaṃ pradūṣitaṃ, kena neti katham etaj jñāyate iti; tasyaitad abhavat: cetaḥparyāyajñānasākṣātkriyayābhijñayā iti; sa rātryā madhyame yāme cetaḥparyāyajñānasākṣātkriyāyām abhijñāyāṃ cittam abhinirṇamayati; parasatvānāṃ parapudgalānāṃ vitarkitaṃ, vicāritaṃ manasā mānasaṃ yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti; sarāgaṃ cittaṃ sarāgaṃ cittam iti yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti; vigatarāgaṃ cittaṃ vigatarāgaṃ cittam iti yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti; sadveṣaṃ vigatadveṣaṃ, samohaṃ ( A 386a ) vigatamohaṃ, saṃkṣiptaṃ vikṣiptaṃ, līnaṃ pragṛhītam, uddhatam anuddhatam, avyupaśāntaṃ vyupaśāntam, asamāhitaṃ samāhitam, abhāvitaṃ bhāvitam, avimuktaṃ cittam, avimuktaṃ cittam iti yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti; savimuktaṃ cittam <savimuktaṃ cittam> iti yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti; tasyaitad abhavat: eṣāṃ mārakiṃkarāṇāṃ ko me anyasyāṃ jātau mātṛsaṃbandhaṃ pitṛsaṃbandhaḥ; ko vā vadhakaḥ, pratyarthikaḥ, pratyamitra iti; katham etaj jñāyata iti; tasyaitad abhavat: pūrvanivāsānusmṛtijñānasākṣātkriyāyām abhijñayeti; sa rātryā madhyame yāme pūrvanivāsānusmṛtijñānasākṣātkriyāyām abhijñāyāṃ cittam abhinirṇamayati; so 'nekavidhaṃ pūrvanivāsaṃ samanusmarati; tadyathā ekām api jātiṃ, dve, tisraś, catasraḥ, pañca, ṣaṭ, sapta, aṣṭau, ( SBV I 118 ) nava daśa, viṃśatiṃ, triṃśataṃ, catvāriṃśataṃ, pañcāśataṃ, jātisahasram api, jātiśatāny anekāny api, jātishasrāṇy anekāny api, jātiśatasahasrāṇi, saṃvartakalpam api, vivartakalpam api, saṃvartavivartakaplam api, anekān api saṃvartakalpān, anekān api vivartakalpān, anekān api saṃvartavivartakaplān samanusmarati; amī nāma te bhavantaḥ satvāḥ yatrāham āsam evaṃnāmā, evaṃjātyaḥ, evaṃgotraḥ, evamāhāraḥ, evaṃ sukhaduḥkhaṃ pratisaṃvedī, evaṃdīrghāyuḥ, evaṃcirasthitikaḥ, evamāyuḥparyantaḥ; so 'haṃ tasmāt sthānāc cyutaḥ amutropapannaḥ tasmād api cyutaḥ amutropapannaḥ; tasmād api cyuta ihopapanna iti; sākāraṃ soddeśam anekavidhaṃ pūrvanivāsaṃ samanusmarati; tasyaitad abhavat: eṣāṃ mārakiṃkarāṇāṃ ke apāyagāminaḥ, ke neti; katham etaj jñāyate? tasyaitad abhavat: cyutyupapādajñānasākṣātkriyāyām abhijñayeti; sa rātryā madhyame yāme cyutyupapādajñānasākṣātkriyāyām abhijñāyāṃ cittam abhinirṇamayati; sa divyena cakṣuṣā viśuddhenātikrāntamānuṣyakeṇa satvān paśyati, cyavamānān api upapadyamānān api, suvarṇān api, durvarṇān api, hīnān api, praṇītān api, sugatim api gacchato, durgatim api gacchato; yathākarmopagān satvān yathābhūtān prajānāti; amī nāma te bhavantaḥ satvāḥ kāyaduścaritena samanvāgatā vāṅmanoduścaritena samanvāgatā āryāṇām apavādakā mithyādṛṣṭayaḥ; mithyādṛṣṭikarmadharmasamādānahetoḥ taddhetutatpratyayaṃ kāyasya bhedāt paraṃ maraṇād apāyadurgativinipātaṃ narakeṣu prapadyante; amī vā punar bhavantaḥ satvāḥ kāyasucaritena samanvāgatā vāṅmanassucaritena samanvāgatās āryāṇām anapavādakāḥ samyagdṛṣṭayaḥ; samyagdṛṣṭikarmadharmasamādānahetos taddhetutatpratyayaṃ kāyasya bhedāt paraṃ maraṇāt sugatau svargaloke deveṣūpapadyante; tasyaitad abhavat: amī bhavantaḥ satvāḥ kāmāśraveṇa bhavāśraveṇāvidyāśravena ( A 386b ) ca saṃsāre saṃsaranti; tat kāmāśravo bhavāśravo 'vidyāśravaś ca; yathā prahīyante tat kathaṃ jñāyata iti; tasyaitad abhavat: āśravakṣayajñānasākṣātkriyāyām abhijñayeti–āsravakṣayajñānasākṣātkriyāyām–; ca yuktaḥ sātatye naipakye saṃbodhipakṣeṣu dharmeṣu bhāvanāyogam anuyukto viharann āsravakṣayajñānasākṣātkriyāyām abhijñāyāṃ cittam abhinirṇamayati; sa idaṃ duḥkham āryasatyam iti yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti; ayaṃ duḥkhasamudayaḥ, ayaṃ duḥkhanirodhaḥ, ayaṃ duḥkhanirodhagāminī pratipad āryasatyam iti yathābhutaṃ prajānāti; tasyaivaṃ jānata evaṃ ( SBV I 119 ) paśyataḥ kāmāśravāc cittaṃ vimucyate; bhavāśravād cittaṃ vimucyate; <avidyāśravāc cittaṃ vimucyate>; vimuktasya vimuktam eva jñānadarśanaṃ bhavati, kṣīnā me jātir, uṣitaṃ brahmacaryaṃ, kṛtaṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparam asmād bhavaṃ prajānāmīti; iti tatrābhisaṃbuddhabodhir bhagavān kṛtakṛtyaḥ, kṛtakaraṇīyaḥ, tejodhātuṃ samāpannaḥ
Māra's defeat, and mischievous rumour
yadā bodhisatvena ṣaṭtriṃśādbhūtakoṭiparivāraṃ māraṃ maitreṇāstreṇābhinirjitya anuttaraṃ jñānam adhigataṃ, tadā mārasya pāpīyaso hastād dhanuḥ srasto, dhvajaḥ patitaḥ, bhavanaṃ ca kampitam; tato māraḥ pāpīyān ṣaṭtriṃśadbhūtakoṭiparivāro duḥkhī, durmanā, vipratīsārī, tatraivāntarhitaḥ; mārakāyikābhir devatābhiḥ kapilavastunagare ārocitam: śākyamunir bodhisatvo duṣkaracaryāṃ caritvā vajrāsanam abhiruhya tṛṇasaṃstare kālagataḥ iti; yat śrutvā rājā śuddhodanaḥ antaḥpurakumārāmātyagaṇasahīyo mahatā duḥkhadaurmanasyena santaptaḥ, kapilavāstavaś ca janakāyaḥ; gopikā mṛgajā yaśodharā ca bodhisatvaguṇānusmaraṇāt mūrchitāḥ pṛthivyāṃ nipatitāḥ; jalāvasekapratyāgataprāṇās tā antaḥpurajanena sāntvyamānā aśruparyākulekṣaṇā muhur bāṣparodhagadgadasvarā vipralapantyo 'vasthitāḥ; tāṃ vipratipattiṃ dṛṣṭvā buddhābhiprasannābhir devatābhir ārocitam: na śākyamunir bodhisatvaḥ kālagataḥ, api tu tenānuttaraṃ jñānam adhigatam iti
Rāhula and Ānanda

yat śrutvā rājā śuddhodanaḥ saparivāraḥ kapilavāstavaś ca janakāyaḥ paraṃ harṣam upāgatāḥ; anuttarajñānādhigame ca bhagavataḥ yaśodharāyaḥ putro jātaḥ; amṛtodanasya ca putro jātaḥ; rāhuṇā candro grastaḥ; atha rājā śuddhodanaḥ tāṃ saṃpattiṃ dṛṣṭvā hṛṣṭatuṣṭapramudita udagraprītisaumanasyajātaḥ saṃvṛttaḥ; tena kapilavastunagaram apagatapāṣaṇaśarkarakaṭhallaṃ vyavasthāpitam, candanavāripariṣiktaṃ surabhidhūpasphaṭikopanibaddham āmuktapaṭṭadāmakalāpam ucchṛtadhvajapatākaṃ nānāpuṣpāvakīrṇaṃ ramaṇīyam; ( SBV I 119 ) caturṣu nagaradvāreṣu dānaśālā māpitā madhye ca śṛṇgāṭakasya; tataḥ pūrvanagaradvāre śramaṇabrāhmaṇacarakaparivrājakādīnavānāthakṛpaṇavanīpakayācanakebhyo dānāni dattāni; dakṣiṇe paścime uttare madhye śṛṅgāṭakasya ( A 387a ) dānāni dīyante; puṇyāṇi kriyante; yaśodharāyāḥ putrasya nāma vyavasthāpyate; antaḥpurajanaḥ kathayati: asya janmani rāhuṇā candro grastaḥ; tasmād bhavatu dārakasya rāhula iti nāmeti; amṛtodanasyāpi tathaiva dānāni datvā puṇyāni kṛtvā putrasya nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpyate; kiṃ bhavatu dārakasya nāmeti: jñātaya ūcuḥ: yasmād asya janmani sarvaṃ nagaram ānanditaṃ, tasmād bhavatu dārakasya ānanda iti nāmeti; rājā śuddhodanaḥ kathayati: yo 'yaṃ yaśodharāyāḥ putro jātaḥ naiṣa śākyamuneḥ putraḥ; iti śrutvā yaśodharā vyathitā; tatas tayā bodhisatvasya vyāyāmaśilāyām āropya krīḍāpuṣkariṇyās tīre sthitayā satyopayācanaṃ kṛtam: yady ayaṃ bodhisatvena jātas tathāsyāṃ puṣkariṇyāṃ saha śilayā plaveta; no cen nimajjeta; ityuktvā udake prakṣiptaḥ; sa tūlapicuvat saha śilayā plavitum ārabdhaḥ; rājā śuddhodanas tad atyadbhutaṃ <śrutvā> mahājanakāyaparivṛto bodhisatvasya kriḍāpuṣkariṇīgato yāvat paśyati rāhulabhadraṃ bodhisatvasya śilāyāṃ niṣaṇṇaṃ tūlapicuvad udake plavamānam; dṛṣṭvā ca punaḥ hṛṣṭatuṣṭapramudita udagraprītisaumanasyajātaḥ sahasā puṣkariṇīm avatīrya rāhulabradraṃ kumāram aṃśenādāya vyutthitaḥ
yadā bhagavatā ṣaṭtriṃśadbhūtakoṭiparivāraṃ māraṃ maitreṇāstreṇābhinirjitya anuttaraṃ jñānam adhigatam, atyarthaṃ tasmin samaye mahāpṛthivīcālo 'bhūt; sarvaś cāyaṃ loka udāreṇāvabhāsena sphuṭo 'bhūt; yā api tā lokasya lokāntarikā andhās tamaso 'ndhakāratamisrā yatremau sūryācandramasāv evaṃmahardhikāv evaṃmahānubhāvāv ābhayā ābhāṃ na pratyanubhavataḥ, tā api tasmin samaye udāreṇāvabhāsena sphuṭā abhūvan; tatra ye satvā upapannās <te svakam api bāhuṃ pragṛhītaṃ na paśyanti>; te tayā ābhayā ( SBV I 121 ) anyonyaṃ satvān dṛṣṭvā saṃjānate; anye 'pīha bhavantaḥ satvā upapannā anye 'pīha bhavantaḥ satvā upapannā iti; antaroddānam:
cātuṣparṣikaṃ daharaḥ pitāputrasamāgamaḥ /

śākyānāṃ caiva pravrajyā gaṅgāpāla namo 'stu te //
Two Devatas
atha dvayor brahmakāyikayor devatayor <brahmaloke nivāsinor> etad abhavat: ayaṃ buddho bhagavān urubilvāyāṃ viharati; nadyā nairañjanāyās tīre bodhimūle acirābhisaṃbuddhabodhis tejodhātusamāpannaḥ saptāham ekaparyaṅkena atināmayati; na cainaṃ kaścit piṇḍakena pratipādayati; yan nu vayam enaṃ gatvā pratyekapratyekaṃ gāthābhir abhiṣṭuyāma iti; atha dve brahmakāyike devate tadyathā balavān puruṣaḥ saṃmiñjitaṃ vā bāhuṃ prasārayet, prasāritaṃ vā saṃmiñjayet, evam eva dve brahmakāyike devate brahmaloke antarhite bhagavataḥ purataḥ pratyaṣṭhātām; ekāntasthite dve brahmakāyike devate; ekā gāthāṃ bhāṣate:
uttiṣṭha vijitasaṃgrāma
sārthavāhānigha vicara loke /
deśaya sugata varadharmaṃ
bhaviṣyanti ( A 387b ) dharmaratnasyājñātāraḥ //
dvitiyā gāthaṃ bhāṣate
uttiṣṭha vijitasaṅgrāma
parṇalopānigha vicara loke /
cittaṃ hi te suviśuddhaṃ
pañcadaśyāṃ śaśīva paripūrṇaḥ // ( SBV I 122 )
ityuktvā tatraivāntarhite; atha bhagavāṃs tasmāt samādher vyutthāya tasyāṃ velāyāṃ gāthāṃ bhāṣate:
yac ca kāmasukhaṃ loke yac cāpi divijaṃ sukham /
tṛṣṇākṣayasukhasyaitat kalāṃ nārhati ṣoḍaśīm //
nikṣipya hi guruṃ bhāraṃ nādadīta paraṃ punaḥ /
bhārasya duḥkham ādānaṃ bhāranikiṣepaṇaṃ sukham //
sarvāṃ tṛṣṇāṃ viprahāya sarvasaṃskārasaṃkṣayāt /
sarvabhāvaparijñānān na gacchati punar bhavam //
Trapuṣa and Bhallika
vimuktiprītisukhasaṃvedī buddho bhagavān saptāham ekaparyaṅkena atināmayati; na cainaṃ kaścit piṇḍakena pratipādayati; tena khalu samayena trapuṣabhallikau vaṇijau pañcamātraiḥ śakaṭaśataiḥ sārdham anuvyavaharamāṇau, tasminn eva mārge adhvapratipannāv abhūtām; atha trapuṣabhallikayor vaṇijor anyatamāyāḥ purāṇamitrāmātyajñātisālohitāyāḥ devatāyāḥ etad abhavat: ayaṃ buddho bhagavān urubilvāyāṃ viharati nadyā nairañjanāyās tīre bodhimūle acirābhisaṃbuddho vimuktiprītisukhapratisaṃvedī saptāham ekaparyaṅkenātināmayati; na cainaṃ kaśit piṇḍakena pratipādayati; taṃ trapuṣabhallikau vaṇijau tatprathamataḥ pratipādayetām; tat syāt trapuṣabhallikayor vaṇijor dīrgharātram arthāya hitāya sukhāya; yanv ahaṃ svayam evautsukyam āpadayeya yaduta bhagavataḥ piṇḍapātapradānasya hetor iti; atha sā devatā sarvaṃ karvaṭakam udāreṇāvabhāsena sphāritvā trapuṣabhallikau vaṇijāv idam avocat: vaṇijau vaṇijau ayaṃ buddho bhagavān uribilvāyāṃ viharati nadyā nairañjanāyās tīre bodhimūle acirābhisaṃbuddho vimuktiprītisukhapratisaṃvedī; saptāham ekaparyaṅkenātināmayati; nainaṃ kaścit piṇḍakena pratipādayati; taṃ yuvāṃ tatprathamataḥ piṇḍakena pratipādayatam; tad yuvayor bhaviṣyati dīrgharātram arthāya hitāya sukhāya; ityuktvā sā devatā tatraivāntarhitā; ( SBV I 123 ) atha trapuṣabhallikayor vaṇijor etad abhavat: na batāvaro buddho bhaviṣyati; nāvaraṃ dharmākhyānam; yatredānīṃ devatā api tasya bhagavata autsukyam āpadyante yaduta piṇḍapātapratipādanahetoḥ; iti viditvā prabhūtaṃ madhu ca manthāś ca ādāya yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṅkrāntau; upasaṅkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte 'sthātām; ekāntasthitau trapuṣabhallikau vaṇijāv idam avocatām: ihāvābhyāṃ bhadanta bhagavantam uddiśya prabhūtaṃ madhu ca manthāś ca ānītāḥ; tān bhagavān pratigṛhṇātv anukampām upādāya iti; atha bhagavata etad abhavat: na mama pratirūpaṃ syād yad ahaṃ pāṇau piṇḍapātaṃ pratigṛhṇīyāṃ, tadyathā anyatīrthikaḥ; yanv ahaṃ samanvāhareyam kutra pūrvakaiḥ samyaksaṃbuddhaiḥ piṇḍapātaḥ pratigṛhīto hitāya prāṇinām iti; devatā bhagavata ārocayanti: pātre bhadanta pūrvakaiḥ samyaksaṃbuddhaiḥ piṇḍapātaḥ pratigṛhīto hitāya prāṇinām iti; bhagavato 'pi samanvāhṛtya jñānadarśanaṃ pravartate pātre pūrvakaiḥ samyaksaṃbuddhaiḥ piṇḍapātaḥ pratigṛhīto hitāya prāṇinām iti; tatra bhagavataḥ pātreṇa pātrakāryam utpannam; atha catvāro mahārājā bhagavataḥ pātreṇa pātrakāryam utpannam iti viditvā anyatamasmāt pāṣāṇaparvatāc catvāri śailamayāni pātrāṇy amanuṣyakṛtāny amanuṣyaniṣṭhitāny acchāni śucīni niṣpratigandhāny ādāya, yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṅkrāntāḥ; upasaṅkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte tasthuḥ; ekāntasthitāś catvāro mahārājā bhagavantam idam avocan: iha asmābhir bhadanta bhagavataḥ pātreṇa pātrakāryam utpannaṃ viditvā anyatamamāt pāṣāṇaparvatāc catvāri śailamayāni pātrāṇy amanuṣyakṛtāny amanuṣyaniṣṭhitāni acchāni śucīni niṣpratigandhāni ānītāni; tāni bhagavān pratigṛhṇātv anukampām upādāya iti; atha bhagavata etad abhavat: saced aham ekasya mahārājasyāntikād ekaṃ pātraṃ pratigrahīṣyāmi, trayāṇāṃ bhaviṣyati cetaso 'nyathātvam; saced dvayor, dvayor bhaviṣyati cetaso 'nyathātvam; sacet trayāṇām ekasya bhaviṣyati cetaso ( SBV I 124 ) 'nyathātvam; yanv ahaṃ caturṇāṃ mahārājānām antikāc catvāri pātrāṇi pratigṛhya ekaṃ pātram adhimucyeyam iti; atha bhagavāṃś caturṇāṃ mahārājānām antikāc catvāri patrāṇi pratigṛhya ekaṃ pātram adhimuktavān iti; tatra bhagavatā trapuṣabhallikayor vaṇijor antikāt piṇḍapātaḥ pratigṛhīto hitāya prāṇinām iti; tatra bhagavān trapuṣabhallikau vaṇijāv idam avocat: etau yuvāṃ vaṇijau buddhaṃ śaraṇaṃ gacchatām; dharmaṃ śaraṇaṃ gacchatām; yo 'py asau bhaviṣyaty anāgate 'dhvani saṅgho nāma tam api śaraṇaṃ gacchatām; etāv āvāṃ bhadanta buddhaṃ śaraṇaṃ gacchāvah, dharmaṃ śaraṇaṃ gacchāvaḥ, yo 'py asau bhaviṣyaty anāgate 'dhvani saṅgho nāma tam api śaraṇaṃ gacchāvaḥ; atha bhagavāṃs trapuṣbhallikayor vaṇijos tad dānam anayā abhyanumodanayā abhyanumodate
yadarthaṃ dīyate dānaṃ tadarthāya bhaviṣyati /
sukhārthaṃ dīyate dānaṃ tat sukhāya bhaviṣyati //
sukho vipākaḥ puṇyānām abhiprāyaḥ ca siddhyati /
kṣipraṃ ca paramāṃ śāntiṃ nirvṛtiṃ cādhigacchati //
parato ye upasargā devatā mārakāyikāḥ /
na śaknuvanty antarāyaṃ kṛtapuṇyasya kartu vai //
saced hi sa vyāyamate āryaprajñayā tyāgavān /
duḥkhasyāntakriyāyai sparśo ( A 388b ) bhavati vipaśyataḥ //
atha trapuṣabhallikau vaṇijau bhagavato bhāṣitam abhinandya anumodya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā bhagavato 'ntikāt prakrāntau ( SBV I 125 )
The Buddha's ailment, and Māra's mischief again

atha bhagavān trapuṣabhallikayor vaṇijor antikāt piṇḍapātam ādāya yena nadī nairañjanā tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya nadyā nairañjanāyās tire niṣadya bhaktakṛtyam akārṣīt; tatra madhv api vātikaṃ, manthā api vātikāḥ, tena bhagavato vātābādhikaṃ glānyam utpannam; atha māraḥ pāpīyān bhagavato vātābādhikaṃ glānyam utpannaṃ viditvā, yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya bhagavantam idam avocat: parinirvātu bhagavān, parinirvāṇakālasamaya iti; atha bhagavata etad abhavat: māro batāyaṃ pāpīyān upasaṅkrānto yaduta vyākṣepakarmaṇi; iti viditvā māraṃ pāpīyāṃsam idam avocat: na tāvat pāpīyan parinirvāsyāmi, yāvan na me śrāvakāḥ paṇḍitā bhaviṣyanti vyaktā medhāvinaḥ, alam utpannotpannānāṃ parapravādakānāṃ saha dharmeṇa nigrahītāraḥ alaṃ svasya vādasya paryavadāpayitāraḥ bhikṣavo bhikṣuṇyaḥ upāsakā upāsikāḥ, vaistārikaṃ ca me brahmacaryaṃ bhaviṣyati bāhujanyaṃ pṛthubhūtaṃ yāvad devamanuṣyebhaḥ samyaksuprakāśitam iti; atha mārasya pāpīyasa etad abhavat: na parinirvāsyati bata śramaṇo gautamaḥ; iti viditvā duḥkhī durmanā vipratīsārī tatraivāntarhitaḥ
Harītakī brought by Śakra
atha śakro devendro bhagavato vātābādhikaṃ glānyam utpannaṃ viditvā, yasyā jambvā nāmnā jambūdvīpaḥ prajñāyate tasya nātidūre mahad dharītakīvanam, tato varṇagandharasopetā harītakīr ādāya yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte asthāt: ekāntasthitaḥ śakro devendro bhagavantam idam avocat: iha mayā bhadanta bhagavato vātābādhikaṃ glānyam utpannaṃ viditvā yasyā jambvā nāmnā jambūdvīpaḥ prajñāyate tasya nātidūre mahad dharītakīvanaṃ tato mayā varṇagandharasopetā ( SBV I 126 ) harītakya ānītāḥ; tā bhagavān paribhuṅktām; bhagavatā paribhuktā vātaṃ cānulomayiṣyanti; vātābādhikaṃ glānyaṃ vyupaśamayiṣyantīti; tā bhagavān paribhuktavān; bhagavatā paribhuktā vātaṃ cānulomitam; vātābādhikaṃ glānyaṃ vyupaśāntam; tena bhagavataḥ kṣemaṇīyataraṃ cābhūd yāpanīyataraṃ ca
Mucilinda Nāgarāja
atha bhagavān yathāsukhaṃ ramyaṃ bodhimūle vihṛtya, yena mucilindasya nāgarājasya bhavanaṃ tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya anyatarad vṛkṣamūlaṃ niśritya niṣaṇṇaḥ paryaṅkam ābhujya ṛjuṃ kāyaṃ praṇidhāya pratimukhaṃ smṛtim upasthāpya; tena khalu samayena mucilindasya nāgarājasya bhavane sāptāhika akālameghaḥ samupāgataḥ; atha mucilindo nāgarājaḥ sāptāhikam akālameghaṃ samupāgataṃ viditvā bhavanād abhyudgamya saptakṛtvaḥ kāye kāyaṃ veṣṭayitvā, upari mahāntaṃ phaṇaṃ kṛtvā asthāt; mā ( A 389a ) bhagavata imaṃ saptāhaṃ śītaṃ bhaviṣyati; mā uṣṇaṃ mā daṃśamaśakavātātapasarīsṛpasaṃsparśāḥ kāyaṃ paritāpayiṣyanti; mucilindo nāgarājo taṃ vigataṃ sāptāhikaṃ viditvā bhagavataḥ kāyena kāyam udveṣṭya aṅgadakuṇḍalavicitramālyābharaṇānulepano bhūtvā yena bhagavāṃs tenāñjaliṃ praṇamayya bhagavantam idam avocat: mā bhagavata imaṃ saptāhaṃ śītam abhūt, mā uṣṇaṃ, mā daṃśamaśakavātātapasarīsṛpasaṃsparśāḥ kāyaṃ paritāpitavantaḥ; atha bhagavāṃs tasyāṃ velāyāṃ gāthāṃ bhāṣate
sukho vivekas tuṣṭasya śrutadharmasya paśyataḥ /
avyābādhasukhaṃ loke prāṇibhūteṣu saṃyamaḥ /
sukhaṃ virāgatā loke kāmānāṃ samatikramaḥ /
asmimānasya yo vinaya etad vai paramaṃ sukham // ( SBV I 127 )

Cognizance of pratītyasamutpāda
atha bhagavān yathābhiramyaṃ mucilindasya nāgarājasya bhavane vihṛtya, yena bodhimūlaṃ tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya prajñapta eva tṛṇasaṃstarake niṣaṇṇaḥ, paryaṅkam ābhujya ṛjuṃ kāyaṃ praṇidhāya pratimukhaṃ smṛtim upasthāpya saptāham ekaparyaṅkenātināmayati, idam evaṃ dvādaśāṅgaṃ pratītyasamutpādam anulomapratilomaṃ vyavalokayan, yaduta asmin sati idaṃ bhavati; asyotpādād idam utpadyate; yadutāvidyāpratyayāḥ saṃskārāḥ; saṃskārapratyayaṃ vijñānam; vijñānapratyayaṃ nāmarūpam; nāmarūpapratyayaṃ ṣaḍāyatanam; ṣaḍāyatanapratyayaḥ sparśaḥ; sparśapratyayā vedanā; vedanāpratyayā tṛṣṇā; tṛṣṇāpratyayam upādānam; upādānapratyayo bhavaḥ; bhavapratyayā jātiḥ; jātipratyayā jarāmaraṇaśokaparidevaduḥkhadaurmanasyopāyāsā amī bhavanti; evam asya kevalasya mahato duḥkhaskandhasya samudayo bhavati; yaduta asminn asati idaṃ na bhavati; asya nirodhād idaṃ niruddhyate; yaduta avidyānirodhāt saṃskāranirodhaḥ; saṃskāranirodhād vijñānanirodhaḥ; vijñānanirodhān nāmarūpanirodhaḥ; nāmarūpanirodhāt ṣaḍāyatananirodhaḥ; ṣaḍāyatananirodhāt sparśanirodhaḥ; sparśanirodhād vedanānirodhaḥ; vedanānirodhāt tṛṣṇānirodhaḥ; tṛṣṇānirodhād upādānanirodhaḥ; upādānanirodhāt bhavanirodhaḥ; bhavanirodhāj jātinirodhaḥ; jātinirodhāj jarāmaraṇaśokaparidevaduḥkhadaurmanasyopāyāsā niruddhyante; evam asya kevalasya mahataḥ duḥkhaskandhasya nirodho bhavati
atha bhagavāṃs tasyaiva saptāhasyātyayāt tasmāt samādher vyutthāya tasyāṃ velāyāṃ gāthā bhāṣate
yadā ime prādurbhavanti dharmā
ātāpino dhyāyato brāhmaṇasya /
athāsya kāṅkṣā vyapayānti sarvā
yadā prajānāti sahetudharmam //
yadā ime prādurbhavanti dharmā
ātāpino dhyāyato brāhmaṇasya / ( SBV I 128 )
athāsya kāṅkṣā vyapayānti sarvā
yadā prajānāti sahetuduḥkam //
yadā ime prādurbhavanti dharmā
ātāpino dhyāyato brāhmaṇasya /
athāsya kāṅkṣā vyapayānti sarvā
yadā kṣayaṃ vedanānām upaiti //
<yadā ime prādurbhavanti dharmā /
ātāpino dhyāyato brāhmaṇasya /
athāsya kāṅkṣā vyapayānti sarvā
yadā kṣayaṃ pratyayānām upaiti //
yadā ime prādurbhavanti dharmā
ātāpino dhyāyato brāhmaṇasya /
athāsya kāṅkṣā vyapayānti sarvā>
yadā kṣayam āsravāṇām upaiti //
yadā ime ( A 389b ) prādurbhavanti dharmā
ātāpino dhyāyato brāhmaṇasya /
avabhāsayaṃs tiṣṭhati sarvalokaṃ
sūryo yathaivābhyudito 'ntarikṣe //
yadā ime prādurbhavanti dharmā
ātāpino dhyāyato brāhmaṇasya /
vidhūpayaṃs tiṣṭhati mārasainyaṃ
buddho hi saṃyojanavipramuktaḥ //
atha bhagavata etad abhavat: adhigato me dharmo gambhīro gambhīrāvabhāso durdṛśo duravabodhaḥ; atarkyo 'tarkyāvacaraḥ sūkṣmo nipuṇapaṇḍitavijñavedanīyaḥ; taṃ ced ahaṃ pareṣām ārocayeyam; taṃ ca pare na vijānīyuḥ; sa mama syād vighātaḥ; syād bhramaḥ; cetaso 'nudaya eva; yanv aham ekākī araṇye pravaṇe dṛṣṭadharmasukhavihārayogam anuyukto vihareyam iti; tatra bhagavata alpotsukavihāratāyāṃ cittaṃ krāmati, na dharmadeśanāyām; atha brahmaṇaḥ sabhāpater etad abhavat; vinaśyati batāyaṃ lokaḥ; praṇaśyati batāyaṃ lokaḥ, yatredānīṃ kadācit karhicit tathāgatā arhantaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhā ( SBV I 129 ) loke utpadyante, tadyathā udumbarapuṣpam; tasya cādya bhagavata alpotsukavihāratāyāṃ cittaṃ krāmati, na dharmadeśanāyām; yanv aham enaṃ gatvā adhyeśayeyam; atha brahmā sabhāpatis, tadyathā balavān puruṣaḥ saṃmiñjitaṃ vā bāhuṃ prasārayet, prasāritaṃ vā saṃmiñjayet, evam eva brahmā sabhāpatir brahmaloke antarhitaḥ; sa bhagavataḥ purastāt pratyasthāt; atha brahmā sabhāpatis tasyāṃ velāyāṃ gāthāṃ bhāṣate
prādurbabhūva magadheṣu pūrvaṃ
dharmo hy aśuddhaḥ samalānubaddhaḥ /
apāvṛṇīṣva amṛtasya dvāraṃ
vadasva dharmaṃ virajonubaddham //
bhagavān aha;
kṛcchreṇa me adhigato 'khilo brahman pradālya vai /
bhavarāgaparīttair hi nāyaṃ dharmaḥ susaṃbuddhaḥ //
pratisrotonugāminaṃ mārgaṃ gambhīraṃ atidurdṛśaṃ /

na drakṣyanti rāgāraktās tamaskandhena nīvṛtāḥ //
Brahma's request for Dharmadeśanā
santi bhadanta satvā loke jātā, loke vṛddhās tīkṣṇendriyā api, madhyendriyā api, mṛdvindriyā api, svākārāḥ, suvineyā, alparajaso 'lparajaskajātīyā, ye 'śravaṇāt saddharmasya parihīyante; tadyathā bhadanta utpalāni vā, padmāni vā kumudāni vā, puṇḍarīkāṇi vā udake jātāny, udake vṛddhāny, ekatyāni udakād abhyudgatāni tiṣṭhanti; ekatyāni samodakāni; ekatyāni udakanimagnakośāni tiṣṭhanti; evam eva santi bhadanta satvā loke jātā, loke vṛddhās tīkṣṇendriyā api, madhyendriyā api, mṛdvindriyā api, svākārāḥ, suvineyāḥ, alparajaso 'lparajaskajātīyā ye 'śravaṇāt saddharmasya parihīyante; deśayatu bhagavān dharmam; deśayatu sugato dharmam; bhaviṣyanti dharmatatnasyājñātāraḥ; atha bhagavata etad abhavat: yac cāham svayam eva buddhacakṣuṣā ( SBV I 130 ) lokaṃ vyavalokayeyam iti; atha bhagavān svayam eva buddhacakṣuṣā lokaṃ vyavalokayati; adrākṣīd bhagavān svayam eva buddhacakṣuṣā lokaṃ vyavalokayan santi satvā loke jātā, loke vṛddhās, tīkṣṇendriyā api, madhyendriyā api, mṛdvindriyā api, svākārāḥ, suvineyāḥ, alparajaso 'lparajaskajātīyā, ye ( A 390a ) 'śravaṇāt saddharmasya parihīyante; dṛṣṭvā ca punar asya satveṣu mahākaruṇā 'vakrāntā; atha bhagavāṃs tasyāṃ velāyāṃ gāthāṃ bhāṣate
apāvariṣye amṛtasya dvāraṃ /
ye śrotudāmāḥ praṇudantu kāṅkṣāḥ /
viheṭhaprekṣī pracuraṃ na bhāṣe
dharmaṃ praṇītaṃ manujeṣu brahman //
atha brahmaṇaḥ sabhāpater etad abhavat: deśayiṣyati bata bhagavān dharmaṃ, deśayiṣyati bata sugato dharmam; iti viditvā hṛṣṭatuṣṭapramudita udagraprītisaumanasyajāto bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā bhagavantaṃ triḥ pradakṣiṇīkṛtya tatraivāntarhitaḥ
Death of Ārāḍa Kālāma
atha bhagavata etad abhavat: kasya nv ahaṃ tatprathamato dharmaṃ deśayeyam iti; atha bhagavata etad abhavat; yanv aham ārāḍasya kālāmasya tatprathamato dharmaṃ deśayeyaṃ, yo māṃ pūrvācārya eva san paramayā mānanayā mānitavān, paramayā pūjanayā pūjitavān, parameṣu ca pratyayeṣv āttamanāś cābhūd abhirāddhaś ca; devatā bhagavata ārocayanti: saptāhakālagato bhadantārāḍaḥ kālāma iti; bhagavato 'pi samanvāhṛtya jñānadarśanaṃ pravartate; saptāhakālagata ārādaḥ kālāmaḥ; atha bhagavata etad abhavat; mahatī bateyaṃ jyānir, ārāḍasya kālāmasya kālakriyāyā; sumahatī bateyaṃ jyānir ārāḍasya kālāmasya kālakriyāyā, ya imaṃ dharmavinayaṃ nāśrauṣīt; saced aśroṣyad ajñāsyat sa imaṃ dharmavinayam iti; ( SBV I 131 ) atha bhagavata etad abhavat: kasya nv chaṃ tatprathamato dharmaṃ deśayeyam iti
Death of Udraka Rāmaputra
atha bhagavata etad abhavat; yanv aham udrakasya rāmaputrasya tatprathamato dharmaṃ deśayeyaṃ, yo māṃ pūrvācārya eva san paramayā mānanayā mānitavān, paramayā pūjanayā pūjitavān, parameṣu ca pratyayeṣv āttamanāś cābhūd, abhirāddhaś ca; devatā bhagavata ārocayanti; abhidoṣakālagato bhadanta udrako rāmaputraḥ; bhagavato 'pi samanvāhṛtya jñānadarśanaṃ pravartate; abhidoṣakālagata udrako rāmaputraḥ; atha bhagavata etad abhavat: mahatī bateyaṃ jyānir udrakasya rāmaputrasya kālakriyāyā; sumahatī bateyaṃ jyānir udrakasya rāmaputrasya kālakriyāyā, yo mama imaṃ dharmavinayaṃ nāśrauṣīt; saced imaṃ dharmavinayam aśroṣyad ajñāsyat sa imaṃ dharmavinayam iti
Buddha starts of Vārāṇasī
atha bhagavata etad abhavat: kasya nv ahaṃ tatprathamato dharmaṃ deśayeyam iti; tasyaitad abhavat: yanv ahaṃ pañcakānāṃ bhikṣūṇāṃ tatprathamato dharmaṃ deśayeyam iti; ye māṃ pūrvaṃ duḥkhaprahāṇayogam anuyuktaṃ viharantaṃ satkṛtyopatastuḥ premṇā ca gauraveṇa ca; atha bhagavata etad abhavat: kutra tv etarhi pañcakā bhikṣavo viharanti iti; adrākṣīd bhagavān divyena cakṣuṣā viśuddhena atikrāntamānuṣeṇa pañcakān bhikṣūn; vārāṇasyāṃ viharanti ṛṣivadane mṛgadāve; dṛṣṭvā ca punar yathābhiramyaṃ bodhimūle vihṛtya yena vārāṇasī kāśīnāṃ nigamas tena cārikāṃ prakrāntaḥ
Upagu Ājīvika
tena khalu samayena upagur ājīvikas tasminn eva ( A 390b ) mārge adhvapratipanno 'bhūt; adrākṣīd upagur ājīvako bhagavantaṃ pratipannaṃ ( SBV I 132 ) mārge; dṛṣṭvā ca punar evam āha: viprasannāni te āyuṣman gautama indriyāṇi; pariśuddho mukhavarṇaḥ paryavadātaś chavivarṇaḥ; kas te āyuṣman gautama śāstā; taṃ vāsy uddiśya pravrajitaḥ; kasya vā dharmaṃ rocasīti; atha bhagavāṃs tasyāṃ velāyāṃ gāthā bhāṣate
na me 'sti kaścid ācāryaḥ sadṛśo me na vidyate /
eko 'smi loke saṃbuddhaḥ prāptaḥ saṃbodhim uttamām //
sarvābhibhūḥ sarvavid asmi loke
sarvaiś ca dharmair iha nopaliptaḥ /
sarvañjaho vītatṛṣṇo vimuktaḥ
svayaṃ by abhijñāya kam uddiśeyam //
kam uddiśeyam asamo hy atulyaḥ
svayaṃ pravaktā adhigamya bodhim /
tathāgato devamanuṣyaśāstā
sarvaiś ca sarvajñabalair upetaḥ //
sadevakeṣu lokeṣu ahaṃ mārābhibhūr jinaḥ //
jina ity āyuṣman gautama <kaṃ> vadasi;
jinā hi mādṛśā jñeyā ye prāptā āśravakṣayam / –āsravakṣayam
jitā me pāpakā dharmās tenopagu jino hy aham //
kutra tvam āyuṣman gautama gamiṣyasi?
vārāṇasīṃ gamisyāmy āhantuṃ dharmadundubhim /
dharmacakraṃ pravartayituṃ yal lokeṣv apravartitam //
na hi santaḥ prakāśante viditvā lokaparyāyam /
ājñānirvṛtabuddhās te tīrṇā lokaviṣaktikām //
sādhv āyuṣman gautama jinaḥ; ityuktvā upagur ājīvakaḥ mārgād apakrāntaḥ ( SBV I 133 )
The five Bhikṣus

atha bhagavān kāśiṣu janapadeṣu cārikāṃ caran vārāṇasīm anuprāptaḥ; tena khalu samayena pañcakā bhikṣavo vārāṇasyāṃ viharanti ṛṣivadane mṛgadāve; adrākṣuḥ pañcakā bhikṣavo bhagavantaṃ dūrata eva; dṛṣṭvā ca punar anyonyaṃ saṃpratasthuḥ; kriyākāraṃ cākārṣuḥ; ayaṃ sa bhavantaḥ śramaṃo gautama āgacchati śaithiliko bāhuliko bahulājīvaḥ prahāṇavibhrāntaḥ; sa etarhy audārikam āhāram āharati odanakulmāṣān; sarpistailābhyāṃ gātrāṇi mrakṣayati; sukhodakena ca kāyaṃ pariṣiñcati; so 'smābhir upasaṅkrānto nābhivādyaḥ, na vanditavyo, na pratyutthātavyo, notthāyāsanenopanimantrayitavyo nānyatra prāg evāsanāni prajñapya; idaṃ syād vacanīyaḥ; saṃvidyante āyuṣman gautama āsanāni; saced ākāṅkṣasi niṣīda iti; yathā yathā bhagavān pañcakān bhikṣūn darśanāyopasaṅkrāmati tathā tathā pañcakā bhikṣavo bhagavatas tejaś ca śriyaṃ ca gauravaṃ ca asahamānā utthāyāsanād eke bhagavato 'rthe āsanaṃ prajñapayanti; eke pādodakaṃ, pādādhiṣṭhānaṃ caikānte upanikṣipanti; eke pratyudgamya cīvarakāṇi pratigṛhṇanti; evaṃ cāhuḥ: etu bhavān gautama; svāgataṃ bhavate gautamāya; niṣīdatu bhavān gautama prajñapta evāsane; atha bhagavata etad abhavat: cyutā bateme nohapuruṣā svasmāt kriyākārād; iti viditvā prajñapta eva āsane niṣaṇṇaḥ; tatrasvit pañcakā bhikṣavo bhagavantam atyarthaṃ nāmavādena gotravādena āyuṣmadvādena samudācaranti; tatra bhagavān pañcakān bhikṣūn āmantrayate sma: mā yūyaṃ bhikṣavas tathāgatam ( A 391a ) atyarthaṃ nāmavādena gotravādena āyuṣmadvādena samudācarata; mā vo 'bhūd dīrgharātram anarthāyāhitāya duḥkhāya; tat kasya hetoḥ? yaḥ kaścid bhikṣavaḥ tathāgatam atyarthaṃ nāmavādena gotravādena āyuṣmadvādena samudācarati; tat tasya bhavati mohapuruṣasya dīrgharātram anarthāya ahitāya duḥkhāya; ta evam ( SBV I 134 ) āhuḥ: tayā tāvat tvam āyuṣman gautama pūrvikayā īryayā caryayā duṣkaracaryayā kiñcid adhigatavān uttaraṃ manuṣyadharmād alaṃ āryaviśeṣādhigamaṃ jñānaṃ vā, darśanaṃ vā, sparśavihāratāṃ vā; kutaḥ punar yas tvam etarhi śaithiliko bahulājīvaḥ prahāṇavibhrāntaḥ sa tvam etarhy audārikaṃ āhāram āharasy odanakulmāṣān; sarpistailābhyāṃ gātrāṇi mrakṣayasi; sukhodakena ca kāyaṃ pariṣiñcasi; nanu yūyaṃ bhikṣavaḥ paśyatha tathāgatasya pūrveṇāparaṃ mukhasya vā viprasannatvam, indriyāṇāṇ <vā> nānākaraṇam ? ta evam ūhuḥ: evam etad āyuṣman gautama
The middle course of conduct
tatra bhagavān pañcakān bhikṣūn āmantrayate sma : dvāv imau bhikṣavo 'ntau pravrajitena na sevitavyau, na vaktavyau, na paryupāsitavyau; katamau dvau; yaś ca kāmeṣu kāmasukhālayānuyogo hīno grāmyaḥ prākṛtaḥ pārthagjanikaḥ; yaś cātmaklamathānuyogo duḥkho 'nāryo 'narthopasaṃhitaḥ; ity etāv ubhāv antāv anupagamya asti madhyamā pratipac cakṣuṣkaraṇī jñānakaraṇī upaśamasaṃvartanī abhijñāyaiva saṃbhodhaye nirvāṇāya saṃvartate; madhyamā pratipat katamā? āryāṣṭāṅgo mārgaḥ; tasya samyagdṛṣṭiḥ, samyaksaṅkalpaḥ, samyagvāk, samyakkarmāntaḥ, samyagājīvaḥ; samyagvyāyāmaḥ, samyaksmṛtiḥ, samyaksamādhiḥ; aśakad bhagavān pañcakān bhikṣūn anayā saṃjaptyā saṃjñapayitum; dvau ca bhagavān pañcakānāṃ bhikṣūṇāṃ pūrvabhakte avavadati; trayo grāmaṃ piṇḍāya praviśanti; yat trivargo 'bhinirharati tena ṣaḍvargo yāpayati; trīṃś ca bhagavān pañcakānāṃ bhikṣūṇāṃ paścādbhakte avavadati; dvau grāmaṃ piṇḍāya praviśataḥ; yad dvivargo 'bhinirharati tena pañcavargo yāpayati; tathāgataḥ pratiyaty eva kālabhojī ( SBV I 135 )

The four Noble Truths
tatra bhagavān pañcakān bhikṣūn āmantrayate sma: 1) idaṃ duḥkham āryasatyam iti bhikṣavaḥ pūrvam ananuśruteṣu dharmeṣu yoniśo manasi kurvataś cakṣur udapādi; jñānaṃ vidyā buddhir udapādi; ayaṃ duḥkhasamudayaḥ, ayaṃ duḥkhanirodhaḥ; iyaṃ duḥkhanirodhagāminī pratipat āryasatyam iti bhikṣavaḥ pūrvam ananuśruteṣu dharmeṣu yoniśo manasi kurvataś cakṣur udapādi jñānaṃ vidyā buddhir udapādi; tat khalu duḥkham āryasatyam abhijñayā parijñeyaṃ mayeti bhikṣavaḥ pūrvam ananuśruteṣu dharmeṣu yoniśo manasi kurvataś cakṣur udapādi, jñānaṃ vidyā buddhir udapādi; tat khalu duḥkhasamudayam āryasatyam abhijñayā prahātavyaṃ mayeti bhikṣavaḥ pūrvam ( A 391b ) ananuśruteṣu dharmeṣu yoniśo manasi kurvataś cakṣur udapādi, jñānaṃ vidyā buddhir udapādi; tat khalu duḥkhanirodham āryasatyam abhijñayā sākṣātkartavyaṃ mayeti bhikṣavaḥ pūrvam ananuśruteṣu dharmeṣu yoniśo manasi kurvataś cakṣur udapādi, jñānaṃ vidyā buddhir udapādi; tat khalu duḥkhanirodhagāminī pratipad āryasatyam abhijñayā bhāvayitavyaṃ mayeti bhikṣavaḥ pūrvam ananuśruteṣu dharmeṣu yoniśo manasi kurvataś cakṣur udapādi, jñānaṃ vidyā buddhir udapādi
tat khalu duḥkham āryasatyam abhijñāyā parijñātaṃ mayeti bhikṣavaḥ pūrvam ananuśruteṣu dharmeṣu yoniśo manasi kurvataś cakṣur udapādi, jñānaṃ vidyā buddhir udapādi; tat khalu duḥkhasamudayam āryasatyam abhijñayā prahīṇaṃ mayeti bhikṣavaḥ pūrvam ananuśruteṣu dharmeṣu yoniśo manasi kurvataś cakṣur udapādi, jñānaṃ vidyā buddhir udapādi; tat khalu duḥkhanirodham āryasatyam abhijñayā sākṣātkṛtaṃ mayeti bhikṣavaḥ pūrvam ananuśruteṣu yoniśo manasi kurvataś cakṣur udapādi, jñānaṃ vidyā buddhir udapādi; tat khalu duḥkhanirodhagāminī pratipad āryasatyam abhijñayā bhāvitaṃ mayeti bhikṣavaḥ pūrvam ananuśruteṣu dharmeṣu yoniśo manasi kurvataś cakṣur udapādi, jñānaṃ vidyā buddhir udapādi; yāvac ca ( SBV I 136 ) mama bhikṣava eṣu caturṣv āryasatyeṣv evaṃ triparivartaṃ dvādaśākāraṃ na cakṣur udapādi, na jñānaṃ <na> vidyā na buddhir udapādi, na tāvad aham asmād bhikṣavaḥ sadevakāl lokāt, samārakāt, sabrahmakāt, saśramaṇabrāhmaṇikāyāḥ prajāyāḥ sadevamānuṣāyā mukto nisṛto visaṃyukto vipramukto viparyāsāpagatena cetasā bahulaṃ vyāhārṣam; na tāvad ahaṃ bhikṣavaḥ anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbuddho 'smīty adhyajñāsiṣam; yataś ca mama bhikṣava eṣu caturṣv āryasatyeṣv evaṃ triparivartaṃ dvādaśākāraṃ cakṣur udapādi, jñānaṃ vidyā buddhir udapādi, tato 'ham asmāt sadevakāl lokāt samārakāt sabrahmakāt, saśramaṇabrāhmaṇikāyāḥ prajāyāḥ sadevamānuṣāyā mukto nisṛto visaṃyukto vipramukto viparyāsāpagatena cetasā bahulaṃ vyāhārṣam; bhikṣavaḥ anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbuddho 'smīty adhyajñāsiṣaṃ
The name of Ājñātakauṇḍinya
asmin khalu dharmaparyāye bhāṣyamāṇe āyuṣmata ājñātākauṇḍinyasya virajo vigatamalaṃ dharmeṣu dharmacakṣur utpannam, aśīteś ca devatāsahasrāṇām; tatra bhagavān āyuṣmantaṃ kauṇḍinyam āmantrayate sma: ājñātas te kauṇḍinya dharmaḥ? ājñātaḥ bhagavann ājñātaḥ; ājñātas te kauṇḍinya dharmaḥ? ājñātaḥ sugata ājñāta; <ājñāto> āyuṣmatā kauṇḍinyena dharma iti tasmād āyuṣmataḥ kauṇḍinyasya ājñātakauṇḍinya ity adhivacanam; ājñāta āyuṣmatā kauṇḍinyena dharma iti
Proclamation of Dharmacakra
bhaumā yakṣāḥ śabdam udīrayanti, ghoṣam anuśrāvayanti: etan mārṣā bhagavatā vārāṇasyām ṛṣivadane mṛgadāve triparivartaṃ dvādaśākāraṃ dharmyaṃ dharmacakraṃ pravartitam, apravartyaṃ śramaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā māreṇa vā brahmaṇā vā kenacid vā ( SBV I 137 ) loke <sahadharmataḥ> bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāyai arthāya sukhāya devamanuṣyāṇām iti divyāḥ kāyā abhivardhiṣyante, āsūrāḥ kāyāḥ parihāsyante iti; bhaumānāṃ yakṣāṇāṃ śabdaṃ śrutvā antarikṣāvacarā yakṣās <tam anuśrāvayanti> cāturmahārājakāyikā devāḥ trāyastriṃśā yāmās tuṣitā nirmāṇaratayaḥ paranirmitavaśavartino devāḥ; tena kṣaṇena, teṇa lavena, tena muhūrtena, tena kṣaṇalavamuhūrtena ( A 392a ) yāvad brahmalokaṃ śabdo 'gamat; brahmakāyikā devāḥ śabdam udīrayanti; ghoṣam anuśrāvayanti: etan mārṣā bhagavatā vārāṇasyaṃ ṛṣivadane mṛgadāve triparivartaṃ dvādaśākāraṃ dharmyaṃ dharmacakraṃ pravartitam apravartyaṃ śramaṇena brāhmaṇena vā devena vā māreṇa vā brahmaṇā vā kenacid vā punar loke sahadharmataḥ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāyai arthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanuṣyāṇām iti divyāḥ kāyā abhivardhiṣyante; āsurāḥ kāyāḥ parihāsyanta iti; pravartitaṃ bhagavatā vārāṇasyām ṛṣivadane mṛgadāve triparivartaṃ dvādaśākāraṃ dharmyaṃ dharmacakram iti; tasmād asya dharmaparyāyasya dharmacakrapravartanam ity adhivacanaṃ
The Budda explains the four Noble Truths
tatra bhagavān dvir api pañcakān bhikṣūn āmantrayate sma: catvārīmāni bhikṣava āryasatyāni; katamāni catvāri? duḥkham āryasatyaṃ, duḥkhasamudayo duḥkhanirodho duḥkhanirodhagāminī pratipad āryasatyam; 1) duḥkham āryasatyaṃ katamat? jātir duḥkhaṃ, jarā duḥkhaṃ, vyādhir duḥkhaṃ, maraṇaṃ duḥkham, priyaviprayogo duḥkham, apriyasaṃprayogo duḥkham, yad apīcchan paryeṣamāṇo na labhate tad api duḥkham; saṅkṣepataḥ pañca ime upādānaskandhā duḥkham; tasya parijñāyai āryāṣṭaṅgo mārgo bhāvayitavyaḥ; 2) duḥkhasamudayam āryasatyaṃ katamat? tṛṣṇā paunarbhavikī nandīrāgasahagatā tatra tatrābhinandinī; tasyāḥ prahāṇāya āryāṣṭāṅgo mārgo bhāvayitavyaḥ; 3) duḥkhanirodham āryāsatyaṃ katamat? yad asyā eva tṛṣṇāyāḥ paunarbhavikyāḥ nandīrāgasahagatāyās tatra tatrābhinandinyā aśeṣaprahāṇaṃ pratinisargo vāntībhāvaḥ kṣayo virāgo nirodho ( SBV I 138 ) vyupaśamaḥ astaṅgamaḥ; tasya sākṣātkriyāyai āryāṣṭāṅgo mārgo bhāvayitavyaḥ; 4) duḥkhanirodhagāminī pratipad āryasatyaṃ katamat? āryāṣṭāṅgo mārgaḥ; tadyathā, samyagdṛṣṭiḥ, samyaksaṅkalpaḥ; samyagvāk, samyakkarmāntaḥ; samyagājīvaḥ; samyagvyāyāmaḥ; samyaksmṛtiḥ; samyaksamādhiḥ; so 'pi bhāvayitavyaḥ

asmin khalu dharmaparyāye bhāṣyamāṇe āyuṣmata ājñātakauṇḍinyasyānupādāyāśravebhyaś cittaṃ vimuktam; avaśiṣṭānāṃ tu pañcakānāṃ bhikṣūṇāṃ virajo vigatamalaṃ dharmeṣu dharmacakṣur utpannam; tena khalu samayena eko <loke> arhan bhagavāṃś ca dvitīyaḥ; tatra bhagavān avaśiṣṭān pañcakān bhikṣūn āmantrayate sma: rūpaṃ bhikṣavo nātmā; rūpaṃ ced bhikṣava ātmā syān na rūpam ābādhāya duḥkhāya saṃvarteta; labhyeta ca rūpasyaivaṃ me rūpaṃ bhavatu, evaṃ mā bhūd iti; yasmāt tarhi bhikṣavo rūpam anātmā tasmād rūpam ābādhāya duḥkhāya saṃvartate; na ca labhyate rūpasyaivaṃ me bhavatu, evaṃ mā bhūd iti; vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārā vijñanaṃ bhikṣavo nātmā; vijñānaṃ cet bhikṣavaḥ ātmā syān na vijñānam ābādhāya <duḥkhāya> saṃvarteta; labhyeta ca vijñānasyaivaṃ me vijñānaṃ bhavatu, evaṃ mā bhūd iti; yasmāt tarhi bhikṣavaḥ vijñānam anātmā, tasmād vijñānam ābādhāya ( A 392b ) duḥkhāya saṃvartate; na ca labhyate vijñānasyaivaṃ me vijñanaṃ bhavatu, evaṃ mā bhūd iti
kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo, rūpaṃ, nityaṃ vā <anityaṃ vā>? anityam idaṃ bhadanta; yat punar anityaṃ duḥkhaṃ vā tan na vā duḥkham? duḥkham idaṃ bhadanta; yat punar anityaṃ duḥkhaṃ vipariṇāmadharmi; api nu tac chrutavān āryaśrāvaka ātmata upagacched etan mama, eso 'ham asmy, eṣa me ātmeti? no bhadanta; kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārā vijñānaṃ nityaṃ vā anityaṃ vā? anityam idaṃ bhadanta; yat punar anityaṃ <duḥkhaṃ> vā tan, na vā duḥkham? duḥkham idaṃ bhadanta; yat punar anityaṃ <duḥkham> vipariṇāmadharmi; api nu tac chrutavān āryaśrāvaka ātmata upagacched etan mama, eṣo 'ham asmy, eṣa me ātmeti? no bhadanta; ( SBV I 139 ) tasmāt tarhi bhikṣavo yat kiñcid rūpam atītānāgatapratyutpannam adhyātmaṃ vā bāhyaṃ vā audārikaṃ vā sūkṣmaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā praṇītaṃ vā yad vā dūre yad vā antike tat sarvaṃ naitan mama, naiṣo 'ham asmi, naiṣa me ātmeti; evam etat yathābhūtaṃ samyakprajñayā draṣṭavyam; <evaṃ yā kācid vedanā yā kācit saṃjñā ye kecit saṃskārā yat kiṃcid vijñānam atītānāgatapratyutpannam ādhyātmaṃ vā bāhyaṃ vā audārikaṃ vā sūkṣmaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā praṇītaṃ vā yad vā dūre yad vāntike tat sarvaṃ naitan mama, naiso 'ham asmi, naiṣa me ātmeti; evam etat yathābhūtaṃ samyakprajñayā draṣṭavyam;> yataś ca bhikṣavaḥ śrutavān āryaśrāvaka imāṃ pañca upādānaskandhān naivātmato nātmīyataḥ samanupaśyati; sa evaṃ samanupaśyan na kiñcil loka upādatte; anupādadāno na paritasyati aparitasya ātmaiva parinirvāti; kṣīṇā me jātiḥ; uṣitaṃ brahmacaryam; kṛtaṃ karaṇīyam; nāparam asmād bhavaṃ prajānāmīti; asmin khalu dharmaparyāye bhāṣyaṃāṇe avaśiṣṭanāṃ pañcakānāṃ bhikṣūṇām anupādāyāśravebhyaś cittāni vimuktāni; tena khalu samayena pañca loke 'rhanto, bhagavāṃś ca ṣaṣṭha iti
The conversin of Yaśas, son of Agrakulika
tatra bhagavān vārāṇasyāṃ viharati nadyā vārakāyaṣ tīre; tena khalu samayena vārāṇasyāṃ yaśā agrakulikaputraḥ prativasati; divādivase strīmayena tūryeṇa krīḍitvā ramitvā paricārya śrāntakāyaḥ klāntakāyaḥ prābhārakāyaḥ pratiyaty eva middham avakrāntaḥ; tā api striyaḥ śrāntakāyāḥ klāntakāyāḥ prāgbhārakāyāḥ pratiyaty eva middham avakrāntāḥ; adrākṣīd yaśā agrakulikasya putraḥ sarātram eva suptapratibuddhaḥ sarvās tā striyo vilālikā vinagnikā vikeśikā vikṣiptabhujāḥ kāny api kāny api vipralapantyaḥ; dṛṣṭvā ca punar asya sve 'ntaḥpure śmaśānasaṃjñā avakrāntā; atha yaśā agrakulikaputro mahāśayanād avatīrya śatasahasraṃ maṇipādukāyugaṃ prāvṛtya ( SBV I 140 ) yenāntaḥpuradvāraṃ tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya apasvaram akārṣīt: upadruto 'smi mārṣā upasṛṣṭo 'smi mārṣā iti; tasyāmanuṣyā dvāraṃ vivṛṇvanti; śabdaṃ cāntardhāpayanti; atha yaśā agrakulikaputro yena niveśanadvāraṃ tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramyāpasvaram akārṣīt: upadruto 'smi mārṣā upasṛṣṭo 'smi mārṣā iti: tasyāmanuṣyā dvāraṃ vivṛṇvanti; śabdaṃ cāntardhāpayanti; atha yaśā agrakulikaputro yena nagaradvāraṃ tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; ( A 393a ) upasaṅkramyāpasvaram akārṣīt: upadruto 'smi mārṣā upasṛṣṭo 'smi mārṣā <iti>; tasyāmanuṣyā dvāraṃ vivṛṇvanti; śabdaṃ cāntardhāpayanti; atha yaśā agrakulikaputro yena nadī vārakā tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; tena khalu samayena bhagavān nadyā vārakāyās tīre bahir vihārasyābhyavakāśe caṅkrame caṅkramyate yadbhūyasā yaśasam evāgrakulikaputram āgamayamānaḥ; adrākṣīt yaśā agrakulikaputro bhagavantaṃ nadyā vārakāyās tīre caṅkrame caṅkramyamāṇam dūrata eva; dṛṣṭvā ca punar apasvaram akārṣīt: upadruto 'smi śramaṇa upasṛṣṭo 'smi śramaṇa <iti>; atha bhagavān yaśasam agrakulikaputram idam avocat: ehi kumāra; idaṃ te sthānam anupadrutam; idam anupasṛṣṭam iti; atha yaśā agrakulikaputraḥ śatasahasraṃ maṇipādukāyugaṃ nadyā vārakāyās tīre ujjhitvā, nadīṃ vārakāṃ pratyuttīrya yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte asthāt; atha bhagavān yaśasam agrakulikaputram ādāya yena svo vihāras tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya prajñapta evāsane nyaṣīdat; niṣadya bhagavān yaśasam agrakulikaputraṃ dharmayayā kathayā sandarśayati <samādāpayati> samuttejayati saṃpraharṣayati; yāsau buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ pūrvakālakaraṇīyā dharmyā kathā tadyathā dānakathā, śīlakathā, svargakathā, kāmānām āsvādādīnavasaṃkleśavyavadānanaiṣkramyapraviveka anuśaṃsavyavadānapakṣyān dharmān vistareṇa saṃprakāśayati; yadā cainaṃ bhagavān adrākṣīd dhṛṣṭacittaṃ kalyacittaṃ muditacittaṃ vinivaraṇacittaṃ bhavyaṃ pratibalaṃ sāmutkarṣikīṃ dharmadeśanām ājñātuṃ, tadā ( SBV I 141 ) yāsau buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ sāmutkarṣikī dharmadeśanā, tadyathā duḥkhaṃ samudayo nirodho mārgaś catvāry āryasatyāni vistareṇa saṃprakāśayati; tadyathā śuddhaṃ vastram apagatakālakaṃ rañjanopagaṃ raṅge prakṣiptaṃ samyag eva raṅgaṃ pratigṛhṇāti; evam eva yaśā agrakulikaputras tasminn evāsane niṣaṇṇaś catvāry āryasatyāny abhisameti; tadyathā duḥkhaṃ samudayaṃ nirodhaṃ mārgaṃ

atha yaśā agrakulikaputro dṛṣṭadharmā prāptadharmā viditadharmā paryavagāḍhadharmā tīrṇakāṅkṣas tīrṇavicikitso 'parapratyayo 'nanyaneyaḥ śāstuś śāsane dharmeṣu vaiśāradyaprāptaḥ utthāyāsanād ekāṃśam uttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā yena bhagavāṃs tenāñjaliṃ praṇamayya bhagavantam idam avocat: abhikrānto 'haṃ bhadanta, abhikrāntaḥ; eṣo 'haṃ bhagavantaṃ śaraṇaṃ gacchāmi dharmaṃ ca bhikṣusaṅghaṃ ca; upāsakaṃ ca māṃ dhāraya adyāgreṇa yāvajjīvaṃ prāṇopetaṃ śaraṇāgatam abhiprasannaṃ
Yaśas's father becomes a lay-disciple and Yaśas an Arhat
adrākṣīd anyatamāvaruddhikā sarātram eva suptapratibuddhā yaśāḥ kumāro mahāśayane na dṛśyate iti; dṛṣṭvā ca punar yenāgrakuliko gṛhapatis tenopasaṃkrāntā; upasaṅkramyāgrakulikaṃ gṛhapatim idam avocat: yat khalv ārya jānīyā yaśāḥ kumāraḥ sve mahāśayane na dṛśyate ( A 393b ) iti; atha agrakulikasya gṛhapater etad abhavat: māhaiva kumāraś corair vā dhūrtair vā svāpateyakāraṇāt bahir niṣkāsito bhaviṣyati; iti viditvā caturdiśam aśvadūtān preṣayati; svayam eva pradīpikāhastaiḥ puruṣaiḥ sārdhaṃ yena nadī vārakā tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; adrākṣīd agrakuliko gṛhapatir nadyā vārakāyās tīre śatasahasraṃ maṇipādukāyugam ujjhitam; dṛṣṭvā ca punar asyaitad abhavat: māhaiva ( SBV I 142 ) kumāraś corair vā dhūrtair vā niṣkāsitaḥ; tathā hi nadyā vārakāyās tīre śatasahasraṃ maṇipādukāyugam ujjhitam; māhaiva kumāro 'nena tīrthena nadīṃ vārakām uttīrṇo bhaviṣyati; tathā <hi> śatasāhasraṃ maṇipādukāyugaṃ nadyā vārakāyās tīre ujjhitaḥ; iti viditvā tenaiva tīrthena nadīṃ vārakām uttīrya yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; adrākṣīd bhagavān agrakulikaṃ gṛhapatim dūrād eva; dṛṣṭvā ca punar asyaitad abhavat: yanv ahaṃ tadrūpān ṛddhyabhisaṃskārān abhisaṃskuryāṃ yathāgrakuliko gṛhapatir asminn evāsane niṣaṇṇo yaśasaṃ kumāraṃ na paśyed iti; atha bhagavān tadrūpān ṛddhyabhisaṃskārān abhisaṃskaroti yathāyrakuliko gṛhapatis tasminn evāsane niṣaṇṇo yaśasaṃ kumāraṃ na paśyati; athāgrakuliko gṛhapatir yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya bhagavantam idam avocat: kaccit bhagavān yaśasaṃ kumāram <adrākṣīt>? tena hi gṛhapate niṣīda sthānam etad vidyate yad asminn evāsane niṣaṇṇo yaśasaṃ kumāraṃ drakṣyasīti; athāgrakulikasya gṛhapater etad abhavat: nūnaṃ ca bhagavatā yaśāḥ kumāro dṛṣṭo bhaviṣyati; tathāhi bhagavān evam āha, tena hi gṛhapate niṣīda sthānam etad vidyate yad asminn evāsane niṣaṇṇo yaśasaṃ kumāraṃ drakṣyasi; iti viditvā hṛṣṭatuṣṭapramudita udagraprītisaumanasyajāto bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte nyaṣīdat; ekānte niṣaṇṇam agrakulikaṃ gṛhapatiṃ bhagavān dharmayayā kathayā sandarśayati, samādāpayati, samuttejayati saṃpraharṣayati; yāsau buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ pūrvakālakaraṇīyā dharmyā kathā, tadyathā dānakathā śīlakathā svargakathā kāmānām āsvādādīnavasaṃkleśavyavadānanaiṣkramyapraviveka anusaṃsavyavadānapakṣyān dharmān vistareṇa saṃprakāśayati; yadā cainaṃ bhagavān adrākṣīd dhṛṣṭacittaṃ kalyacittaṃ muditacittaṃ vinivaraṇacittaṃ bhavyaṃ pratibalaṃ sāmutkarṣikīṃ dharmadeśanām ājñātuṃ, tadā yāsau buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ sāmutkarṣikī dharmadeśanā tadyathā duḥkhaṃ samudayaṃ nirodhaṃ mārgaṃ catvāry āryasatyāni vistareṇa saṃprakāśayati; tadyathā śuddhaṃ vastram apagatakālakam rañjanopagaṃ raṅge prakṣiptaṃ samyag eva raṅgaṃ ( SBV I 143 ) pratigṛhṇāti, evam evāgrakuliko gṛhapatis tasminn evāsane niṣaṇṇaś catvāry āryasatyāny ( A 394a ) abhisameti; duḥkhaṃ samudayaṃ nirodhaṃ mārgam; tasmin khalu dharmaparyāye bhāṣyamāṇe agrakulikasya gṛhapater virajo vigatamalaṃ dharmeṣu dharmacakṣur utpannam; āyuṣmataś ca yaśasaḥ sarvālaṅkāravibhūṣitasyānupādāyāśravebhyāś cittaṃ vimuktam; atha bhagavāṃṣ tān ṛddhyabhisaṃskārān pratiprasrabhya tasyāṃ velāyāṃ gāthāṃ bhāṣate:
alaṅkṛtaś cāpi careta dharmaṃ
dāntaś śāntaḥ saṃyato brahmacārī /
sarveṣu bhūteṣu nidhāya daṇḍaṃ
sa brāhmaṇaḥ sa śramaṇaḥ sa bhikṣuḥ //
tena khalu samayena ṣaṭ loke arhantaḥ, bhagavāṃś ca saptamaḥ; adrākṣīd agrakuliko gṛhapatir yaśasaṃ kumāraṃ tasminn evāsane niṣaṇṇam; dṛṣṭvā ca punar yaśasaṃ kumāram idam avocat: ehi kumāra niveśanaṃ gamiṣyāvo mātā te śrāntakāyā klāntakāyā paridevitavatīti; atha bhagavān agrakulikaṃ gṛhapatim idam avocat: kiṃ manyase gṛhapate yenāśaikṣeṇa jñānena aśaikṣeṇa darśanena catvāry āryasatyāny abhisamitāni, tadyathā duḥkhaṃ, samudayo, nirodho, mārgaḥ, api nu sa punar api gṛhī agāram adhyāvaseta? sannidhīkāraparibhogena vā kāmān paribhuñjīta iti? no bhadanta: yathā khalu tvayā gṛhapate śaikṣeṇa jñānena śaikṣeṇa darśanena catvāry āryasatyāny abhisamitāni, duḥkhaṃ, samudayo, nirodho, mārgaḥ; evam eva kumāreṇa aśaikṣeṇa jñānena aśaikṣeṇa darśanena catvāry āryasatyāny abhisamitāni, tadyathā duḥkhaṃ, samudayo, nirodho, mārgaḥ iti; lābhā bhadanta yaśasā kumāreṇa sulabdhā yena aśaikṣenā jñānena aśaikṣeṇa darśanena catvāry āryasatyāny abhisamitāni, tadyathā duḥkhaṃ, samudayo, nirodho, mārgaḥ; sādhu bhagavān yaśasā kumāreṇa paścācchramaṇena yenāgrakulikas tenopasaṅkrāmed anukampām upādāya; adhivāsayati bhagavān agrakulikasya gṛhapates tūṣṇīṃbhāvena; athāgrakuliko gṛhapatir bhagavatas tūṣṇīṃbhāvenādhivāsanāṃ ( SBV I 144 ) viditvā bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā bhagavato 'ntikāt prakrāntaḥ
Yaśa's mother and wife become lay-disciples

atha bhagavāṃs tasyā eva rātrer atyayāt nivāsya pātracīvaram ādāya āyuṣmatā yaśasā paścācchrameṇena yenāgrakulikasya gṛhapater niveśanaṃ tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; tena khalu samayena āyuṣmato yaśaso mahallikā purāṇadvitīyā ca madhyamāyāṃ dvāraśālāyām āsthātāṃ yadbhūyasā bhagavantam āgamayamāne; adrāṣṭām āyuṣmato yaśaso mahallikā purāṇadvitīyā ca bhagavantam dūrata eva dṛṣṭvā ca punar bhagavato 'rthe āsanaṃ prajñāpayataḥ; evaṃ cāhatuḥ; etu bhagavān; svāgataṃ bhagavate; niṣīdatu bhagavān prajñapta eva āsane; niṣaṇṇo bhagavān prajñapta evāsane; athāyuṣmato yaśaso mahallikā purāṇadvitīyā ca bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte niṣaṇṇe; ekānte niṣaṇṇām āyuṣmato yaśaso mahallikāṃ purāṇadvitīyāṃ ca bhagavān dharmyayā kathayā sandarśayati, ( A 394b ) samādāpayati, samuttejayati, saṃpraharṣayati; yāsau buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ pūrvakālakaraṇīyā dharmyā kathā, tadyathā dānakathā śīlakathā svargakathā kāmānām āsvādādīnavasaṅkleśavyavadānanaiṣkramyapraviveka anuśaṃsavyavadānapakṣyān dharmān vistareṇa saṃprakāśayati; yadā caite bhagavān adrākṣīd dhṛṣṭacitte kalyacitte muditacitte vinivaraṇacitte bhavye pratibale sāmutkarṣikīṃ dharmadeśanām ājñātum, tadā yāsau buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ sāmutkarṣikī dharmadeśanā, tadyathā duḥkhaṃ samudayo nirodho mārgaś catvāry āryasatyāni, <vistareṇa> saṃprakāśayati; tadyathā śuddhaṃ vastram apagatakālakaṃ rañjanopagaṃ raṅge prakṣiptaṃ samyag eva raṅgaṃ pratigṛhṇāti, evam eva āyuṣmato yaśaso mahallikā purāṇadvitīyā ca tasminn evāsane niṣaṇṇe catvāry āryastyāny abhisamitavatyau; tadyathā duḥkhaṃ samudaya nirodha mārgaḥ; atha āyuṣmato yaśaso mahallikā purāṇadvitīyā ca dṛṣṭadharme prāptadharme viditadharme paryavagāḍhaharme ( SBV I 145 ) tīrṇakāṅkṣe tīrṇavicikitse aparapratyaye anayaneye śāstuś śāsane dharmeṣu vaiśāradyaprāpte utthāyāsanād ekāṃśam uttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā yena bhagavāṃs tenāñjaliṃ praṇamayya bhagavantam idam avocatām: abhikrānte āvāṃ, bhadanta, abhikrānte; ete āvāṃ bhagavantaṃ śaraṇaṃ gacchāvo, dharmaṃ ca bhikṣusaṅghaṃ ca; upāsike ca āvāṃ dhārayādyāgreṇa yāvajjīvaṃ prāṇopete śaraṇāgate abhiprasanne; tena hi bhadanta ihaiva bhaktakṛtyaṃ kriyatām; adhivāsayati bhagavān āyuṣmato yaśaso mahallikāyāḥ purāṇadvitīyāyāś ca tūṣṇīṃbhāvena; atha āyuṣmato yaśaso mahallikā purāṇadvitīyā ca bhagavatas tūṣṇīṃbhāvena adhivāsanāṃ viditvā bhagavantaṃ sukhopaniṣaṇṇaṃ śucipraṇītena khādanīyabhojanīyena svahastaṃ santarpayataḥ, saṃpravārayataḥ; anekaparyāyeṇa śucinā praṇītena khādanīyabhojanīyena svahastaṃ santarpya saṃpravārya bhagavantaṃ bhuktavantaṃ viditvā dhautahastam apanītapātraṃ nīcataram āsanaṃ gṛhītvā bhagavataḥ purastān niṣaṇṇe dharmaśravaṇāya; atha bhagavān āyuṣmato yaśaso mahallikāṃ purāṇadvitīyāṃ ca dharmyayā kathayā sandarśya samādāpya samuttejya saṃpraharṣya utthāyāsanāt prakrāntaḥ; yena svo vihāras tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya prajñapta evāsane niṣaṇṇaḥ
bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ pṛcchanti: kiṃ bhadanta āyuṣmatā yaśasā karma kṛtaṃ yasya karmaṇo vipākena antaḥpuramadhyagatasya svasminn antaḥpure śmaśānasaṃjñā utpannā; sarvālaṅkāravibhūṣitena ca bhagavato 'ntike arhatvaṃ ca sākṣātkṛtam; yaśasā evaṃ bhikṣavaḥ karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni labdhasaṃbhārāṇi pariṇatapratyayāny oghavat pratyupasthitāny avaśyaṃbhāvīni; ( A 395a ) yaśasā karmāny upacitāni ko 'nyaḥ pratyanubhaviṣyati; na bhikṣavaḥ karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni bāhye pṛthivīdhātau vipacyante, nābdhātau, na tejodhātau, na vāyudhātau, api tu upātteṣv eva skandhadhātvāyataneṣu karmāṇi kṛtāni vipacyante, śubhāny aśubhāni ca
na pranaśyanti karmāṇy api kalpaśatair api /
sāmagrīṃ prāpya kālam ca phalanti khalu dehinām // ( SBV I 146 )
Previous birth of Yaśas
bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavaḥ vārāṇasyāṃ nagaryāṃ nātidūre riṣiḥ prativasati sma maitryātmakaḥ kāruṇikaḥ sarvasatvahitavatsalaḥ; tena piṇḍapātaṃ praviśatā mṛtakuṇapaṃ dṛṣṭam; asatpratibaddheneva cittena piṇḍapātaṃ praviṣṭaḥ; piṇdapātaṃ caritvābhyāgataḥ; yāvat paśyati taṃ mṛtakuṇapaṃ vilīnībhūtaṃ vyādhmātakaṃ ca; tasyaivāgrataḥ sphuṭitam; tena tatraiva vairāgyam utpāditam; tata ihāntaḥpure pratyayo dattaḥ
kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yo 'sau riṣir eṣa evāsau yaśāḥ kumāraḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yad anena tatra vairāgyam utpāditam tenaitarhi antaḥpuramadhyagatasya pratyayo dattaḥ; iti hi bhikṣavasḥ ekāntakṛṣṇānāṃ karmaṇām ekāntakṛṣṇo vipākaḥ; ekāntaśuklānām ekāntaśuklo vyatimiśrāṇāṃ vyatimiśraḥ; tasmāt tarhi bhikṣavaḥ ekāntakṛṣṇāni karmāṇi apāsya vyatimiśrāṇi ca ekāntaśukleṣv eva karmasv ābhogaḥ karaṇīyaḥ; ity evaṃ vo bhikṣavaḥ śikṣitavyam
Yaśas's four brothers are converted and become Arhats

aśrauṣur vārāṇasyāṃ dvitīya agrakulokaputras tṛtīyaś caturthaḥ pañcama agrakulikaputraḥ, pūrṇo, vimalo, gavāṃpatiḥ subāhuś ca: yaśā agrakulikaputraḥ keśaśmaśrv avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayā agārād anagārikāṃ pravrajita iti; śrutvā ca punar eṣām etad abhavat: na batāvaro buddho bhaviṣyati, nāvaraṃ dharmākhyānam; yatredānīṃ yaśā agrakulikaputras tāvat taruṇaḥ tāvat sukhaiṣī keśaśmaśrv avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayā agārād anagārikāṃ pravrajitaḥ; yannu ( SBV I 147 ) vayam api keśaśmaśrv avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayā agārād anagārikāṃ pravrajemeti; atha dvitīyo 'grakulikaputras tṛtīyaś caturthaḥ pañcamo 'grakulikaputraḥ pūrṇo, vimalo, gavāṃpatis, subāhur, vārāṇasyāṃ niṣkramya yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṅkrāntāḥ; upasaṅkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte tasthuḥ; ekāntasthitā dvitīyo 'grakulikaputras tṛtīyaś caturthaḥ pañcamaḥ agrakulikaputraḥ pūrṇo, vimalo, gavāṃpatis, subāhur, bhagavantam idam avocan: labhemahi vayaṃ bhadanta svākhyāte dharmavinaye pravrajyām upasaṃpadaṃ bhikṣubhāvam; carema vayaṃ bhagavato 'ntike brahmacaryam; labdhavantas ta āyuṣmantaḥ svākhyāte dharmavinaye pravrajyāṃ upasaṃpadaṃ bhikṣubhāvam; evaṃ pravrajitā ekākino vyapakṛṣṭā apramattā ātāpinaḥ prahitātmāno vyahārṣuḥ; ekākino vyapakṛṣṭā apramattā ātāpinaḥ prahitātmāno viharanto yadarthaṃ kulaputrāḥ keśaśmaśrv avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva ( A 395b ) śraddhayā agārād anagārikāṃ pravrajanti tad anuttaraṃ brahmacaryaparyavasānam dṛṣṭa eva dharme svayam abhijñayā sākṣātkṛtvā upasaṃpadya pravedayante: kṣīnā no jātir, uṣitaṃ brahmacaryaṃ, kṛtaṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparam asmād bhavaṃ prajānīma iti ājñātavanta āyuṣmanto 'rhanto babhūvuḥ suvimuktacittāḥ; tena khalu samayena daśa loke 'rhanto, bhagavān ekādaśamaḥ
The conversion of fifty young men
aśrauṣur vārāṇasyāṃ pañcāśad utsadotsadā grāmikadārakāḥ, prathamo 'grakulikaputro, dvitīyas, tṛtīyaś caturthaḥ, pañcamo 'grakulikaputro, yaśāḥ, pūrṇo, vimalo, gavāṃpatiḥ, subāhuḥ keśaśmaśrv avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayā agārād anagārikāṃ pravrajitā iti; śrutvā ca punar eṣām etad abhavat: na batāvaro buddho bhasviṣyati; nāvaraṃ dharmākhyānam; yatredānīṃ prathamo 'grakulikaputro, dvitīyo yāvat purṇo vimalo gavāṃpatiḥ subāhur tāvat taruṇās tāvat sukhaiṣiṇaḥ keśaśmaśrv avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayā agārād anagārikāṃ ( SBV I 148 ) pravrajitāḥ; yannu vayam api keśaśmaśrv avatārya kāṣayāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayā agārād anagārikāṃ pravrajemeti; atha pañcāśad utsadotsadā grāmikadārakā vārāṇasyāṃ niṣkramya yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṅkrāntāḥ; upasaṅkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte tasthuḥ; ekāntasthitāḥ pañcāśad utsadotsadā grāmikadārakā bhagavantam idam avocan: labhemahi vayaṃ svākhyāte dharmavinaye pravrajyāṃ upasaṃpadaṃ bhikṣubhāvam; carema vayaṃ bhagavato 'ntike brahmacaryam; labdhavantas ta āyuṣmantas svākhyāte dharmavinaye pravrajyāṃ upasaṃpadaṃ bhikṣubhāvam; evaṃpravrajitās te āyuṣmanta ekakino vyapakṛṣṭāḥ apramattā ātāpinaḥ prahitātmāno vyahārṣuḥ; ekākino vyapakṛṣṭā apramattā ātāpinaḥ prahitātmano viharanto yadarthaṃ kulaputrāḥ keśaśmaśrv avatārya kāṣayāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayā agārād anagārikāṃ pravrajanti tad anuttaraṃ brahmacaryaparyavasānaṃ dṛṣṭa eva dharme svayam abhijñayā sākṣātkṛtvā upasaṃpadya pravedayante; kṣīṇā no jātir, uṣitaṃ brahmacaryaṃ, kṛtaṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparam asmād bhavaṃ prajānīma iti ājñātavanta āyuṣmanto 'rhanto babhūvuḥ suvimuktacittāḥ; tena khalu samayena ṣaṣṭir loke arhanto bhagavān ekaṣaṣṭitamaḥ iti
The Buddha goes to the village Urubilvā
tatra bhagavān vārāṇasyāṃ viharati ṛṣivadane mṛgadāve; tatra bhagavān bhikṣūn āmantrayate sma: mukto 'haṃ, bhikṣavaḥ, sarvapāśebhyo ye divyā ye ca mānuṣāḥ; yūyam api bhikṣavo muktāḥ sarvapāśebhyo ye divyā ye ca mānuṣāḥ; tato bhikṣavaś cārikāṃ prakramiśyāmo bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāyai arthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanuṣyāṇām; mā ca vo dvāv ekena gamiṣyatha; aham api yenorubilvāsenāyanīgrāmakas tena cārikāṃ prakramiṣyāmi; atha mārasya ( A 396a ) pāpīyasa etad abhavat; ayaṃ śramaṇo gautamo vārāṇasyāṃ viharati ṛṣivadane mṛgadāve; evaṃ śrāvakān dharmaṃ deśayati: mukto 'haṃ bhikṣavaḥ sarvapāśebhyo ye ca divyā ye ca mānuṣāḥ; yūyam api bhikṣavo muktās sarvapāśebhyo ye ca divyā ye ca mānuṣāḥ; yāvad aham api yenorubilvāsenāyanīgrāmakas tena cārikāṃ prakramiṣyāmīti; yanv aham asyopasaṅkrameyaṃ yaduta vyākṣepakarmaṇi; atha māraḥ ( SBV I 149 ) pāpīyān māṇavakavarṇam ātmānam abhinirmāya yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya bhagavato 'ntike tiṣṭhan gāthāṃ bhāṣate:
amukto muktasaṃjñī san kiṃ mukto 'smīti manyase /
mahābandhanabaddho 'si na me śramaṇa mokṣyase //
atha bhagavata etad abhavat: māro batāyaṃ pāpīyān upasaṅkrānto yaduta vyākṣepakarmaṇi; iti viditvā gāthāṃ bhāṣate:
mukto 'ham sarvapāśebhyo ye divyā ye ca mānuṣāḥ /
evaṃ jānīhi pāpīyan nihatas tvam ihāntaka //

atha mārasya pāpīyasa etad abhavat: jānāti me śramaṇo gautamaś cetasā cittam; iti viditvā duḥkhī durmanā vipratīsārī tatraiva antarhitaḥ; tatra bhagavān bhikṣūn āmantrayate sma: mukto 'haṃ bhikṣavaḥ sarvapāśebhyo ye divyā ye ca mānuṣāḥ; yūyam api bhikṣavo muktāḥ sarvapāśebhyo ye divyā ye ca mānuṣāḥ; carata bhikṣavaś cārikāṃ bahujanahitāya pūrvavad yāvad aham api yenorubilvāsenāyanīgrāmakas tena cārikāṃ prakramiṣyāmi; evaṃ bhadanta iti bhikṣavo bhagavataḥ pratiśrutya janapadacārikāṃ prakrāntāḥ
atha bhagavāv yathābhiramyaṃ vihṛtya yenorubilvāsenāyanīgrāmakas tena cārikāṃ prakrānto 'nupūrveṇa cārikāṃ caran senāyanīgrāmakam anuprāptaḥ; atha bhagavān yena kārpāsavanaṣaṇḍaḥ tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya anyatarad vṛkṣamūlaṃ niśritya niṣaṇṇo divāvihārāya
Sixty Gentlemen become lay-disciples
tena khalu samayena ṣaṣṭir bhadravargīyāḥ pūgāḥ bahiḥ senāyanīgrāmakasya divādivase strīmayena tūryeṇa krīḍanti ramante paricārayanti; teṣāṃ krīḍatāṃ ramamāṇānāṃ paricārayatām anyatarā strī samayaṃ virāgya niṣpalāyitā; atha ṣaṣṭir bhadravargīyāḥ pūgāḥ tāṃ striyaṃ samanveṣamāṇā yena kārpāsavanaṣaṇḍas tenopasaṅkrāntāḥ; upasaṅkramya adrākṣuḥ ṣaṣṭir bhadravargīyāḥ pūgā bhagavantam anyatarad vṛkṣamūlaṃ niśrityā niṣaṇṇaṃ prāsādikaṃ prasādanīyam śāntendriyaṃ śāntamānasaṃ parameṇa cittadamavyupaśamena samanvāgataṃ ( SBV I 150 ) suvarṇayūpam iva śriyā jvalantam; dṛṣṭvā ca punar yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṅkrāntāḥ; upasaṅkramya bhagavantam idam avocan: kaccid bhagavān striyam adrākṣīt; <kiṃ punar vaḥ kumārakās tayā striyā?> iha vayaṃ bhadanta ṣaṣṭir bhadravargīyāḥ pūgāḥ bahiḥ senāyanīgrāmasya divādivase strīmayena tūryeṇa krīḍāmo ramāmo paricārayāmaḥ; teṣām asmākaṃ krīḍatāṃ ramamāṇānāṃ paricārayatām anyatamā <strī samayaṃ virāgya niṣpalāyitā; te> vayam tāṃ striyaṃ samanveṣāmahe; kiṃ manyadhve kumārakāḥ? kiṃ varaṃ yo vā striyaṃ samanveṣāte, yo vā ātmānam? kim asmākaṃ bhadanta strī ( A 396b ) kariṣyati; idam evāsmākaṃ varaṃ yad vayam ātmānaṃ samanveṣemahi; tena hi kumārakā niṣīdantu; dharmaṃ vo deśayiṣyāmi; atha ṣaṣṭir bhadravargīyāḥ pūgāḥ bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte niṣaṇṇāḥ; ekāntaniṣaṇṇān ṣaṣṭiṃ bhadravargīyān pūgān bhagavān dharmyayā kathayā sandarśayati samādāpayati samuttejayati saṃpraharṣayati; yāsau <buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ dharmyā kathā; tadyathā> dānakathā śīlakathā svargakathā kāmānām āsvādādīnavasaṅkleśavyavadānanaiṣkramyapraviveka anuśaṃsavyavadānapakṣyān dharmān vistareṇa saṃprakāśayati; yadā caitān bhagavān adrākṣīd dhṛṣṭacittān muditacittān kalyacittān vinivaraṇacittān bhavyān pratibalān sāmutkarṣikīṃ dharmadeśanām ājñātuṃ, tadā yāsau buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ sāmutkarṣikī dharmadeśanā tadyathā duḥkhaḥ samudayo nirodho mārgaś catvāry āryasatyāni vistareṇa saṃprakāśayati; tadyathā śuddhaṃ vastram apagatakālakaṃ rañjanopagaṃ raṅge prakṣiptaṃ samyag eva raṅgaṃ pratigṛhṇāti; evam eva ṣaṣṭir bhadravargīyāḥ pugāḥ eṣv evāsaneṣu niṣaṇṇāś catvāry āryasatyāny abhisamayanti; tadyathā duḥkhaṃ samudayaṃ nirodhaṃ mārgam; atha ṣaṣṭir bhadravargīgāḥ pūgāḥ dṛṣṭadharmāṇaḥ prāptadharmāṇo viditadharmāṇaḥ paryavagāḍhadharmāṇas tīrṇakāṅkṣā tīrṇavicikitsā aparapratyayā ( SBV I 151 ) ananyaneyā śāstuś śāsane dharmeṣu vaiśāradyaprāptā utthāyāsanebhya ekāṃsam uttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā yena bhagavāṃs tena añjaliṃ praṇamayya bhagavantam idam avocan: abhikrāntā vayaṃ bhadantābhikrāntāḥ; ete vayaṃ bhagavantaṃ śaraṇaṃ gacchāmo dharmaṃ ca bhikṣusaṅghaṃ ca; upāsakāṃś ca asmān dhārayādyāgreṇa yāvajjīvaṃ prāṇopetān śaraṇāgatān abhiprasannān; atha ṣaṣṭir bhadravargīyāḥ pūgā bhagavato bhāṣitam abhinandya anumodya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā bhagavato 'ntikāt prakrāntāh
Conversion of the brahmin Deva

tena khalu samayena kapilavastuni devo nāma brāhmaṇaḥ prativasaty āḍhyo mahādhano mahābhogo bhagavataḥ purāṇo gṛhapatis sakhā: asau pareṇa samayena jñātikṣayaṃ <dhanakṣayam ṛddhikṣayaṃ gataḥ; yadā bhagavatā> ṣaṭtriṃśadbhūtakoṭiparivāraṃ māraṃ vidrāvya anuttaraṃ jñānam adhigataṃ, tadā devo brāhmaṇaḥ patnyā sārdhaṃ senāyanīgrāmakam anuprāptaḥ; devena brāhmaṇena śrutaṃ bhagavatā anuttaraṃ jñānam adhigatam; śrutvā ca tasyaitad abhavat: kathaṃ punar ahaṃ bhagavantaṃ piṇḍakena pratipādayeyam iti; sa patnīm āmantrayate: bhadre bhagavatā anuttaram jñānam adhigatam; sa ca bhagavāṃś cakravartikule jātaḥ; sa idānīṃ senāyanīgrāmakaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ <carati> ............................................................ sā kathayati: ( A 397a ) āryaputra tathā bhavatu; devena brāhmaṇasakāśe patnībandhakaṃ sthāpayitvā pañcakārṣāpaṇa ..................................................... devena brāhmaṇena gṛhapatisakāśād alaṅkāraṃ yācitvā patnyā anupradattaḥ; atha devo brāhmaṇaḥ sapatnīkaḥ suciṃ praṇītaṃ khādanīyabhojanīyaṃ samudānīya yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya bhagavantam idam avocat; adhivāsayatu me bhagavān śvo 'ntargṛhe bhaktena; adhivāsayati bhagavān devasya brāhmaṇasya tūṣṇīṃbhāvena; atha bhagavān yena devasya brāhmaṇasya niveṣanaṃ ( SBV I 152 ) tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya prajñapta evāsane nyaṣīdat; atha devo brāhmaṇaḥ sukhopaniṣaṇṇaṃ bhagavantaṃ viditvā sapatnī kaḥ śucinā praṇītena khādanīyabhojanīyena svahastaṃ tarpayataḥ saṃpravārayataḥ; anekaparyāyeṇa śucinā praṇītena khādanīyabhojanīyena svahastaṃ saṃtarpayitvā saṃpravārayitvā bhagavantaṃ bhuktavantaṃ viditvā dhautahastaṃ apanītapātraṃ nīcataram āsanaṃ gṛhītvā bhagavataḥ purastān niṣaṇṇau dharmaśravaṇāya; atha bhagavān devasya brāhmanasya daksiṇādeśanāṃ kṛtvā prakrāntaḥ iti; devo brāhmaṇas tac chrutvā duḥkhī durmanāḥ saṃvṛttaḥ; aṭavīṃ saṃprasthitaḥ kuto 'ham alaṅkāraṃ dāsyāmīti; nānyatrātmānam ..................................................... tadā paśyati tam alaṅkāram; sa taṃ gṛhītvā gṛham āgataḥ; deva paśyāmīti <patnī> duḥkhadaurmanasyāhatā gṛhaṃ viśodhayati suvarṇakalaśaṃ dīptimantaṃ paśyati yathāpitad buddhasya buddhānubhāvena devatānāṃ ca devatānubhāvena; devas tāṃ pṛcchati: bhadre kim etad? iti; sā kathayati: āryaputra mayā suvarṇakalaśo dṛṣṭaḥ; so 'pi kathayati: bhadre, mayāpi so 'laṃkāro dṛṣṭaḥ; tāv atyarthaṃ bhagavati prasādajātau tathā cābhiprasannau; tato bhagavatā tādṛśī caturāyasatyasaṃprativedhikī dharmedeśanā kṛtā; yathā devena brāhmaṇena sapatnīkena viṃśatiśikharasamudgataṃ dṛṣṭiśailaṃ jñānavajreṇa bhitvā śrotraāpattiphalaṃ sākṣātkṛtam
Conversion of Nandā and Nandabalā
atha bhagavāṃs tasyā eva rātryā atyayāt pūrvāhṇe nivāsya pātracīvaram ādāya senāyanīgrāmakaṃ piṇḍāya prāvikṣat; atha bhagavata etad abhavat: kasya nv ahaṃ senāyanīgrāmake tatprathamato dharmaṃ deśayeyam; atha bhagavata etad abhavat: yanv ahaṃ nandāyāś ca nandabalāyāś ca ( A 397b ) grāmikaduhitroḥ tatprathamato dharmaṃ deśayeyaṃ, ye māṃ duḥkhaprahāṇayogam anuyuktaṃ viharantaṃ satkṛtyopasthatuḥ premnā ca gauraveṇa ca; atha bhagavān yena nandāyāś ca nandabalāyāś ca grāmikaduhitror niveśanaṃ tenopasaṃkrantaḥ; adrāṣṭāṃ ca nandā ca nandabalā ca grāmikaduhitarau ( SBV I 153 ) bhagavantaṃ dūrata eva; dṛṣṭvā ca punar bhagavato 'rthāyāsanaṃ prajñapayataḥ evaṃ cāhatuḥ: niṣīdatu bhagavān prajnāpta evāsane; nyaṣīdad bhagavān prajñāpta evāsane; atha nandā ca nandabalā ca grāmikaduhitarau bhagavatpādau śirasā vanditvaikānte niṣaṇṇe; ekāntaniṣaṇṇe nandāṃ ca nandabalāṃ ca grāmikaduhitarau bhagavān dharmyayā kathayā saṃdarśayati samādāpayati samuttejayati saṃpraharṣayati yāsau buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ pūrvakālakaraṇīyā dharmī kathā tadyathā dānakathā śīlakathā svargakathā kāmānām āsvādādīnavasaṃkleśavyavadānanaiṣkramyapraviveke anuśaṃsavyavadānapakṣyān dharmān vistareṇa saṃprakāśayati; yadaite bhagavān adrākṣīd dhṛṣṭacitte kalyacitte muditacitte vinivaraṇacitte bhavye pratibale sāmutkarṣikīṃ dharmadeśanām ājñātuṃ tadā yāsau buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ sāmutkarṣikī dharmadeśanā tadyathā duḥkhaṃ samudayo nirodho mārgaś catvāry āryasatyāni vistareṇa saṃprakāśayati; tadyathā śuddhaṃ vastram apagatakālakaṃ rañjanopagaṃ raṅge prakṣiptaṃ samyag eva raṅgaṃ pratigṛhṇāti, evam eva nandā ca nandabalā ca tasminn evāsane niṣaṇṇe catvary āryasatyāni abhisamayatas tadyathā duḥkhaṃ samudayaṃ nirodhaṃ mārgam; atha nandā ca nandabalā ca grāmikaduhitarau dṛṣṭadharme prāptadharme paryavagādhadharme tīrṇakāṃkṣe tīrṇavicikitse 'parapratyaye 'nanyaneye śāstuḥ śāsane dharmeṣu vaiśāradyaprāpte; utthāyāsanād ekāṃśam uttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā yena bhagavāṃs tenāñjaliṃ praṇamya bhagavantam idam avocatām: abhikrānte āvāṃ bhadantābhikrānte; ete āvāṃ bhagavantaṃ śaraṇaṃ gacchāvo dharmaṃ ca bhikṣusaṅghaṃ ca; upāsike cāvāṃ dhārayādyāgreṇa yāvajjīvaṃ prāṇopete śaraṇagate 'bhiprasanne; atha nandā ca nandabalā ca grāmikaduhitarau bhagavantam idam avocatām; tena hi bhadanta ihaiva bhaktakṛtyaṃ kriyatām; adhivāsayati bhagavān nandāyāś ca nandabalāyāś ca grāmikaduhitroḥ tūṣnīṃbhāvena; atha nandā ca nandabalā ca grāmikaduhitarau bhagavatas tūṣṇīmbhāvenādhivāsanāṃ viditvā sukhopaniṣaṇṇaṃ bhagavantaṃ viditvā śucinā praṇītena khādanīyabhojanīyena svahastaṃ saṃtarpayataḥ saṃpravārayataḥ; śucinā praṇītena khādanīyabhojanīyena svahastaṃ saṃtarpayitvā saṃpravārayitvā bhagavantaṃ bhuktavantaṃ viditvā dhautahastaṃ apanītapātraṃ nīcatarakam āsanaṃ gṛhītvā bhagavataḥ pūrato niṣaṇṇe dharmaśravaṇāya ( SBV I 154 )
[The ff. of the manuscript between 398 and 405 are missing. Some fragments in Sanskrit concerning this portion of the Saṅghabhedavastu have been edited and restored with the aid of the Tibetan translation by Prof. Ernst Waldschmidt, Catuṣpariṣatsūtra, ed. cit, vol. lll, Vorgang 23, 18-27 c 3 (pp. 235-337)]. The portion restored by Prof. Ernst Waldschmidt has been reproduced below as the Appendix ll]
Biṃbisāra's visit to the Buddha

<tā devatā punar avocan: mahārāja na te pāpaṃ karma kṛtam; api tu> ( A 406a ) yaiḥ sārdhaṃ tvayā sāmavāyikāni karmāṇi kṛtāni teṣāṃ ye kecit sannipatitāḥ kecid adyatvepi janapadair amuṣmin karmāntān kārayantas tiṣṭhanto tān śabdayeti; rājñā taddeśanivāsino janakāyās sarve āhūtāḥ; tato rājā biṃbisāro dvādaśabhī rathasahasrair aṣṭādaśabhiś ca peṭakāśvasahasrair anekaiś ca māgadhakair brāhmaṇagṛhapatiśatasahasraiḥ sārdhaṃ rājagṛhān niryāti bhagavato 'ntikaṃ bhagavantaṃ darśanāyopasaṅkramituṃ paryupāsanāyai; tasya yāvatī yānasya bhūmis tāvad yānena gatvā yānād avatīrya padbhyām evārāmaṃ prāvikṣat; yad antarā rājā māgadhaḥ śreṇyo bimbisāro bhagavantam adrākṣīt tadantarāt pañcakakudāny apanīya uṣṇīṣaṃ, chatraṃ, khaḍgaṃ, maṇibālavyajanaṃ citre copānahau yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya ekāṃsam uttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā yena bhagavāṃs tena añjaliṃ praṇamayya trir ātmano nāmadheyam anuśrāvayati: rājāham asmi bhadanta māgadhaḥ śreṇyo bimbisāraḥ; rājāham asmi bhadanta māgadhaḥ śreṇyo bimbisāraḥ; evam etan mahārāja, evam etat; rājā tvaṃ mahārāja māgadhaḥ śreṇyo bimbisāraḥ; rājā tvaṃ mahārāja māgadhaḥ śreṇyo bimbisāraḥ; niṣīda tvaṃ mahārāja yathāsvake āsane; atha rājā māgadhaḥ śreṇyo bimbisāro bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte niṣaṇṇaḥ; eke māgadhakā brāhmaṇagṛhapatayo bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte niṣaṇṇāḥ; eke bhagavatā sārdhaṃ saṃmukhaṃ saṃmodanīṃ saṃrañjanīṃ vividhāṃ kathāṃ ( SBV I 155 ) vyatisārya ekānte niṣaṇṇāḥ; eke yena bhagavāṃs tenāñjaliṃ praṇamayya ekānte niṣaṇṇāḥ; eke bhagavantaṃ dūrād eva dṛṣṭvā tuṣṇīm ekānte niṣaṇṇāḥ
Urubilvākāśyapa and the Buddha confront
tena khalu samayena āyuṣmān urubilvākāśyapas tasyām eva parṣadi sanniṣaṇṇaḥ sannipatitaḥ; atha māgadhakānāṃ brāhmaṇagṛhapatīnām etad abhavat: kiṃ nu mahāśramaṇa urubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyāntike brahmacaryaṃ caraty āhosvid urubilvākāśyapa eva jaṭilo mahāśramaṇasyāntike brahmacaryaṃ carati? atha bhagavān māgadhakānāṃ brāhmaṇagṛhapatīnāṃ cetasā cittam ājñāya āyuṣmantam urubilvākāśyapaṃ gāthābhir gītena praśnaṃ pṛcchati sma:
dṛṣṭveha kiṃ tvam urubilvavāsin
agnīn ahāsīr vratam eva cārṣam /
ācakṣva me kāśyapa etam arthaṃ
kathaṃ prahīṇaṃ hi tavāgnihotram //
annāni pānāni tathā rasāṃś ca
kāmān striyaś caiva vacanti haike /
tāvan malān upadhau saṃprapaśyan
tasmān na iṣṭe na hute rato 'ham //
na te 'tra kāmeṣu mano rataṃ ced
anneṣu pāneṣu tathā raseṣu /
kathaṃ nu te devamanuṣyaloke
rataṃ manaḥ kāśyapa brūhi pṛṣṭaḥ //
dṛṣṭvā padaṃ nirupadhi śāntam agryaṃ
ākiñcanyaṃ sarvabhāveṣv asaktam /
ananyathībhāvam ananyaneyaṃ
tasmān na iṣṭe na hute rato 'ham //
yajñair vratair agnibhiś cāpi mokṣaḥ
ity apy abhūn me manaso vitarkaḥ /
andho 'smi jātimaraṇānusārī ( SBV I 156 )
anīkṣmāno 'cyutam uttamaṃ padam //( A 406b )
paśyāmīdānīṃ tad asaṃskṛtaṃ padaṃ
sudeśitaṃ nāgavareṇa tāyinā /
mahājanārthāya munir vināyakas
tvam udgato gautama satyavikramaḥ //
bhagavān āha
svāgataṃ te vyavasitaṃ naitad duścintitaṃ tvayā /
pravibhakteṣu dharmeṣu yac chreṣṭhaṃ tad upāgama //